Memoirs of the Queensland Museum

MEMOIRS

OF THE

QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE VOLUME 22
MAY, 1986 PART 2

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Od Mus. 22(2): 107—113.{1986]

FAUNAL SURVEY OF NEW ENGLAND, I. INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE AREA

HAROLD HEATWOLE

and

RODNEY D. SIMPSON
Department of Zoology, University of New England,
Armidale, N.S.W., 2351

ABSTRACT

This paper introduces forthcoming publications on faunal surveys in the New England
region of New South Wales. It provides a short description of the general features of the New
England region, and briefly summarizes the more comprehensive account provided by Lea ef
al. (1977), which should be consulted for maps and more detailed commentary. In future
numbers of this series of faunal surveys, specific maps of the distribution of environmental
features believed to be important in the biogeography of specific animal groups will be
presented and discussed in detail as appropriate. However, future numbers will not
recapitulate the general topics discussed here, and the present paper and the Atlas of New
England (Lea ef a/. 1977) are expected to serve as a basic background of the more specific

faunal surveys to follow,

INTRODUCTION

Since 1966 various staff and students of the
University of New England have been
participating in a faunal survey of the New
England region. The original concept of the
boundaries of the region of study was the
Commonwealth Electorate of New England of
1975', and still represents the heart of the study
area. However, later collecting was also carried
out in adjacent areas outside the boundary and
the study area has been widened for certain
animal groups. The collecting area falls within
latitudes 28°50’S and 31°40'S and longitudes
150°E and 152°40°E, and is marked within the
map of New South Wales in Fig. 1. Grid cells of
‘quarter-cell’ size (5’ x 5*) of the ‘Australian
Biogeographical Integrated Grid System’
(ABIGS) will be used as units for the recording of
presence/absence for taxa from all animal
groups. The ABIGS system is outlined in Brook
(1977),

1, Note that this is a narrower concept of New England
than that of Lea ef al . (1977), who included, in
addition to the New England Electoral District, that
of Gwydir and parts of Comper, Lyne and Patterson
as well.

The New England region represents a climatic
and geographic crossroads, with a fauna
containing elements with links to almost all of the
major zoogeographic regions of Australia —
tropical, southern temperate, and semi-arid
species, together with some high altitude forms.

NEW SOUTH
WALES

Fic. 1. Map of New South Wales showing the location
of the New England region.

108 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

This diversity makes the area of great interest
ecologically. The wide range of conditions should
result in complex distribution patterns which, on
comparison with environmental variables, can
provide a good understanding of the limiting
factors operating both at present and in the past.
Distributional mapping and environmental
correlation are important prerequisites for more
detailed studies of the ecology and physiology of
individual species or groups of species.

Also, the long history of farming in the New
England region provides another dimension. The
clearing of land, the grazing of sheep and cattle,
and the growing of various crops have caused
extensive habitat changes in some areas.
Distributional mapping tm conjunction with
demarcation of farming types and intensities may
elucidate any effects which agricultural practices
have on fauna and would provide a background
for any conservation measures,

The first few papers in this series will deal with
the first groups studied (e.g. gastropads, frogs,
lizards, tortoises, snakes, birds and Odonata).
Collections of millipedes, cenlipedes, scorpions
and pseudoscorpions have been assembled and

181° E 151° 30E

SEUSESSSGHC 0a5758 TOnOS" aes

an a SLaUE
SEEGERS BSSSUUUUL See eee

Pic, 2. Collecting grid across region of lhe survey whiclt

is enclosed by solid dots, AS = Ashlord, A =
Annidale, B = Barraba, E = Ebor, G = Glen
Innes, | = Inverell, N = Nundle, TA = Tamworth,

T = Tenlerfield, W = Walcha.

have either been sent to specialists for preliminary
study or are waiting distribyion fo some-one
expressing an interest, We are beginning to collect
additional groups now. Any qualified persons
wishing to participate in ihe survey by studying
particular taxa should contact one of the authors.
Available specimens can be supplied and/or an
effort made to collect them in the future,

Originally the presen! introductory paper was
envisaged to be a large one with a number of
topographic, climatic, geologic, soil and land use
maps together with an extensive commentary.
However, the 2-volurne work ‘An Atlas of New
England’ edited by Lea ev @/, (1977) has presented
many of the relevant data in more detail than we
could hope to, and the present paper is a brief
summary Of the aspects of importance to
zoogeography. An older compilation of essays
(Warner 1963) also includes material on the
region's geology, soils, vegetation and their
interactions. A regional! bibliography is presented
by Greenwood (1976). Maps presented here
include adaptations from those in Lea et a/ .
(1977) and original maps of certain features not
covered in the Atlas of New England. In all cases,
the maps have the outline of the collecting grid
(Fig. 2) superimposed on them. The Atlas of New
England and its included references should be
consulted for more detailed information, A
comprehensive study of a small part of the area,
Dumaresg Shire, has been presented by
Woolmington (1965).

DRAINAGE

The Great Dividing Range separates the New
England area into two major drainages, the
eastern and the western. Lo most places (he divide
is not conspicuous and often occurs along rather
gently sloping land below the level of adjacent
ridges (Walker 1977), It enters a region just north
of Walcha and passes northward through the
centre of the district until about Glen Innes where
it veers slightly northeastward leaving the district
hear its northeastern corner. All of the western
streams eventually lead into the Murray-Darling
system,

The northwestern. section is drained by (a) the
Beardy and Mole Rivers which join to form the
Diimaresq River leaving the region at the extreme
northwestern corner, and (b) the Severn River in
the northwest corner near ils junction with the
final major river of the northwestern section, (he
MeIntyre River. The central part of the west is
drained principally by the Gwydir River, which
exits via Copeton Dam, Finally, the southern part

HEATWOLE AND SIMPSON: DESCRIPTION OF NEW ENGLAND AREA

of the western drainage is drained by the
MacDonald and Peel Rivers which unite slightly
downstream of Keepit Dam where they leave the
area as the Namoi River.

The area of the eastern drainage included
within the study region is only about one third as
large as that of the western one (Fig. 3). Drainage
within the extreme northeast is largely by the
Timbara River and its tributaries, in the central
part of the Henry, Sara, Oben and Aberfoyle
Rivers, all of which drain into the Guy Fawkes
River outside the region. All of these rivers
eventually drain into the Clarence River. Further
south, the Gara, Wollomombi and Styx Rivers
eventually, in conjunction with a number of
extralimital rivers, go to make up the Apsley-

<
ro---4 1
' ta
tad TENTERFIELD «

GLEN INNES »

ARMIDALE

KILOMETRES
152°

Fic. 3. Drainage Basins of the New England region. 1
= Mole, Beardy Rivers; 2 = Cataract, Timbarra,
Mann, Henry, Sara Rivers — Clarence River; 3 =
Bellingen River; 4 = Apsley, Macleay Rivers; 5 =
Myall, Nowendoc Rivers — Manning River; 6 =
Pages River; 7 = Peel River; 8 = Namoi, Mooki
Rivers; 9 = Manilla, Macdonald Rivers; 10 =
Copeton Dam catchment; 11 = Severn, McIntyre
Rivers,

109

Macleay system. At the extreme southeastern
section of the region, the rivers form part of the
Manning River system.

TOPOGRAPHY

Fig. 4 shows demarcations of altitude for the
New England region. The area is largely an
elevated tableland, the New England Plateau,
bordered on the east by a precipitous scarp
dropping to incised river gorges and the coastal
plains, and more gradually descending on the
west via the western slopes toward the western
plains. Much of the tableland and its slopes are
hilly or gently rolling although more contrasting
relief is provided in places by the Great Dividing
Range (New England Range) running north to
northeast through the eastern part of the area, the
Nandewar Range running northwest from the
southeast part of the district, and the Moonbi
Range south of and roughly parallel to the
Nandewar Range. A variety of other less
extensive ranges or individual mountains occur at

eee} 1200 - 1400 m

beans 7 400 - 800 m ie 1400" and above
oar ’
ert Q 20 40 60 60
ae 800 — 1200 m RILOMETRES
1s 15z° Bs |

Fic. 4. Altitude — adapted from Walker (1977). (The
collecting area is superimposed, inside the broken
lines).

110 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

various places along the plateau (see map in Lea
et al. 1977, volume 2, p. 1). Some of the eastern
rivers are associated with steep-walled, deeply
carved gorges, sometimes as much as 800 metres
deep (Walker 1977).

Most of the area is characterised as having
gentle to moderate slopes except the area of the
ranges to which previous reference was made;
these have steep slopes. Little of the study area
can be generally classified as ‘almost level’ or
‘flat’? (Swan 1977).

Most of the plateau (the eastern part of the
area) lies between 1000 and 1300 metres elevation,
with the ranges or isolated mountains going up to
more than 1500 metres. The western slopes are
chiefly 600 to 1000 metres elevation with a few
areas even lower, such as the northwestern corner
and the Liverpool Plains along the southwestern
edge. No part of the region is lower than 200
metres elevation.

CLIMATE

New England is a transition zone between the
predominantly summer rainfall of the north and
the predominantly winter rainfall of southern
Australia. However, most rain falls in the
summer under the influence of the moist summer
easterlies, distant tropical cyclones, occasional
low pressure areas moving down from the north
and thunder storms; there is frequently a
secondary, smaller winter peak associated with
cold fronts from the south (Hobbs and Jackson
1977).

In general, the amount and duration of rainfall
and mean annual number of days with rain are
highest in the east decreasing toward the west
owing to the joint effect of decreasing elevation
and increasing distance from the sea. However,
local topography and other variables have their
effect and superimpose a somewhat more
complex pattern of local variation (for maps see
Lea et al. 1977, volume 2, pages 11 and 12).

Fig. 5 presents a summary map of mean annual
rainfall for the area. However, there is
considerable year to year variation and mean
annual values are not necessarily indicative of
rainfall for any particular year.

Evaporation, partly dependent on temperature,
increases from a southeast to northwest direction.
Thus not only is rainfall least in the northwestern
part but evaporation is greatest there.
Consequently the general moisture conditions are
most favourable in the southeast and become
progressively less favourable toward the

5 860-970 mm
(HM) 970-1070 mm

1070-170 mm
151° 152°

1170 -1270 mm
HE 270mm —

660-760 mm
77] 760-860 mm

Fic. 5. Mean annual rainfall isohyets across the
collecting area. (Compiled from many sources — see
Reference Appendix I).

northwest (for maps see Lea ef a/. 1977, volume 2,
page 12).

Temperature also shows regional variation
within the area. Solar radiation in sunshine hours
increases from southeast to northwest and
consequently there is a general tendency for
temperature to increase in the same direction
(Hobbs and Jackson 1977). Fig. 6 shows some
thermocline patterns across the region. (Further
maps of temperature and sunshine are presented
in Lea et al. 1977, vol. 2, p. 13). However,
elevation, wind, type of air mass and a variety of
other factors result in much local variation. The
most extreme source of variation is seasonal. By
Australian standards the New England region is
cold in winter with a median frost period for the
region as a whole exceeding 100 days per year
(Hobbs and Jackson 1977) and mean daily
minimum temperatures ranging from 0°-4°C
during July to 12°-20°C during January. The
lowest temperatures are centred over the higher
altitudes along the north-south axis of the Great

HEATWOLE AND SIMPSON: DESCRIPTION OF NEW ENGLAND AREA 111

1st 152

Fic. 6. Thermoclines across the New England region: (a)
Mean daily maximum, January; (b) Mean daily
maximum, July; (c) Mean daily minimum, January;
(d) Mean daily minimum, July. (The collecting area is
superimposed.)

Dividing Range in the east central part of the
district, with milder ones radiating out from that
area. Mean daily maximum temperatures for the
area ranged from 12°-18°C in July to 28°-32°C
in January. Again the colder areas are over the
central part of the Great Dividing Range with
hotter conditions peripherally from there. Thus
the coolest, east central localities range from
minima of about 0°C in winter to maxima of
28°C in summer and the warmer parts of the
region from winter minima of 4°C to summer
maxima of 32°C.

VEGETATION

Rain forest and wet sclerophyll forest occur
only in the more humid eastern margins of the
area. Even there, they do not form large
continuous zones but occur rather as isolated
areas interspersed with a more extensive open
forest, dry sclerophyll. These forest types make
up the major vegetation cover along the narrow
eastern margin of the New England area but
toward the west, except for scattered localities of

rather extensive dry sclerophyll, rapidly give way
to a preponderance of either woodland (especially
in the higher elevations and on the steeper slopes)
or unforested habitat. Open scrub is rare,
occurring only in a small area in the southwestern
region (Smith and Turvey 1977; for map see Lea
et al . 1977, volume 2, page 32).

The vegetation has been highly modified by
man’s activities especially in the areas of
woodland and grassland areas which have been
extensively subjected to grazing and _ the
cultivation of crops (Fig. 7). There were
grasslands in the area before the advent of
European Man but these have been extended at
the expense of woodland and forest. Wooded
areas have also given way to cultivation, except
for the still predominantly forested eastern fringe
(Thorpe 1977, Smith and Turvey 1977; for map
see Lea et al. 1977, volume 2, page 30). In recent
decades many eucalypt trees which survived
clearance for agricultural purposes have
succumbed to the syndrome of New England
dieback (Heatwole and Lowman in press).

Fic. 7. Land use — adapted from Thorpe (1977). (The
collecting area is superimposed, inside the broken
lines).

112 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

GEOLOGY

The geology of the New England area has been
described by Harrington (1977) — Fig. 8. There
are late Mesozoic and Tertiary basalts with a
north-south orientation running through the
central part of the region but veering off to the
west in the northern part of the district. On both
sides of them and to the north of them, are
extensive areas of granites and Paleozoic
volcanics with ‘granite’ affinities. These
collectively occupy the greater part of the New
England region. The final major category of
rocks is the Paleozoic basement of greywackes,
cherts, volcanics and sandstones occupying the
major portion of the southwestern and southern
sections of the area but also well represented
along the eastern and northern parts as well.

There are also small areas of serpentine and
Tertiary and Quaternary alluvium in the
southwest, and patches of Mesozoic sediments
and volcanics in the southeast and northwest. The

Mesozoic sediments and yoleanics
a Tertiary basalts
9

20 40 60 80
KILOMETRES

[[[]] auevum

Paleozoic basement

| Granites

1st? 152°
2

Fic, 8. Geology — adapted from Harrington (1977).
(The collecting area is superimposed, inside the
broken lines.)

geological history of New England is discussed by
Warner (1971), and of the Eastern Highlands of
which the region is a part by Ollier (1978).

SOILS

The soils of the New England region form a
complex pattern and only a general survey of the
broadest categories can be presented here.
McGarity (1977) provides a more detailed
summary and a general map is presented in
Volume 2, page 9 by Lea ef a/. (1977). In the
centre of the region is a north-south oriented
region of Chocolate-Prairie soil, bounded on the
north and southwest by one of the major soil
associations in the area, the Yellow Solodic-
Yellow Podzolic soils, occupying large areas in
the north and in the centre of the region, giving
way to the Yellow Podzolic Association towards
the southeast. Another major category is the
Yellow Podzolic-Gley Podzolic characteristically
oriented in two large north-south bands, one to
the east of Chocolate-Prairie soil and the other to
the west of the central area of Yellow Podzolic-
Gley Podzolic soil; there are also extensive areas
of Yellow Podzolic-Gley Podzolic soils in the
northeastern part of the region. In the extreme
southwest is a large area of Red-Brown Earths
intermingled with and bordered on the north,
northeast and south by Non-calcic Brown soils.
The extreme eastern edge of the region is
characterised by a Red Podzolic soil. There are
Black Earth-Euchrozem soils toward the north
and northwest, and less extensive areas toward
the southeast. Finally, there are small areas of
Black Earth Prairie soils scattered among the
various other types, especially in the central,
northwestern and southwestern areas, and a small
pocket of Krasnozem-Chocolate soils in the
extreme south. Skeletal soils are scattered
throughout much of the area.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Weare indebted to the Internal Research Funds
of the University of New England, the Rural
Credits Development Fund and the Australian
Biological Resources Survey for financial support
of this project. Professor A.F. O’Farrell of the
University encouraged and facilitated the research
in many ways and we dedicate this paper to him
on the occasion of his retirement.

Mr A, Dudatis and Ms J. Simpson assisted by
way of preparation of some of the figures. Mrs
Viola Watt and Ms Sandra Pont typed the
manuscript.

HEATWOLE AND SIMPSON: DESCRIPTION OF NEW ENGLAND AREA 113

LITERATURE CITED

BROOK, A.J., 1977. ‘ABIGS (Australian
Biogeographical Intergrated Grid System).
Technical Manual’, 1977 Edition, Arthur J. Brook,
Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne,
58 pp.

GREENWOOD, L., 1976. New England: Regional Needs
and disabilities (with Regional Bibliography).
(Dept. Geogr. University of New England:
Armidale). 89 pp.

HARRINGTON, H.J., 1977. Geology. Chapter 5 (pp.
25-44) In: LEA, D.A.M., PiGRAM, J.J.J., and
GREENWOOD, L. (Eds), ‘An Atlas of New
England’, 2 volumes. (The University of New
England: Armidale). 51 + 340 pp.

HEATWOLE, H.F. and LOWMAN, M.D., In Press
“Dieback: Death of a Landscape’. (Reed:
Sydney).

Hosss, J.E. and Jackson, I.J., 1977. Climate. Chapter
8 (pp. 75-99) In: LEA, D.A.M., PIGRAM, J.J.J. and
GREENWOOD, L. (Eds), ‘An Atlas of New England’,
2 volumes. (The University of New England:
Armidale). 51 + 340 pp.

LEA, D.A.M., PIGRAM, J.J. and GREENWOOD, L., 1977.
‘An Atlas of New England’. (University of New
England:Armidale). 2 volumes, 51 + 340 pp.

McGanriry, J.S., 1977. Soils. Chapter 6 (pp. 47-70) In:
Lea, D.A.M., PiGRAM, J.J.J. and GREENWOOD, L.
(Eds), ‘An Atlas of New England’, 2 volumes. (The
University of New England: Armidale). 51 + 340
pp.

OLLIER, C.D., 1978. Tectonics and geomorphology of
the Eastern Highlands. (p.5-47) in: Davies, J.L.
and WILLIAMS, M.A.J. (Eds), ‘Landform
Evolution in Australasia’. (Australian National
University Press: Canberra).

SmitH, J.M.B. and Turvey, N.D., 1977. Forests.
Chapter 17 (pp. 229-232) In: Les, D.A.M.,
PicRAM, J.J.J. and GrEENwoop, L. (Eds), ‘An
Atlas of New England’, 2 volumes. (The University
of New England: Armidale). 51 + 340 pp.

Swan, S.B. st C., 1977. Slope. Chapter 4 (pp. 17-23) Jn:
LEA, D.A.M., PIGRAM, J.J.J. and GREENWOOD, L.
(Eds), ‘An Atlas of New England’, 2 volumes. (The
University of New England: Armidale). 51 + 340
pp.

THorRPE, E.W.R., 1977. Land Use. Chapter 16 (pp.
223-8) In: LEA, D.A.M., PiGRAM, J.J.J. and
GREENWOOD, L. (Eds), ‘An Atlas of New England’,
2 volumes. (The University of New England:
Armidale). 51 + 340 pp.

WALKER, G.T., 1977. Relief. Chapter 3 (pp. 11-16) Jn:
LEA, D.A.M., PIGRAM, J.J.J. and GREENWOOD, L.
(Eds), ‘An Atlas of New England’, 2 volumes. (The
University of New England: Armidale). 51 + 340
pp.

Warner, R.F., (Ed.) 1963. ‘New England Essays’.
(University of New England: Armidale). 155 pp.

WARNER, R.F., 1971, The evolution of the landscape in
Southern New England. Geogr. Soc. N.S.W., Occ.
Pap. 1:1-47.

WOOLMINGTON, E.R., 1965. A preliminary report on the
geography of Dumaresq Shire. Mimeographed
report to Council of Dumaresq Shire, Armidale,
114 pp.

APPENDIX 1

SOURCES USED IN CONSTRUCTING MEAN ANNUAL
RAINFALL ISOHYETS OVER THE NEW ENGLAND REGION

Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology, Department of
the Interior. (1931-1960). Average Annual Rainfall
map of N.S.W.

Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology, Department of
the Interior, Canberra (1972). Climatic Survey
Namoi, Region 12, N.S.W.

Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology, Melbourne
(1969). Climatic Averages Australia: Temperature,
Relative Humidity, Rainfall.

Forest Service N.S.W. Rainfall records from a number
of forestry offices for time periods varying from
nine to sixty-five years.

Soil Conservation Service of N.S.W. (1972). Inverell
District, Technical Manual.

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Qd Mus. 22(2): 115—139. [1986]

FAUNAL SURVEY OF NEW ENGLAND. II. THE DISTRIBUTION OF
GASTROPOD MOLLUSCS

R.D. SIMPSON
Department of Zoology
University of New England, Armidale, N.S.W.
and
J. STANISIC
Curator of Molluscs
Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Qld.

ABSTRACT

The New England region of northeastern New South Wales (between 151°20’ and 152°30’E
and 28°50’ and 31°40’S) was surveyed for terrestrial and freshwater gastropods. The
distributions of species are related to a grid system with all components within the grid being 5’
latitude by 5’ longitude. Of the specimens collected, 28 were identified at the species level. The
taxonomic status of the remainder is such that further separation beyond genus level based on
existing criteria is virtually meaningless and, in one case (Family Charopidae), further
separation into genera is doubtful. Thus, the remaining specimens were listed under 10 genera
and one family. Comments are made on possible further taxonomic separation of some of
these, especially in relation to distributional findings. Distribution maps are presented for 35
taxa, at either the species or genus level. Notes on habitat preferences of the molluscs and
relationships between distribution of the molluscs and broad environmental divisions are
included. However, it is emphasized that this survey is intended as an initial review of the
gastropod fauna and more exacting interpretation of habitat or environmental limitations
would require closer attention to the biology and ecology of particular species or groups.

INTRODUCTION 151°E 5 151° 30'E
{| |

This study formed part of a broad survey to
increase the knowledge of the distribution of a
number of animal groups in the New England
region. The objectives, geographical areas,
animal groups, and maps of environmental
features and funding of the overall work are
outlined by Heatwole and Simpson (1986).

Briefly, the collecting of terrestrial and
freshwater gastropods was within the bounds of: 30 S
longitude 151°20’ and 152°30’E and latitude
28°50’S and 31°40’S. Parts of the margins of this
rectangular section were not visited as these
verged into coastal areas or _ represented
continuations of western plains.

Fic. 1. Collecting grid superimposed on New England
region. The area of the survey is enclosed by the solid
dots. (Insert shows location of the survey region). AS
= Ashford, A = Armidale, B = Barraba, E =
Ebor, G = Glen Innes, N = Nundle, TA =
Tamworth, T = Tenterfield, W = Walcha.

ih MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

The region of collection in relation to northeast
New South Wales is shown in Fig. I. The area was
accessible from Armidale and contained a variety
of climates and habitats: sub-tropical and
temperate regions, large altitudinal range of
approximately 1,300 metres, differing soils and
geology, and vegetation types ranging from
undisturbed temperate rainforest to temperate
woodland largely cleared for pastoral use.

The survey of gastropod molluscs in this region
had the following aims: firstly, to obtain a record
of species present in the region and secondly to
relate distributional patterns of species to the
types of available habitat and to broader
environmental divisions across the region, This
provides. an initial framework for any further
analysis between distribution and environment
tor selected species or groups.

METHODS

All records of species were mapped using, the
‘Australian Biogeographical Integrated Grid
System’ (ABIGS) which is outlined in Brook
(1977), The system provides a complete grid-cell
concept for the presentation of collection data for
the whole Australian continent and its use will
allow efficient comparisons between biotic
distribution maps from different workers. On this
scheme, a grid of 5’ latitude by 5° longitude was
superimposed across the collecting region (Fig. 1).
Each one of these cells represents a ‘quarter-cell’
(the smallest cell) in the ABIGS system and covers
approximately 76 km* at these latitudes. The
ascending size of grid cells in the ABIGS system is
designated by increasing line thicknesses on the
figure, Presence of a species in any part of a
‘quarter-cell’ is indicated by the shading of that
cell.

A few squares within the designated region
were not visited, usually because of difficult
accessibility, but these squares were widely
scattered and did not affect the determination of
distributional ranges lor species across the region,
In a few squares, collections were made more
frequently than in the remainder, usually because
personnel on other projects occasionally collected
snails in accessible areas near towns, Again, such
occurrences did noc affect distribudional patterns.

On visiting a square, collections were made in
the following habitats: under logs, under stones,
in flowing water, backwalers and marshes. Leaf
litcer was searched in the field bur samples were
not collected for laboratory extraction of fauna,
Collecting from trees was only from loose bark,
no greater than 2.5 metres high.

Maps of broad divisions of geographical and
climatic [eatures across the region are presented
in the introductory paper to the New England
faunal surveys (Heatwole and Simpson, 1985).

The majority of the collections from (his study
are housed in the Malacology Department,
Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. A reference
collection of each species/genus is lodged at the
Zoology Department, University of New
England, Armidale, N.S.W. The specimens have
been mainly preserved as wet collections

IDENTIFICATIONS

A key has been constructed to facilitate the
identification of the terrestrial and freshwater
gastropods of the New England region, for both
amateur nuluralists and researchers alike.
Although detailed notes on the species are
provided in the text, the key presents a simple
method for distinguishing between the more
commonly encountered forms,

Characteristics of the live animal as well as shell
features are referred to in the key. Hlustrations
and photographs of a number of the species are
presented as an additional aid to users of the key.
While the main aim of the key is to simplify the
task of identification, 1 has been necessary to
make use of a number of technical terms which
may be unfamiliar to readers. Explanation of
these terms is provided in a glossary presented at
the end of the text. For further information on
land snail terminology, Smith aud Kershaw (1979)
is recommended as a reference,

In a departure from normal practice, habitat
characteristics are also used in the key. In
particular, the terrestrial and aquatic species are
separated carly in the key (Couplet 9).

Although every effort has been made to ensure
identification fo species, a number of points need
to be kept in mind.

Firstly, all characters used in the key are based
on average adult specimens except where stated
otherwise. The number of shell whorls are usually
indicative of the age of a shell. Therefore, in any
comparison among species using size as a
criterion, the number of shell whorls indicating
adulthood (or at least when further growth is of
no consequence to any comparison) should be
specified, In the key, ‘adult’ usually refers to a
shell of 4 whorls or greater. Thus, problems may
arise from juvenile shells or shells which are old
and excessively worn, Also, shell characters, such
ag size and shape, do vary Within a species and
some allowance should be made for this variation
When using the key.

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 117

Secondly, a number of the groups are poorly
known and full scale taxonomic revisions are
needed before correct species determinations will
be possible. In these cases no attempt has been
made to proceed beyond the level of genus and in
the case of the litter dwelling Charopidae, family.

Finally, the collection procedure employed
during the survey did not include a thorough
search of litter. This has not allowed a complete
listing of the very small snails which live in this
micro-habitat. The groups mainly affected are the
Punctidae and Charopidae. However, this will
not prevent the user of the key from obtaining the
correct familial determination of these snails.

KEY To THE TERRESTRIAL AND FRESHWATER
GASTROPOD MOLLUSCS OF THE NEW ENGLAND

REGION, N.S.W.
1. No external shell, slug-like body ................ 2
External shell present ..............cccceeeeceeeees 9
2. Body separable into visceral mass and foot at
posterior end (Plate 2b)........... g. Cystopelta
Body erttiness ues iene ead lens rohan tues ag te couseaeaste 3
3. Triangular mantle around pulmonary

aperture. (This triangle can be coloured red,
orange, or yellow. The colouring may either
fill the triangle or line the edges). Adults
commonly 70 mm in length. (Plate 2c) .......
ah slvadnan'y sapyd ealactitesetiee Triboniophorus graeffei

Body with saddle-shaped mantle, respiratory

orifice on right side, with internal shell ....... 4
4. Mantle with horseshoe-shaped groove ..........
gta stain 0 da aig cad pons EV ehe Tou weebonesle Milax gagates

Mantle without horseshoe-shaped groove....5

5. Body with markings of leopard-like spots or
continuous bands ............cccceceseeeneeeeeenees 6

Body without these markings

6. Large, long body (commonly up to 100 mm in
length). Body yellowish-white, dorsally with
four or sometimes two bands, mantle spotted
(PlateTayi..csceanesascesag trees Limax maximus

Body banded or spotted ..............ceeeeeeceeee 7

7. Body with dark longitudinal bands on dorsal
surface, usually two sometimes three. Mantle
banded. Commonly 40 mm in length. Tail has
a short keel (Plate 1b)..... Lehmannia nyctelia
Body spotted, without bands. Animal
exuding yellowy secretion when live. Up to
100 mm in length .............. Lehmannia flava

8. When live, exudes white secretion when
disturbed. Moves slowly. Broad girth,
commonly reaches 40 mm in length (Plate Ic)
wenn ceage'snye aeas'ly sk curate ved Deroceras reticulatum

When live, no white secretion exuded when
disturbed. Slender girth, generally shorter
and more rapid in movement when compared
with D. reticulatum........ Deroceras caruanae

9. Terrestrial habitat (Note: some terrestrial
snails may be located in recently flooded
ATEAS) cevaurdvccestescteelvesdorsigeseeenaekiarents 10

Aduatiohabitat:: csv) taeeiem bres ssen'ss 31

10, External shell reduced so that animal cannot
fully withdraw. Shell thin, ear-shaped,
covered to some extent by shell lobes. Animal
slug-like, tail with some degree of dorsal
keeling. (Several species) (Plate 2a)............

sie sucduertatnng sac tdateunwoaseas aries g. Helicarion

External shell into which animal can
WICHGEAW 6 elo b scl oleestoneitacvenrentateureceasas 11

OL

Fic. 2. a = Charopid sp.2, b = Elsothera funera, ¢ =
Elsothera inusta, d = Paralaoma sp. (Scale lines = 3
mm).

118

11.

12.

13.

15,

17.

18.

19,

20,

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Adult shell small, less than 7 mm in diameter

eyOhpsnsshitarsre'geewetp vet ptanpe edness ss8receyer z= 14

Adult shell less than 4 mm in diameter,
turbinate spire. Protoconch with spiral cords,
adult sculpture of coarse radials. Family
PUMCtydade ssi cbs icdetersrdedete bs oasectlenedetsts 13

Shell strongly depressed to discoidal. Spire
concave, flat or slightly convex. Protoconch
with radial or spiral sculpture, or a
combination of both. Adult sculpture of
strong radial ribs, (Many species — see text)
(Figs. 24,D,C) .c.ccc.sccaseeee Family Charopidae

Shell moderately depressed, widely
umbilicate with coarse radial ribs (Fig. 2d)
TagelapsduuleinsliecBbestresbtadsd.celng g. Paralaoma

Shell minute, comical, with closely spaced

coarse radial ribs .........0...0...ccesss ee g. Jotula
. imperforate as adults........cc cee eee 15
Umbilicate as adults ........0...2..600...0ccee eee 20

Shell large, depressly conic. Angular
periphery to shell in both juveniles and
adults. Juveniles umbilicate (Fig. 45a)

einsedatsehiaedlae det seta Thersites navaehollandiae
Shell globose ..........ccceceececeecsenesseneeerees 16
. Shell large with marked colour pattern...... 17

Shell small, adults less than 10 mm in
length, with fine growth lines. Spire short,
body whorl inflated. No accessory colour
PALtEIM . oe cceceecee een eee bebdrdstebseeatatetsasar 19

Shell very large, with continuous brown
spiral bands. Lip strongly reflected (Plate 2e)
Seeleayishtehndebice caters vege ova Sphaerospira fraseri
Shell large with interrupted banding ......... 18
Shell fragile with conic spire and inflated
body whorl. Shell surface smooth. Lip thin
(Plate 2d) ,.,,....<,0.0eneeeeee Brazieresta larreyi
Shell solid, globose, with alternate dark and
light brown spiral bands. Radial bands of
light coloured speckling, Surface malleated
(Plate 22). .....cccccsccaseteccseesese SH elix aspersa
Prominent columellar lip. Tree dwelling
under bark (Fig. 3c)...... Arborcinea eucalypti
Small columellar lip, Ground dwelling, semi-
aquatic (Fig. 3b)....... Austrosuccinea nortoni
Shell with widely open umbilicus .,.... berets 21

Shell with small umbilicus, less than 0.15
times shell diameter .,.,.....,.¢.0.¢;eereeeeepeee 22

aN ———,
4 \ ‘\,
/ — | ( —~
| { { ~ ¥ 4
\ AQ } | ©
— 7. ware
a ——

b =, c

Fic. 3. a = Saladelos urarensis, b = Austrosuccinea
nortoni, ¢ = Arborcinea eucalypti - (Scale lines = 3
mm),

21. Shell with strong radial sculpture. Adults
greater than 12 mm in diameter (Plate 2f).....

ab yosenevsVessteag inant ag MPaeh Strangesta capillacea
Shell small, yellow almost smooth with few
radial growth lines. Umbilicus very wide (Fig.

Dados arsed oteponep secede gebsp daa Saladelos urarensis

22, Shell moderately large with conical spire and
prominent peripheral keel ........s.scsceeenevee 23

Shell without prominent peripheral keel ....24

23. Shell thin, somewhat transparent and shiny
with fine radial growth lines. Simple lip (Fig,
AA) shehetegerdhdedets pep an dep spade Nitor medioximus

Shell solid with sculpture of fine wrinkles
overlying coarse radial ribs, Lip reflected.
Colour reddish brown to yellow. Some forms
have a dark peripheral band or dark circum-
umbilical patch (Fig. 5D)......c.;c0esecacseeeeeeeue
od sadctadatad abarstedelatarigs Ventopelita mansueta

24. Adult shell (less than 5 mm in diameter) with
a turbinate spire and sculpture of fine radial

ribs and fine spiral striae ............ 2. Sodaleta
Adult shell larger than 5 mm in diameter
flattened or glObOSC........-06.cccseseeeeeeeeeee 25
25, Shell with flattened spire .............:::eeeeeee 26

Shell globose ......0..ccccccssseeecceseeeeseuaseees 28

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS

io i K)
/ y
(GS \ (~- ) #y
a nape Co / {J
fae —— i)
—_ \
(©)e ) yy
b inet a a
Fic. 4. a = Nitor medioximus, b = Zonitoides

arboreus . (Scale lines = 5 mm).

i a
\
/
i
a SP ——=— |
oe. : ;
©)ae
b Ss ‘
Fic. 5. a = Thersites novaehollandiae, b =

Ventopelita mansueta . (Scale lines = 10 mm).

26. Shell smooth with umbilicus narrow or
slightly covered by reflection of columellar lip
vasigiqabipde inch Chote dsb absaqenshadszavalnnlgoreeey 27

Shell shiny, with some degree of radial
sculpture and open umbilicus. Colour dark
brown (Fig. 4b) ............ Zonitoides arboreus

27, Shell with narrow umbilicus, columellar edge
of lip not reflected............06e08+ g. Melocystis

Shell with columellar edge of lip thickened
and slightly reflected toward umbilicus .......
ub hsladech@oretedoudicc Mi tetasaretatanete g. Expocystis
28. Shell with hairlike bristles (Several species)
(Fig, 6a). 2.4070 cay g. Austrochloritis

Shell without hairlike bristles................-++ 29

119

b — ~ —
£ a Tia { -_ oN
Wx SB } \ AY
A ’ <UL »)
c bes
Fic. 6. a = Austrochloritis sp.. b = Meridolum

gilberti, ¢ = Galadistes liverpoolensis . (Scale lines =
10 mm).

29. Shell greenish-grey, mainly smooth with
widely separated pustules. Adults with shell
diameter less than 15 mm..Neveritis aridorum

Shell with sculpture or wrinkles, coarse radial
growth lines and closely grouped pustules.
Colour dirty yellow to brown with accessory
colour bands in some forms...........06.00008s 30

30. Adult shell large usually greater than 25 mm
in diameter, sometimes with red band below
suture and a red patch at the umbilicus (Fig.
GY, 2502 6.200 8.2 OR A Meridolum gilberti
Adult shell moderately large usually 15 mm in
diameter, sometimes with chestnut band
below suture and a chestnut patch around the
umbilicus (Fig. 6c)...Galadistes liverpoolensis

31. Operculum present ...........:.cecceeeeee eens 32
Operculum not present...........2sseeeeeeeecees 33
32. Whelk-like shell, strong sculpture (Fig. 7a)
ndetievonsasahsnessedtbastiee Plotiopsis balonnensis

Shell small, not whelk-like smooth with
strongly convex whorls, and short spire (Fig.
TIDY ceatcberslestadovelvcehtetove deed Gabbia australis

120 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Sel

Fic. 7. a = Plotiopsis balonnensis, tb = Gabbia
australis, « = Lymnaea tomentosa, d = Lymnaea
lessoni . (Scale lines = 5 mm).

A * / ii | \
nn, \ (Po 9
{@B } NO); BA
\ \ \ \ \

a _ \W b /)
Fic. 8. a = Gyraulus metaurus, b = Pygmanisus

pelorius . (Scale lines = 2 mm).

33. Limpet-like shell, very small, less than 5 mm
in length............ccccee eee Forsancylus enigma
Shell not limpet-like ...........ccecceeseeeeeeeees 34

34. Shell whorls in a flat plane with ram’s horn
shape. Adults small (less than 6 mm in
GIAMELET)...,c.csseepereccenceedscvcossencenesctans 35
Shells whorls not in a flat plane ............... 36

35. Shell with angular periphery and usually light
in colour. Aperture lip on left side has
marked backward sweep (Fig. 8a)...........
vdnt ated e§onsenecassns. oe te ostases Gyraulus metaurus
Shell with rounded periphery and usually
dark in colour (Fig. 8b) ..Pygmanisus pelorius

36. Shell dextral, animal with triangular ten-

LACIE Sains see oc ehogiates obeiedecstespbecedeblessopedeh 37
Shell sinistral ............c..cccccccceeseseceeeeeees 38
37. Shell ovate, up to 12 mm in length (Fig. 7c)
deobadsneasSaveadegsseatatonstas Lymnaea tomentosa

Shell globose, up ta 20 mm in length. Shell
more fragile and body whorl very much
inflated (Fig. 7d) ............... Lymnaea lessoni

Fic. 9. a = Glyptophysa cosmeta, b = Isidorella sp.,
¢ = Physastra sp. 1, d = Physasira sp.2, e = Physa
sp, (Scale lines = 4 mm).

38. Shell with raised spiral ribbing (Fig. 9a).....
cuvenpegerdonoscentcgnsess dens? Glyptophysa cosmeta

Shell without raised spiral ribbing ............39

39, Shell without abrupt turn in columella,
commonly with periostracal hairs. Animal
with pseudobranch on left hand side of body
(FIGs DO) osc assstcsaerasstsnsrarsstcbesds zg. Isidorella

Shell with abrupt turn in columella........... 40

40. Animal with pseudobranch on left side of
body but without digital processes on mantle.
Red tinge to flesh when live (Figs. 9c,d) .......

+ es Ae Fert es eh g. Physastra

Animal with digital processes on mantle edge
but without pseudobranch. No red tinge to
flesh when live (Fig. 9e)..............005 g. Physa

DISTRIBUTION, FURTHER NOTES ON
IDENTIFICATION, HABITATS

TERRESTRIAL SPECIES

Family RHYTIDIDAE

Strangesta capillacea (Ferrussac, 1882)
(Plate 2f)

REMARKS

S. capillacea was widely distributed across the
New England Region (Fig. 11f). Specimens were
collected from under logs and rocks and often
were burrowed into the loose earth beneath the
logs. Aggregations sometimes occurred but
usually single specimens were found. S. capillacea
is carnivorous and feeds on a variety of

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 121

inverlebrates. During collecting, specimens were
sometimes found eating other snails, notably
Thersites noyaehollandiae and the introduced
Helix aspersa .

RANGE
N.S.W., VIC.
Saladelos wrarensis (Cox, 1866)
(Fig. 3a)
REMARKS

S. urarensis was mainly found in the eastern
parts of the survey region (Fig. 11g). Like
Strangesta capillacea this species is carnivorous.
S. urarensis was collected trom under logs and
rocks, usually singly per site. Burrowing was not
evident, (Figure 11g also includes those records of
shell fragments that did not allow further
separation between Saladelos wurarensis and
Sirangesta capillacea . These are shown by crosses
on the figure and it would appear, from the
distribution of the two rhytidid species, that the
more western records would be Strangesta
capillacea ).

RANGE
NE. N.S.W., SE.Q.

Family CARYODIDAE

Brazieresta larreyi (Brazier, 1871)
(Plate 2d)
REMARKS
B. larreyi was found at three eastern sites, two
of these being at approximately 1200 m altitude,
Adult specimens reach up to 35 mm in shell
length.

RANGE
NE. N,S.W_ (Dorrigo to the Border Ranges).

Family PUNCTIDAE
The three species occurring in the study area
were assigned io the genera Paralaoma Iredale,
1913 and Jorula [redale, 1941. However, without
a revision of these groups, the assignment of
specific names would be fruitless.
Paralaoma spp.

Two species appear to be present in the study
area. One with an open umbilicus (Fig. 2d) and
another with a narrow umbilicus.

REMARKS

Specimens of these small snails were collected
from seven sites in the elevated areas of the
central and southeastern parts of the region (Fig.
12d). The small size and cryptic habit of
Paralaome spp, made these snails difficult to find

under field conditions. More detailed
examination of litter samples may have shown a
wider distribution pattern.

RANGE

The genus is widespread in Australia with
species occuring in Tasmania, Victoria, South
and Central Australia, Western Australia, New
South Wales and southeast Queensland.

lotula sp.

REMARKS

One specimen was collected at high elevation
(1250 m) on the tableland proper, 14 km east of
Guyra. Species referred to Jotu/la resemble

Paralaoma but are smaller and have a more
elevated spire.

RANGE
(Of the genus) NE. N.S.W., SE.Q.

Family CHAROPIDAE

Five species were distinguished in the
collections. Two could be assigned to the species
Elsothera funerea (Cox, 1868) and Elsothera
inusta (Cox, 1868). These are shown in figures 2b
and 2c respectively. The taxonomic status of the
Charopidae did not allow for species designations
of the other three which have been classed here as
Charopid species 1, 2 and 3. (Fig, 2a = Charopid
sp. 2).

REMARKS

Elsothera funerea was widely scattered over the
region (Fig. 11h) while the records for E. inusta
(Cox) were restricted to the high tablelands and
the eastern areas (Fig. 11i), Distribution of the
Other three species encountered in the survey are
shown in Figures |2a,b,c. Specimens were found
under logs and stones and from litter in the field.
More detailed sorting of litter would without
doubt have resulted in the discovery of further
species.

RANGE

The family is widespread in Australia,
However, distribution limits of genera and species
are poorly known. &. funerea and £. irtusta are
both found from central New South Wales to
southern Queensland, but the exact limits of their
distributions are still to be established.

Family SUCCINELDAE

Both the succineid species taken during this
survey (4. nortoni and Arboreinea eucalypti )
have shell forms that closely resemble the dextral
freshwater lymnacids — especially Lymnaea
tomentosa ; that is, the final whorl is large and

122 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Seeeeee Sussuseeeeenee oe

Fic. 10. Distributions of species across the New England region: a = Deroceras reticulatum, b = Deroceras
caruanae, ¢ = Limax maximus, d = Lehmannia nyctelia, e = Triboniophorus graeffei, £ = Austrochloritis
spp., g = Thersites novaehollandiae, h = Meridolum gilberti, i = Galadistes liverpoolensis .

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 125

deep (see Fig. 3b,c). Separation of succineids.
from the lymnaeids is outlined under Lymnaea
fomenfosa .

The assignment of the available material to the
two species listed below is one of convenience and
should not be regarded as definitive. The group is
in need of revision, and is relatively poorly
represented in existing museum collections,

Austrosuccinea nortoni (Cox, 1364)
(Fig. 3b)

REMARKS

Collections. of A. nortoni showed a distribution
centred around the tablelands area (Fig. {2e). A.
nortoni was found under stones and logs. On two
occasions, live specimens were taken from non-
permanent swampy areas.

RANGE

Coastal and sub-coastal areas of New South
Wales.

Arborcinea eucalypti (Cox, 1864)
(Fig. 3c)

REMARKS

Very few records (3 locations, all on the
tablelands) were obtained for 4. eucalypt during
the survey. All specimens were collected from
under bark on trees, However, systematic
searching of trees was not part of the collecting
strategy and, consequently, A. evealypti may be
more common than was found here.
RANGE

Coastal and sub-coastal area of New South
Wales and southern Queensland

Family ATHORACOPHORIDAE

Triboniophorus graeffei Humbert, 1863
(Plate 2c)

REMARKS

T. graeffei was. predominantly located in the
east (Fig. 10e), The only far western record was in
the Mt Kaputar area, a region that is higher and
wetter than the surrounding countryside. The
juveniles of this species. differ from the brightly
coloured adults. They are usually grey to cream
with two dark longitudinal dorsal stripes, The
slugs were generally collected under logs, often in
cavities in the soi]. Other common habitats were
underneath tree bark, under fallen bark around
the base of trees, and under artificial shelter (e.g.
in refuse dumps) in wooded areas, During
showery weather the slugs were often found
crawling on the surface of rocks and logs. The
species was almost invariably found away from
domestic gardens and cleared areas with minor

occurrence in partially cleared country. It was not
unusual to collect four of five specimens from the
one locality.

RANGE

Coastal and adjacent ranges from Wollongong,
N.S,.W. to Mossman, NE.Q,

Family CySTOPELTIDAE
The relationships of this family to other groups

of land snails is not known. One species was
collected in the study area.

Cystopelta sp.
(Plate 2b)
REMARKS
Cystopelta sp. was collected at one site, at
approximately 1200 m altitude in the eastern
mountain range. The live specimen was 25 mm in
length,

RANGE

Species of Cysfopelta are known from
Tasmania, southern Victoria and along the Great
Dividing Range in N.S.W. Thenorthward limit of
the genus appears to be the Lamington region of
the Border Ranges, south Queensland,

Family HELICARIONIDAE

The helicarionids collected during the survey
are referred to three genera, Helicarion Ferussac,
1822; Nitor Gude, 1911; and Sodaleta Iredale,
1937, Two other genera, Expoeystis lredale, 1937
and Melocysiis Iredale, 1937, although not
encountered in the present survey, are known to
occur in the region and are included in the key for
completeness,

Helicarion spp.

redale (1937) assigned the helicarionids with
vitriniform shells of eastern Australia to several
genera — Helicarion, Vercularion, Fastosarion
and Parmacochlea Iredale (1941) added
Peloparion and Desidarion and _— raised
Parmavitrina (previously a sub genus of
Vercularion ) to generic rank. With the exception
perhaps al Permacoch/ea , any attempt to assign
species to these groups on the basis of external
characters alone, is a futile exercise. Future work
on the group may establish sound anatomical
criteria for generic separation. In the absence of
such data, the authors have adopted a
conservative approach and assigned species to the
genus Helicarion , here used ina broad sense to
include all species occurring on the east coast
which possess a vitriniform shell with the
exception of those species previously assigned ta
Parmacochlea .

124 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

ayefe]el o [| Te]
u a a eC oe

Fic. 11, Distributions of species across the New England region: a = Neverilis aridorum, b = Ventopelita

mansueta, ¢ = Nitor medioximus, d = Helicarion spp., e = Helix aspersa, f = Strangesta capillacea, g =
Saladelos urarensis (and unidentified shell fragments x), h = Elsothera funerea, i = Elsothera inusta .

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 125

Several species were distinguished among the
collected material. However, a large number of
species are known to occur along the east coast of
Australia and only a revision of the group will
permit correct species identifications to be made.
REMARKS

The species had a _ pronounced easterly
distribution in the higher, wetter areas of the New
England region (Fig. 11d). Specimens were found
under logs and a variety of debris, and were not
common in areas cleared of trees. Numbers in the
field varied from isolated specimens to 5-20
specimens under one log. A typical specimen is
shown in Plate 2a.

RANGE

(Of the genus) East coast of Australia from
Tasmania to Cape York (latter locality based on
specimens in Queensland Museum).

Nitor medioximus Iredale, 1941
(Fig. 4a)
REMARKS
The few records from the survey were widely
scattered over the region (Fig. 1lc). Specimens
were found in moist situations, under logs and
rocks.

RANGE
New England Region and adjacent coastal
areas, N.S.W.

‘ Sodaleta ’ sp.

This genus is currently undergoing revision by
one of the authors. The status of the genus is in
some doubt and this reference should be regarded
as tentative.

REMARKS
Specimens were collected at only two sites, one
in an eastern mountainous area, the other on the
tableland.
Family ZONITIDAE

Zonitoides arboreus (Say, 1816)
(Fig. 4b)

REMARKS

Specimens were collected from only four sites
in the centre of the survey region. All collections
were from under various forms of shelter in
domestic gardens and yards. The distribution of
Z. arboreus over the region was probably much
wider as domestic gardens in all areas were not
searched. The species was abundant where it
occurred.

RANGE
N.S.W. (Sydney and New England area), QLD
(Brisbane and Cairns area). Introduced.

Family MILACIDAE
Milax gagates (Draparnaud, 1801)

REMARKS

This slug was collected at only three sites, all
sites being away from human habitation, on the
tableland. M. gagates is a medium-sized slug,
adults reaching about 50 mm in length. The body
is darkly coloured and has a distinctive dorsal keel
from the tail to the posterior edge of the mantle.
RANGE

N.S.W.,
(Introduced).

vic., TAS., S.A., SW.A.

Family LIMACIDAE

Van Regteren Altena and Smith (1975) revised
the composition of the milacid and limacid fauna
of Australia, and the treatment presented here,
closely follows their presentation. Members of
both families are introductions to Australia and
the species are largely confined to suburban
gardens and other areas modified by human
settlement. Their distribution and abundance in
the New England region is indicative of the
disturbed nature of the area.

Limax maximus Linnaeus, 1758.
(Plate 1a)

REMARKS

Occurrences in the New England region are
shown in Figure 10c. L. maximus was found in
thick vegetation and under logs. Specimens were
taken in both domestic gardens and in cleared
areas. They were not found in uncleared areas.
Usually, only a single specimen was found at the
one collecting site.

RANGE
N.S.W., VIC., TAS., S.A. (Introduced).

Lehmannia ( Lehmannia) nyctelia (Bourguignat,
1861)
(Plate 1b)

REMARKS

L. nyctelia had a scattered distribution over the
New England region (Fig. 10d). Specimens were
collected from under timber and rocks. It was
common in gardens and in the open; it was found
only in cleared areas. Generally it was in small
aggregations, single specimens being collected on
rare occasions.

RANGE
SE.Q, N.S.W., VIC., TAS., S.A., W.A.
(Introduced).

Lehmannia ( Limacus ) flava (Linnaeus, 1758)

126 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

bedesnasss*sasea) sesasaeseses

Bae
rH Et
Sctntt Wee

Fic. 12. Distributions of species across the New England region: a = Charopid sp. 1, b = Charopid sp.2, ¢ =
Charopid sp.3, d = Paralaoma spp., e = Austrosuccinea nortoni, € = Gabbia australis, 2
balonnensis, h = Lymnaea lessoni, i = Lymnaea tomentosa .

= Plotiopsis

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 123

REMARKS

L. flava was collected only once, in a domestic
garden in Armidale, Normally a large species (up
to 100 mm long), the specimen collected in
Armidale was only 30 mm in length.
RANGE

SE,Q, N.S.W., VIC.. TAS., S.A., SW.A.,
(Introduced).

Deroceras Rafinesque, 1820

Van Regteren Altena and Smith (1975) suggest
that two species of this genus (D. /aeve and D.
agreste ) have been misidentified and probably
have not been introduced into the Australian
fauna. Two forms of Deroceras were collected
during the New England survey and, from
external characters, they match descriptions of D,
rericulatum and D. caruanae (see Key). The wide
range in colouration ard reticulated patterning
gives rise ta the possibility of a third species in this
group, possibly D. agresre . However, extensive
comparisons. of internal features would be
required to positively assert the presence of
another species.

Deroceras reticulatum (Muller, 1774)
(Plate Ic)

REMARKS

D, reticulatum was found to be very common
across the New England region (Fig. [0a). D.
reticulatum was virtually restricted ta areas of
human activity, It was very common in domestic
gardens, occasionally being found in very large
concentrations. In the open, it was common in
sheltered habitats such as the underside of logs, in
lush grass, and in grazed, cleared and burnt-out
areas. Ir was rare in uncleared areas.

RANGE
N.S.W., YViC,, TAS.,
(Introduced),

Deroceras ¢caruanae (Pollonera, 1891)

REMARKS

D, caruanae was less common than D.
reticulatum in the collections although the
locations for D. caruanae were widespread (Fig.
1Nb), Typical of an introduced slug, the species
again showed a distributional dependence on
man's activities, [t was most common in gardens
and, in open habitats, it was largely restricted ta
areas of intense grazing and clearing. Under rocks
rear creek beds was the most favoured habitat
away from domestic areas.
RANGE

SE.Q, N.S.W., VIC., TAS., S.A., SW.A,
(Introduced).

S.A., and SW.A.

Family CAMAENIDAE
Austrochloritis spp.

Among the many specimens of camaenids
which were ccllected during {the survey, were
several belonging to rhe genus Austrochloritis
Pilsbry, 1891. .3pecies presently assigned to this
genus are characterised by possessing a
periostracum which is modified to produce hair-
like bristles over tve shell surface. In the past,
they have been separated largely on the basis of
bristle length and bristle spacing. Using the same
criteria it was possible to distinguish several
different ‘types’ among the material available for
study. However, whether these forms represent
different species or whether they are variations of
one of several species, remains a matter for future
investigation. Fig. 6a illustrates the shell form of
the group.

REMARKS

The distribution of specimens in the collecting
region was two-part with main occurrence in the
wetter and higher easiern region and some
additional records in the drier north and west
(Fig. 10f), Specimens were usually found under
logs and stones and were rare in areas cleared by
man, They were not found in large numbers,
usually only ane or two per collecting site,
RANGE

(Of the genus): Coastal regions and adjacent
ranges of eastern Australia, from Victoria to
Cape York.

Thersites novaehollandiae (Gray, 1834)
(Fig. 5a)

REMARKS

All specimens were found in the eastern high
country (Fig. 10g). Nearly all were collected from
under logs in forested areas and the species was
rare in areas affected by man’s activities.

RANGE
NE. N.S.W..
Meridolum gilberti (Pfeiffer, 1846)
(Fig. 6b)
REMARKS

The distribution of M, gilberti showed a
restriction to the far north and northeast (Fig.
10h), Specimens of M. gilberti were almost
invariably found on soil surface under logs, which
had ample cavity space underneath, particularly
in ithe wetter areas. It was common in partly
cleared areas, that is, where timbered areas were
in close proximity to a clearing,

128 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Beene [Tere]

Prt
PisiseteRe rT Trt)

88 DUBS ES Se ee eeee|
dd SSS Se eee Sees)

Fic. 13. Distributions of species across the New England region: a = Physastra sp.1, b = Physastra sp.2, ¢ =
Isidorella sp., d = Glyptophysa cosmeta, e = Gyraulus metaurus, f = Pygmanisus pelorius, g = Physasp., h
= Forsancylus enigma .

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 129

RANGE
NE. N.S.W., SE.Q.

Galadistes liverpoolensis (Brazier, 1872)
(Fig. 6c)

REMARKS

G. liverpoolensis was widely distributed
throughout the collecting region (Fig. 10i).
Specimens of G. liverpoolensis were typically
found under logs, However, unlike M. gilberti,
G. liverpoolensis often burrowed into the soil
beneath the log. Specimens were less common in
areas cleared by man and, in particular, were rare
in areas of heavy grazing.

RANGE
NE. N.S.W. (Subcoastally).

Neveritis aridorum (Cox, 1866)

REMARKS

N. aridorum was found in the north and in the
southwest (Fig. lla), Like G. //verpoolensis, N.
aridorum occurred under logs where some were
found burrowed into the soil.

RANGE
NE. N.S.W..
Ventopelita mansueta (Reeve, 1854)
(Fig. 5b)
REMARKS

V. mansueta was recorded primarily from only
a few sites in the northeastern parts of the
collecting region (Fig. Llb). Specimens were
collected from under logs and rocks in moist
situations.

RANGE
NE. N.S.W., SE.Q.
Sphaerospira fraseri (Griffith and Pidgeon, 1833)
(Plate 2e)

REMARKS

S. fraseri was collected from only one site, a
forested mountainous area in the east. The shell
of S. _fraseri reaches up to 60 mm in height,

RANGE
NE. N.S.W,, SE,Q.

Family HELICIDAE

Helix ( Cryptomphalus ) aspersa (Muller, 1774)
(Plate 2g)

REMARKS

H. aspersa was found 1o be widespread over the
region (Fig. lle). AH aspersa was prevalent in
domestic gardens in centres of human population.
The apparent dependence on man’s activities for
the presence of the species was very marked. The

snail uses any available shelter in gardens and
surroundings. Outside domestic gardens, the
species was found only in some isolated areas that
had been cleared and where human and grazing
activity was high.
RANGE

Widespread in major suburban areas of
Australia. (Introduced).

FRESHWATER SPECIES

Family BITHYNIIDAE

Gabbia australis Tryon, 1865
(Fig. 7b)

REMARKS

G, australis was found to have an unusually
compressed distribution in the survey region (Fig.
12f), being located in the mid-tablelands and
lower highlands in a north - south pattern. G.
australis was commonly found on weeds in
shallow swamps and was not common in flowing
water. It occasionally inhabited artificial dams.
G. australis often had very large population sizes,
single sweeps of a dip net catching up to several
hundred specimens.

RANGE
N.S.W., VIC.

Family THIARIDAE

Plotiopsis balonnensis (Conrad, 1850)
(Fig. 7a)

REMARKS

Records for P. balonnensis in the survey region
were concentrated in the western areas with one
record in the east (Fig. 12g). P. balonnensis was
collected from weed beds of permanent water
bodies. Its abundance varied from plentiful (Male
River in the northwest) to an isolated specimen at
other sites.

RANGE
Inland and coastal drainage systems of eastern
Australia,

Family LYMNAEIDAE
Lymnaea lessoni (Deshayes, 1830)
(Fig. 7d)
REMARKS
L. lessoni was found widely distributed
throughout the survey region (Fig. 12h). The

130 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

species showed a strong preference for stagnant
water. It was occasionally found, sparse in
umber, in weed beds along the margins of
flowing streams, If was abundant in stagnant
water bodies with floating vegetation and was
often collected from the surface of the water, the
animal being supported by the surface tension,

RANGE
Many Australian drainage systems,

Lymnaea tomentosa (Pfeiffer, 1855)
(Fig, 7c)

REMARKS

L. tomentosa was found to be concentrated in
the tableland and eastern areas of the survey
region. It was sparse in the drier, western areas
(Fig. 121). L. tomentosa typically occurred in
springs and seepage areas, being present both in
and out of the water. Specimens were also taken
from very temporary ponds, generally in grassy
situations. Man-made dams rarely contained L.
tomentosa . In its preferred habitat of
spring/shallow marsh areas, the species was
found with densities of 180-200 per 0.1 m2.
Habitat records for Lymndea tomentosa during
the survey were in agreement with habitat
descriptions by Boray (1964, 1969),

RANGE
Eastern
Queensland.

ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE AND IDENTIFICATION

L. tomentosa acts as an intermediate host for
Fasciola hepatica the fluke parasite of cattle and
sheep. It is the only snail in the New England area
that is known to act as a host for the liver fluke,
Another lymnaeid snail present in Australia,
Lymnaea columella, also acts as a host for this
parasite, However, L. columella, is presently
confined to metropolitan areas in Australia where
its presence has probably resulted from material
imported with aquatic pets (Ponder 1975).

Because of its role in the transmission of
Fasciola hepatica , a ready means of identifying
L. tomentosa and thereby distinguishing it from
other dextrally shelled snails is important.

L. tomentosa is a small snail with an ovate
shell. The spire merges gradually into the body
whorl without the abruptness shown by L,
lessoni. L. lessoné in the adult form is larger; in
the New England area, specimens often measured
20 mm in length as against 12 mm for large L.
tomentosa . At this size L. tomentosa is readily
distinguished trom L, /essoni particularly because
of the greatly inflated body whorl of the shell in
L. lessoni , However, at smaller sizes, distinction

Australia from Tasmania to

by external characters is less clear. Hubendick
(1951) and Boray (1969) have given more detailed
accounts of how JL. fomenfosa may be
distinguished from L, lessoni .

Overall shell shape readily separates L.
tomentosa trom the similarly sized Gabbia
australis. G. australis has strongly convex shell
whorls whereas L£. tomentosa docs not, In
addition G. australis has an operculum and the
shell is much more solid than is the case with the
fragile shell of L. tementosa .

Members of the succineid yenus,
Austrosuccinea , which sometimes ovcur in
swampy. habitats, may be distinguished from L.
tomentosa by the lack of the columellar fold or
twist which is present in lymnaeids. Also, for live
specimens, succineid snails have rod-shaped
tentacles, whereas L. l/omentose has triangular,
flat tentacles.

Family PLANORBIDAB

‘The Australian planorbids are very poorly
known. Although a number of generic and
specific taxa have been put forward by previous
workers the correct allocation of the Australian
species will require a revision of the group, not
only at the Australian level but also of related
forms elsewhere. Thus while Iredale (1943, 1944)
proposed several generic taxa for the planorbids,
the present study adopts a more conservative
approach and allocates the species encountered in
the present survey, to fewer, more generalised
groups.

Some members of the group are presently
undergoing taxonomic revision by J. Walker
(University of Sydney) who has provided shell
and foot characters to separate the genera
Physasira, Isidorella and Giyptophysa . The two
other genera applicuble to the New England
planorbid species are Gyraulus (see Brown 1981)
and Pygrnanisus .

Physastra spp,

REMARKS

Based on sheil shape iwo species of Physastra
Were considered to be present in the survey
material. Physastra sp. 1, characterised by a
relatively low spire (Fig. 9c), was widely.
distributed throughout the region (Fig. 13a).
Physasira sp, 2, with a distinctly pointed apex
(Fig. 9d), was more predominant on the
tablelands and in the east (Fig. 13b). Both species
were commonly found in flowing streams and
creeks but were rare in dams.

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 31

RANGE
(Of the genus). Many Australian drainage
systems,

Isidorella sp,
(Fig. 9b)

REMARKS

This species was widespread over the survey
region (Fig. 13c). Unlike Physastra spp.,
Tsidorella sp. was commonly found in dams,
overflow ponds and temporary rain ponds. It was
rare in flowing water,
RANGE

(Of the genus) Many Australian drainage
systems.

Glyptophysa cosmeta (Iredale, 1943)
(Fig. 9a)
REMARKS
This species was only found in the western parts
of the survey region (Fig. 13d). Habitats included
both flowing streams and temporary ponds.

RANGE
VIC., N.S.W..
Gyraulus metaurus (Iredale, 1943)
(Fig. 8a)
REMARKS

Distribution of G. metaurus Was
predominantly in the middle and southern parts
of the survey region (Fig. 13e).

RANGE
NE. N.S.W,
Pygmanisus pelorius Iredale, 1943
(Fig. 8b)
REMARKS

P, pelorius was predominantly found on the
tablelands with occurrences becoming fewer in
the drier, western areas (Fig. 13f). As a rule,
specimens were taken from thick weed in shallow
water around the margins of a larger body of
water. It was also found in temporary, well-
grassed seepage ponds that were also preferred
habitats of Lymnaea tomentosa . It was often
extremely abundant in some weed beds, over two
hundred being caught in a few dip-net sweeps at
one site.

RANGE
NE. N.S.W.

Family PHYSIDAE

This largely northern hemisphere group of
sinistral freshwater snails has been recorded from
several localities in Australia, It is generally
considered that these occurrences are

introductions. Smith and Kershaw (1979, p, 90}
tentatively refer the southeast Australian
specimens to Physa acuta Draparnaud, 1805, a
European species. However, a more conservative
approach is adopted in this study.

Species of this family are very difficult to
separate from some members of the family
Planorbidae on shell characters. Reference must
be made to the animal features which are
presented in the key.

Physa sp.
(Fig, 9e)
REMARKS

The species was common in both the western
and north-eastern parts of the survey region (Fig.
13g). Although it was found in most habitats
some preference was shown for overflow ponds
of streams, When taken from strongly flowing
water, it was often found on tree roots at the edge
of the stream.

RANGE
(Of the genus) N.S.W,, Central Victoria and
South Australia (near Adelaide). Introduced.

Family ANCYLIDAE
Forsancylus enigma [redale, 1944

REMARKS

F. enigma was widely spread over the tableland
area of the survey region (Fig. 13h), Its small size
and near-transparency made detection difficult
during collection and it may be more abundant
than the records indicate. F. enigma was found in
streams attached to various types of vegetation.

RANGE
NE. N.S.W.

DISCUSSION

The New England Region, as defined in this
survey, encompasses a wide variety of terrestrial
habitat types. In the east, small pockets of sub-
tropical rainforest interdigitate with bands of
lemperate rainforest, amidst a broad expanse of
open sclerophyll forest. In the west there are large
tracts of woodland and unforested areas. Human
disturbance of the environment, mainly in the
form of land clearing for pasture and cultivation,
has affected much of the area with the exception
of the more heavily timbered eastern fringe. This
disturbance reaches a climax in a number of
densely populated commercial centres which are
scattered throughout the region.

The aquatic habitats comprise the many rivers,
streams and seepages which form six drainages to

132 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

the west and a smaller area of four drainages to
the east (see Fig. 3 in Heatwole and Simpson
1985). In addition there are many temporary
ponds and dams associated with cultivation and
erazing.

The historical! perspective of the area is one of a
long and complex series of changes (climatic,
vegetational and physiographic) contrasting with
the recent bul effective influence of man. The
gastropod snails (terrestrial and freshwater) are a
mixture of introduced and endemic forms, with
distribution patterns that reflect this caricature of
the New England region,

The relatively large number of introduced
species found in the area is a direct result of a high
level of human activity more usually associated
with major coastal urban areas such as Sydney,
Wollongong and Newcastle. A brief review of the
history of the region shows that this activity has
had long and decisive effects ou the habitats of
the region. The influence of European man dates
from 1832 and by the late 1830's most of the area
fad been visited by drovers, Settlement began
around 1840 with migration being trom the
Sydney area via the Neweastle and Lipper Hunter
River region. Although the area (with the
exception of the eastern edge) was never known to
be thickly wooded, land clearing began in the
1840's. Swamps, once widespread over the area,
were drained as cultivation and grazing became
more established.

The survey results show that the endemic
terrestrial species are largely confined to the more
heavily timbered eastern regions, in contrast to
the introduced species e.g, Helix aspersa and
Deroceros reticulatum which are scattered over
the region but almost strictly confined ta
domestic gardens and cleared areas. In general,
the endemic terrestrial snails of eastern Australia
show a preference for moist forests. It is not
surprising therefore that rainforest species such as
Helicarion spp., Saladelos urarensis, Thersites
navaehollandiae and Triboniophorus graeffei are
found in the east where the pockets of temperate
and sub-tropical rainforest occur.

Of the endemic species, only Galadistes
liverpoolensis and Strangesta capillacea ate
widely and abundantly distributed over the
region. Little is known about G. fiverpoolensis. .
However, conchologically it does appear closely
related to the Meridalum group which tends to be
confined to the wetter coastal and sub-coastal
areas from southeast Queensland to Victoria. The
contrasting distributions of G. liverpoolensis and
Meridolum gilberti (northeast corner of the study

area) may indicate a basic ecological difference
between the two groups.

The wide distribution of S. capiliacea is further
evidence of the adaptability of this species in the
face of habitat disturbance. Lt is one of very few
endemic species which survives in the domestic
gardens of Sydney, Although the reasons for its
Success in such circumstances are not fully
known, tis carnivorous feeding habits may offer a
clue. Whereas other endemic species are detrital
feeders and thus rely on the presence of decaying
vegetation for their survival, S. capillacea would
depend more on the presence of other
invertebrates. While forest clearing adversely
effects the former, it does not necessarily effect
the level of invertebrate prey available to S.
capillacea , In fact, S. capillacea is known to prey
on the introduced snail, Helix aspersa (Simpson
1976).

The introduced terrestrial species, although
scattered throughout the region, are largely
restricted to domestic gardens and cleared areas,
The fact that the introduced slugs, which are not
adapted for surviving in dry habitats, are able to
persist in the drier western areas, indicates the
presence of moist mucro-habitats created by
domestic activity. The relative scarcity of
introduced forms in the forested eastern fringe
indicates either an inability to cope with
Australia’s native vegetation, or the significance
of man as a vector for their dispersal,

Thus while disturbances of the environment.
have had their effects on the distribution and
composition of the terrestrial gastropods of the
New England region, the results of this survey
stress the importance of maintaining the timbered
areas of the eastern fringe, On the one hand they
form a refuge zone for the majority of the
endemic species, and on the other, they show an
absence of the introduced elements common
elsewhere in the region.

The freshwater gastropods of the region
present a slightly different picture. Their
distributions are dependent on the availability of
suitable aquatic habitats. In this respect man's
effect of draining natural swamps has been
compensated by the construction of many
temporary poods and dams. The survey results
show that a number of species, e.g. Gabbia
australis, tsidorella sp., and Glyplophysa
cosmeto, are quite successful in these artificial
habitats. Only one aquatic introduction, PAyse
sp., 15 known to oecur in the region.

The freshwater snails Lyrae tomentosa and
Pyegmanisus pelorius are particularly important as

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 133

they act as intermediate hosts for two live-stock
parasties — liver fluke and stomach fluke
respectively. In the New England region, stomach
fluke is far less serious than liver fluke. In terms
of farm management, the survey confirmed the
importance of swampy areas as a habitat for these
two species; hence, such areas harbour the prime
source of parasite infection for cattle and sheep.

During collecting of snails in the New England
region, discussion with farmers established that
identification of ‘fluke-carrying’ snails was not
clear. Publications by the New South Wales
Department of Agriculture, aimed at farmers,
have given descriptions of the fluke snail (Dent
1968, 1974). More recently, Campbell (1977) has
elaborated on this, outlining distinguishing
features between Lymnaea tomentosa and other
snails.

Both L. tomentosa and P. pelorius were more
common in the wetter areas of the survey region.
However, their distribution and abundance would
be highly dependent on seasonal climatic
conditions, considering the ephemeral nature of a
number of their habitats.

In general, the freshwater species do not
indicate restriction in distribution to particular
drainage systems, relying primarily on the
presence of suitable habitats.

The distribution patterns of some of the
endemic terrestrial species can be readily aligned
with diferences in altitude, temperature, and
rainfall — which generally occur along an east-
west gradient. Differences in other possible
influences on the distribution of terrestrial
gastropods (e.g. land use and geology) are more
scattered across the region. (See figures for all the
above environmental sub-divisions in Heatwole
and Simpson 1986), The distribution patterns
obtained from this survey provide a framework
within which future studies on causal mechanisms
of distribution and abundance of particular taxa
can be made.

Many promising lines of enquiry have resulted
from this survey. (a) What are the reasons for the
ecological separation between Galadistes
liverpoolensis and Meridolum gilberti, and within
the genus Austrochloritis and the species
Plotiopsis balonnensis ? (b) The climatically
similar yet isolated areas around Mt Kaputar and
the eastern edge of the tablelands provide an ideal
field situation for the investigation of features
such as adaptation and speciation in the fauna of
the two areas. (c) What features of the biology
and ecology of Physastra and Isidorella, both
widespread genera, are suited to their marked

~ _TORRESIAN
my

Fic. 14. The New England region (cross-hatching) in
relation to the biogeographical divisions for the
molluscan fauna of eastern Australia. (These
divisions are modifications of those presented by
Iredale 1937, 1940 and McMichael and Iredale 1959).

differences in habitat preferences (streams and
gullies versus temporary ponds and stock dams,
respectively)? (d) Does Strangesta capillacea
exclusively feed on other molluscs, as indicated
from the prey observed during this survey? (e)
Gabbia australis and Lymnaea tomentosa both
occupied swamp and spring areas, yet extensive
populations of the two were not found together.
Is there a marked sub-division within this aquatic
habitat separating these species or is there some
form of competitive reaction between them? (f)
The virtual restriction of all introduced terrestrial
species to areas under man’s influence suggests
some strong, common causal mechanism — is it
the available food or the refuge areas provided by
man?

The limited geographic extent of the area of
this survey does not allow any biogeographical

134 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

analyses to be made. However, an interesting
feature of the New England region is that it is
situated at the convergence of several
biogeographical divisions which have been
previously drawn up for the Australian molluscan
fauna (Fig. 14). This is a reflection of the
ecologically diverse nature of the region.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Aperture — The opening in a gastropod
shell.

Body Whorl — Last and usually largest coil of
shell.

Columella ~ The column around which the
shell whorls are built. Seen
externally as the inner edge of
the
shell aperture.

Conical - Cone-shaped,

Cord - Coarse rounded linear sculpture
on shell surface.

Dextral ~ (Of coiling) right-handed,

Discoid - Disc-shaped

Globose - Spherical or globular in shape.

Imperforate - Lacking an umbilical opening.

keel ~ Longitudinal ridge.

Mantle - Membranaceous covering of a
molluse.

Operculum -~ Horny or calcareous plate
which closes the aperture when
the animal retracts into the
shell.

Periostracum — Thin outer covering of the shell.

Protoconch - The embryonic shell, present at

the apex. Usually different in
sculpture to adult shell,
Pseudobranch — A secondary gill.

Pustule - Low, small, raised knob of
sculpture.

Radial - Parallel to the axis of the shell,
running across the direction of
the whorls.

Rib — Well defined sculptural ridge,

Shell Lobe ~ Extension of mantle, sometimes
covering shell surface.

Sinistral - (Of coiling) left-handed.

Spiral — In the direction of shell coiling.

Spire - Whorls of a shell excluding the
last or body whorl.

Striae — Fine scatched or incised lines on
the surface of the shell.

‘Suture — The line of junction between
two whorls.

Turbinate — Top-shaped, but with rounded
sides,

Umbilicate ~ Having an umbilicus.
Umbilicus ~ An indentation or cavity at the
base of the shell.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This study was supported by a grant from the
Rural Credits Development Fund, Reserve Bank
of Australia. Mr G. Witten collected and
catalogued much of the material and the study is
very much in debt to him for that work. Mr A.
Dudaitis, Mr D. Gemmel, Ms S. Greathead, and
Ms J. Simpson assisted at various phases of the
project. Advice during the study was received
from Associate Professor H. Heatwole, We are
indebted to Dr W. Ponder and Mr P, Coleman of
the Malacology Department, Australian Museum
for a great deal of assistance in the identification
and classification of the molluscs. Other advice in
this regard was also received from Dr B. Smith
(National Museum, Victoria), Dr J. Walker
(University of Sydney), and Dr M. Bishop
(University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge). Dr
J.B. Burch and Dr A, Solem criticized the
manuscript. We are grateful for the considerable
patience shown by typists — Mrs V. Watt and
Miss N. Walden (New England University), and
Miss P. Tinniswood (Queensland Museum).

LITERATURE CITED

Boray, J.E., 1964. Studies an the ecology of Lymnaea
fomentosa, the intermediate host of Fasciola
hepatica . |. History, geographical distribution,
and environment. Aust. J, Zool, 12 (2): 217-30,

BoraAy, J.C., 1969. Experimental fascioliasis in
Australia. Advunces in Parasitology, 7: 95-210.

Brook, A.J., 1977. ‘ABIGS (Australian
Biogeographical Integrated Grid System).
Technical Manual’, 1977 Edition, (C) Arthur, J.
Brook, Department of Zoology, University of
Melbourne, 58 pp.

Brown, 0.S., 1981. Observations on Planorbinae from
Australia and New Guinea. 7. Malac. Soc, Aust. 5
(1-2): 67-80.

CAMPBELL, N.J., 1977. Identifying liver fluke snails.
Agricultural Gazette N.S, W. 8% (4): 24-7.

Dent, C.H.R., 1968. The liver fluke in sheep.
Agricultural Gazette N.S, W. 79 (7): 404-9.

1974. Liver fluke — the leaf-shaped purasite.
Agricultural Gazette N.S. WW’. 85 (3): 42-4.

HEeATWOLE, H. and Simpson, R.D., 1986. Faunal survey
of New England. |. Introduction. Mem. Qd Mus.
22 (1): LOT-13.

HuBenpick, B., L9SI. Recent Lymmueidae. Their
vanalion morphology, taxonomy, nomenclature

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 135

and distribution. K. svenska Vetensk Akad Handl.
3: 1-223, plates 1-5.
IREDALE, T., 1937, A basic list of the land Mollusca of
Australia. Part II. Aust. Zool. 9 (1): 1-39, pl. 1-3.
1940. Guide to the land shells of New South Wales.
Aust. Nat, 10: 227-36.
1941. Guide to the land shells of New South Wales.
Part IIL. Aust, Nat. 11: 1-8.
1944. Guide to the freshwater shells of New South
Wales. Class Gastropoda. Part Il. Aust, Nat, 11
(5): 113-27.
Lea, D.A.M., PiGRAM, J.J.J., and GREENWOLD, L.,
(Eds) 1977. ‘An Atlas of New England’. Vols. I and
II. (Department of Geography: University of New
England, Armidale).
McMicuaeL, D.F. and IREDALE, T., 1959. The land and
freshwater Mollusca of Australia. Jn KEAsT, A.,

Crocker, R.L. and CHRISTIAN, C.S. (Eds).
‘Biogeography and Ecology in Australia’. (W.
Junk Publ.: The Hague) 8: 224-45.

PonpberR, W., 1975. The occurrence of Lymnaea
(Pseudosuccinea ) columella, an intermediate host
of Fasciola hepatica, in Australia. Aust. Vet.
Journal 51: 494-5.

VAN REGTEREN ALTENA, C.O. and Smitu, B.J., 1975.
Notes on introduced slugs of the families
Limacidae and Milacidae in Australia with two new
records. J. Malac. Soc. Aust. 3 (20): 63-80.

Smpson, R.D., 1976. This garden snail can help you.
Agricultural Gazette N.S.W. 88 (4): 28-9.

SmitH, B.J. and KERSHAW, R.C., 1979. ‘Field guide to
the non-marine molluscs of south-eastern
Australia’. (ANU Press: Canberra). 285 pp.

136

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

PLATE 1.

a = Limax maximus, b = Lehmannia nyctelia, ¢ = Deroceras
reticulatum.

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 137

138

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

PLATE 2.

a = Helicarion sp., b = Cystopelta sp., ¢ = Triboniophorus

graeffei, d = Brazieresta larreyi, e = Sphaerospira fraseri, f

Strangesta capillacea, g = Helix aspersa . (Scale lines =

10 mm).

SIMPSON AND STANISIC: NEW ENGLAND GASTROPODS 139

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Qd Mus. 22(2): 141—153. [1986]

TYPE, FIGURED AND MENTIONED FOSSIL PLANTS IN THE QUEENSLAND
MUSEUM

A.C, ROZEFELDS
Queensland Museum

The Queensland Museum holds a = small
collection of plant megafossils. No palynological
material is held in our collections. Most of the
material referred to in this list was studied by
Walkom (1924) in a paper on the Middle Triassic
Esk flora. In total, seven new species of fossil
plants have been described from the Museum's
collections since 1911.

The material is catalogued taxonomically and
the classification generally follows that of Scagel
et al. (1965) and Pant (1957). Reference is made
to specimens from the Museum’s collection and
only literature pertaining directly to those
specimens is included in this list. While a
comprehensive treatment of the literature
concerning the Museum’s material is intended, it
is anticipated that there will be omissions, The
author has generally avoided commenting about
the taxonomic status of specimens unless it
seemed expedient to do so.

Information for each specimen includes the
Queensland Museum registration number, a list
of chronologically arranged references, locality,
and data on the age and formation from which
the specimen was collected. The dating of
formations follows that of Day et al. (1983). An
alphabetically arranged index of taxonomic
names allows reference to the specimens in this
paper.

The types are treated in the same way as the
other material. Nearly all specimens were labelled
as types, the one exception being the partial
counterparts of Nilssonia superba Walkom, 1924,
that had been misplaced in the general collection.
The holotype of Chiropreris cuneata (Carruthers)
Seward 1903 was erroneously recorded as being in
the Queensland Museum Collection (Tenison-
Woods 1883; Feistmantel 1890). The specimen to
which Tenison-Woods was probably referring has
been included for the sake of completeness but
the holotype is in the British Museum.

Division ARTHROPHYTA
Order EQUISETALES

Lelstotheca sp.

Reg, No,: F985,
Annularia stellata (Schloth.), in Walkom, 1916. pp.
233-4, pl. 25.
Loc,; 8 miles from Dunedoo, N.S.W.
Fm.: ? Age: Permian.
Remarks: Walkom (1938) compared _ this
specimen to Phyllotheca robusta Feistmantel,
1880, PAyllotheca robusta Feistmantel 1880 was
combined in Stellotheca robusta by Surange and
Prakash (1962). The name S/ellotheca was found
to be illegimate under articles 64, 73 and 75 of the
International Code of Botanical Nomenclature,
and Maheshwari (1972) proposed the new genus
Lelstotheca to accommodate plants previously
referred to Stellotheca . Surange and Prakash
(1962) and Maheshwari (1974) have both
commented on the similarity of F985 to
Stellotheca and Lelstotheca respectively.

The specimen figured by Walkom (1916) is
similar to Lelstothecu robusta but differs in
possessing a greater number of leaflets (18-20)
per whorl. F985 is assigned to Le/stotheca sp.
until a detailed study of the plant can be made.

Neocalamites carrerei (Zeiller) Halle, 1908

Reg. No.: F1487.

Schizoneura sp.a Seward, in Walkom, 1924, pp, 80-1.

Schizoneura sp.a Seward, in Jones and de Jersey, 1947,
p. 10.

Neocalamites carrerei (Zeiller) Halle, 1908, in Rigby,
1977. p. 320, 322.

Loc.: Near Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish,

Bellevue Station, near Esk. SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

142 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Reg. No,: F1533,

Schizoneura sp. Seward, 1908, in Hill ef al., 1965. Pl,
TL. 4.

Loc.: Portion 39, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue

Station near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: F1533 is assignable to Neocalamites

carrerei (Zeiller) Halle, 1908.

Reg. No,: F1535,

Schizoneura sp.a Seward, in Walkom, 1924. pp. 80-1,
pl. 16, fig. 2,

Schizoneura sp.a Seward, in Jones and de Jersey, 1947.
p. 10.

Neocalamites carrerei (Zeiller) Halle, 1908, in Rigby
1977. pp. 320, 322.

Loc.: Portion 39, otherwise as for F1487.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: Erroneously labelled F1533 in Walkom

(1924).

Reg, No.: F1554.

Schizoneura sp.a Seward, in Walkom, 1924. pp. 80-1,
pl. 16, fig. 1.

Schizoneura sp.a Seward, in Jones and de Jersey 1947,
p. 10.

Neocalamites carrerei (Zeiller) Halle, 1908, in Rigby,
1977. pp. 320, 322.

Loc.; Portion 42 otherwise as for F1487,

Fm.: Esk Fm, Age; Middle Triassic.

Neocalamites sp. cf. N. carrerei (Zeiller) Halle,

1908.
Reg. No.: F2505,
Neocalamites cf. carrerei (Zeiller) Halle, in Hill et a/.,
1965, pl. Tl, 3.

Loc.: Denmark Hill, Ipswich, SE.Q.
Fm.: Ipswich Coal Measures. Age: Early late
Triassic (Carnian).

Neocalamites hoerensis (Schimper) Halle, 1908.

Reg. No.: F1485 a/b.

Neocalamites hoerensis (Schimper) in Walkom, 1924. p.
79, pl. 15, fig. L.

Neoealamites hoerensis (Schimper) Halle, in Harris,
1931. pp. 22-5.

Neocalamites hoerensis (Schimper) Halle,
Rigby, 1977. p. 320,

Loc.: Portion 32, Northbrook Parish, Bellevue

Station, Near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

1908, in

Phyllatheca sp.

Reg, No.: F1539 a/b/c,

Schizoneura cf. africana Feistm., in Walkom,, 1924. pp.
79-80 text fig. 1.

Phyllotheca sp., in Rigby, 1977. p. 320, 322,

Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue

Station, near Esk, SE,Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Division LYCOPHYTA
Order PLEUROMEIALES

pleuromeiid rhizophore

Reg. No.: F12324.

pleuromeiid rhizophore in Turner, 1984. pp.
90-3, pl. 1, Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Station,
72 kms south of Rolleston, SE.Q.

Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Group. Age: Early
Triassic.

Division PTEROPHYTA
Order MARATTIALES
Family MARATTIACEAE
Asterotheca hillae (Walkom) Herbst, 1977.

Reg. No.: F1566,

Asterotheca hillae (Walkom) Herbst, 1977. p. 7.
Loc.: Bellevue Station, via Esk, SE.Q.
Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1579,

Asterotheca hillae (Walkom) Herbst, 1977, p. 7.
Loc.: Bellevue Station, near Esk, SE.Q.
Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1582. HOLOTYPE.

Pecopteris (?Asterotheca) hillae Walkom, 1924. pp.
82-4, pl. 17, fig. 1 A.B. 2-3.

Pecopteris (2? Asterotheca ) hillae Walkom, in Waikom,
1928. pp. 461-2,

Asterotheca hillae (Walkom) Herbst, 1977. pp. 6-7.
Asterotheca hillae (Walkom) Herbst, 1977, in Rigby,
1977. p. 320, 322.
Loc.: Belleyue Station,

Parish, SE.Q.
Fm.; Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

via Esk, Wivenhoe

Reg. No.: FI713.

Asterotheca hillae (Walkom) Herbst, 1977. p, 7.
Loc.; Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, near Esk,
SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm, Age: Middle Triassic,

ROZEFELDS: FOSSIL PLANTS 143

Reg. No.: F3955 a/b.

‘Pecopteris’ (Asterotheca ) hillae Walkom, 1924, in Hill
et al., 1965. pl. T3, fig. 4.

Asterotheca hillae (Walkom) Herbst, 1977. p. 6.

Loc.: Bryden, SE.Q.

Fm.: Bryden Beds. Age: Early to Middle Triassic.

?Family MARATTIACEAE
Ogmos adinus Webb, 1983.

Reg. No.: F1481.

Taeniopteris (?Danaeopsis) crassinervis (Feistm.) in
Walkom, 1924. pp. 84-5, pl. 18, fig. 2.

Taeniopteris crassinervis (Feistmantel) in Du Toit, 1927.
pp. 350-1.

Taeniopteris cf. crassinervis (Feistmantel) Walkom, in
Jones & de Jersey, 1947. p. 47.

Taeniopteris crassinervis (Feistmantel) Walkom, in Hill
et al., 1965. pl. T8, fig. 3.

Taeniopteris crassinervis (Feistmantel) Walkom, 1917,
in Rigby, 1977. p. 321.

Ogmos adinus Webb, 1983. pp. 363-71.

Loc.: Bellevue Station, near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1530.

Ogmos adinus Webb, 1983. pp. 363-71.
Loc.: As for F1481.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1558.

Ogmos adinus Webb, 1983. pp. 363-71.
Loc.: As for F1481.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1562.

Ogmos adinus Webb, 1983, pp. 363-71, fig. 5b.
Loc.: As for F1481.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1566.

Ogmos adinus Webb, 1983. pp. 363-71.
Loc.: As for F1481.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1577.

Taeniopteris (?Danaeopsis) crassinervis (Feistm.) in
Walkom, 1924. pp. 84-5, pl. 18, fig. 1.

Taeniopteris crassinervis (Feistmantel) in Du Toit, 1927.
pp. 350-1.

Taeniopteris cf. crassinervis (Feistmantel) Walkom, in
Jones & de Jersey, 1947. p. 47.

Taeniopteris crassinervis (Feistmantel) Walkom, 1917,
in Rigby, 1977. p. 321.

Ogmos adinus Webb, 1983. pp. 363-71.

Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue
Station, near Esk, SE.Q.
Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1578.

Ogmos adinus Webb, 1983. pp. 363-71.
Loc.: As for F1481.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Order FILICALES
Family DICKSONIACEAE
Coniopteris sp.

Reg. No.: F5693.

Coniopteris sp., in Hill et al., 1966. pl. J2, fig. 2.
Loc.: Reynolds Creek, Portion 148, Fassifern
Parish, SE.Q.

Fm.: Walloon Coal Measures.
Jurassic.

Age: Middle

Reg. No.: F5694.

Coniopteris sp., in Hill et al., 1966. pl. J2, fig. 3.
Loc.: as for F5693.

Fm.: Walloon Coal Measures.
Jurassic.

Age: Middle

Family DIPTERIDACEAE
Dictyophyllum davidii Walkom, 1917.

Reg. No.: F1468.

Dictyophyllum rugosum L. & H. in Walkom, 1924. p.
82, pl. 21, fig. 1.

Thaumatopteris rugosa (Lindley & Hutton) Oishi &
Yamasita, 1936. pp. 152-3.

Dictyophyllum davidii Walkom, 1917, in Rigby, 1977.
pp. 320, 322.

Dictyophyllum davidii Walkom, 1917, in Herbst, 1979.
pp. 13-4.

Dictyophyllum davidii Walkom, 1917, in Webb, 1982.
pp. 85-9.

Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue

Station, near Esk SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm, Age: Middle Triassic.

Hausmannia (Protorhipis) sp. cf. H. (P.)
defarrariisii Feruglio 1937.

Reg. No.: F2901.

Hausmannia (Protorhipis) sp. cf. H . (P.) defarrariisii
Feruglio, 1937, in Herbst, 1979. pp. 18-9.

Loc.: Kleinton Clay Pit, via Toowoomba, SE.Q.

Fm.: Walloon Coal Measures. Age: Middle

Jurassic.

144 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Reg, No.: F2905 a/b.
Hausmannia (Protorhipis ) sp. ct. H . (P.) defarrariisii
Feruglio, 1937, in Herbst, 1979, pp, 18-9.

Loc.: Near Kalbar, Fassifern Parish, SE.Q.
Fm.: Walloon Coal Measures. Age: Middle
Jurassic.

Family GLEICHENIACEAE
Gleichenites wivenhoensis Herbst, 1974.

Reg, No.: F6993 a/b. HOLOTYPE,

Gleichenites wivenhoensis Herbst, 1974. pp. 79-82, pl.
9, figs 7, 8, pl. 10, fig. 11, text figs. 1, 2.

Loc.: Northern side of Wivenhoe Hill, Parish of

Wivenhoe, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.:. F7006.. PARATYPE,

Gleichenites wivenhoensis Herbst, 1974. pp. 79-82, text
figs. 1, 2.

Loc.: As for F6992.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Family MATONIACEAE
Phlebopteris alethopteroides Etheridge fil. 1888.

Reg, No.: F1277.

Phlebopteris alethopteroides Etheridge fil., 1888, in
Walkom, 1917. p. 8, pl. 9, fig. 2.

Loc.: Fassifern, SE.Q.

Fm.: Walloon Coal Measures. Age: Middle

Jurassic.

Reg. No.: F1278,

Phlebopteris alethapteroides Etheridge fil., 1888, in
Walkom, 1917. p. 8, pl. 10, fig. 1.

Loc.: As for F1277,

Fm.: Walloon Coal Measures,

Jurassic.

Age: Middle

Family OS§MUNDACEAE
Cladophlebis australis (Morris) Seward, 1904.

Reg. No.: F1582.

Cladophiebis australis (Mortis), in Walkom, 1924, p.
81, pl. 17, fig. 1E.

Cladophlebis australis (Morris) Seward, 1904, in Rigby,
1977. p. 320.

Cladophlebis qustralis (Morris) Walkom, in Herbst,
1978. pp. 5-12,

Loc.: Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue Station, near

Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Lobifolia dejerseyi Retallack, 1977,

Reg. No.: F1473.

Cladophlebis lobifolia (Phillips), in Walkom, 1924, p.
81, text fig. 2.

Loabifolia dejerseyi Retallack, ef a/., 1977. pp. 88-9.

Cladophiebis sp. A, in Rigby, 1977. p. 320, 322.

Cladophlebis lobifolia (Phillips), in Herbst, 1978. pp.
19-20,

Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue

Station, near Esk, SE.Q,

Fm.: Esk Fm, Age: Middle Triassic,

Remarks: Both Rigby (1977) and Herbst (1978)

were unsure of the status of this material from the

Esk Series, Retallack et al. (1977) proposed the

new species Lobifolia dejerseyi to accommodate

these specimens from the Esk Series and others

from the Nymboida Coal Measures and the

Gunnee Beds of New South Wales.

Reg. No,: F1544,

Cladophlebis lobifolia (Phillips), in Walkom, 1924. p.
81, pl. 15, fig. 2, text fig. 2.

Labifolia dejerseyi Retallack et al., 1977. pp. 88-9.

Cladophlebis sp. A, in Rigby, 1977. p. 322.

Cladophlebis lobifolia (Phillips), in Herbst, 1978. pp.
19-20.

Loc.: Portion 24, Esk Parish, Bellevue Station,

SE.Q.

Fim.; Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: As for F1473.

Family SCHIZEACEAE
Lygodium skottsbergii Halle, 1940.

Reg. No.: F2820.

Lygodium skottsbergii Halle, 1940, in Hill et al., 1970.
pl. Cz X1, fig. 1.

Loc,; Clay Pit, Dinmore, SE.Q.

Fm.: Redbank Plains Fm. Age: Paleocene,

Remarks: Specimen missing.

fern (aff. Lygodiumt )
Reg. No.: F9514.

Sern (aff. Lygodium 2) in Peters and Christophel, 1978,

p. 3127, fig, 18.
Loc.: Lovell Downs Station, 50 kms NW of
Winton, 22°12'00° S, 142°31'30' E, W.C.Q.
Fm.: Winton Fm. Age; Early late Cretaceous
(Albian-Cenomanian).

ROZEFELDS; FOSSIL PLANTS 145

Filicales incertae sedis
Chiropteris cuneata (Carruthers) Seward, 1903.

Reg. No.: F12849.
Cyclopteris cunedia Carruthers,
Woods, 1883. p. 109.
Cyclopleris cuneata Carruthers, 1872, in Feistumantel,
1890, p, 108,
Loc.: Tivoli Coal Mine, Ipswich SE.Q.
Fm.: Ipswich Coal Measures. Age: Early late
Triassic (Carnian).
Remarks: Tenison-Woods (1883), and
Feistmantel (1890) referring to Tenison-Woods
(1883), recorded that the holotype of Cyclopieris
cuneata was in the Brisbane (i.e. Queensland)
Museum. However, Seward (1903) indicated that
the holotype of C, cuneata is in the British
Museum. The Queensland Museum specimen,
Tenison-Woods is probably referring to is similar,
but smaller and less well preserved than the
holotype figured by Carruthers (1872). Dr C.R,
Hill (pers. comm,) has advised the author that a
specimen V.4197 matching Carruthers original
figure, although laterally reversed is in the British
Museum (Natural History), 12849 was
previously unregistered.

1872, in Tenison-

Division PTERIDOSPERMOPHYTA
Family CORYSTOSPERMACEAE

Dicroidium zuberi (Szajnocha) Archangelsky
1968 var. feistmantelii (Johnston) Gothan, 1912.

Reg. No.: F1468.

Thinnfeldia feistmanteli Johnston, in Walkom, 1924.
pp. 61-2.

Zuberia sahnii Sew. sp., in Frenguelli, 1943. pp. 305-6.

Zuberia barrealensis Frenguelli, 1944. pp. 20-3.

Dicroidium feistmanteli (Sohnston) Gothan, 1912, in
Townrow, 1957. pp. 39-41.

Dicroidium feistmantelii (Johnston) Gothan, 1912, in
Rigby, 1977, p. 320.

Dicroidium suberi (Szajnocha) Archangelsky 1968 var
Jeistmantelii (Johnston) Retallack 1977, p. 272,
frames 115 — 116.

Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, near Esk,

SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic,

Reg, No.: F1472.

Thinnfeldia feistmanieli Johnston, in Walkom, 1924.
pp. 81-2.

Zuberia sahnii Sew. sp., in Frenguelli, 1943. pp. 305-6,

Zuberia barrealensis Frenguelli, 1944. pp. 20-3.

Dicroidium feistmanteli (Johnston) Gothan, 1912, in
Townrow, 1957. pp. 39-41.

Dicroidium feistmantelii (Johnston) Gothan, 1912, in
Rigby, 1977. p, 320.

Dicroidium zuberi (Szajnocha) Archangelsky 1968 var
JSeistmantelii (Johnston) Retallack 1977, p. 272,
frames [15 - I16.

Loc.: Bellevue, via Esk, SE.Q,.

Fm.; Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic,

Remarks: Specimen missing.

Reg. No.: F1582.

Thinnfeldia feistmanteli Johnston, in Walkom, 1924,
pp. 81-2, pl. 17, fig. 4, f.

Zuberia sahnii Sew. sp.,in Frenguelli, 1943, pp. 305-6,

Zuberia barrealensis Frenguelli, 1944. pp. 20-3.

Dicroidium feistmanteli (Johnston) Gothan, 1912, in
Townrow, 1957. pp, 39-41.

Dicroidium antevsiana (Johnston) Gothan, 1912, in
Anderson and Anderson, 1970, Chart 9.

Dicroidium feistmantelii (Johnston) Gothan, 1912, in
Rigby, 1977. p. 320.

Dicroidium zuberi (Szajnocha) Archangelsky 1968 var
feisrmantelii (Johnston) Retallack 1977, p, 272,
frames [15 - 116.

Loc,; as for F1468,

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Dicroidium odontopteroides (Morris) Gothan,
1912,

Reg. No.: F1472.
Thinnfeldia lancifolia (Morris), in Walkom, 1924. p,
82

Dicroidium odontepteroides (Morris) Gothan, 1912, in
Townrow, 1957. pp. 33-9.

Loc,; Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, near Esk,

SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: Specimen missing.

Reg, No,: F1546.
Thinnfeldia lancifolia (Morris), in Walkom, 1924. p.
82.

Dicroidium odontopieroides (Morris) Gothan, 1912, in
Townrow, 1957. pp. 33-9.

Loc.; Portion 24, Esk Parish, near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Preruchus africanus Thomas, 1933.

Reg. No.: F954,

Stachyopitys anaularoides Shirley, in Walkom, 1917. p.
13, pl. 4, fig. 6.

Pteruchus (Stachyopitys) annularoides in Thomas,
1933. p, 234, 241.

Pteruchus africanus Thomas, 1933 jn Townrow, 1962.
p. 297.

146 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Loc.: Nundah, Brisbane, SE.Q.
Fm.: Ipswich Coal Measures. Age: Early late
Triassic (Carnian).

Umkomasia sp.

Reg. No.: F1582.

gymnospermous seed in Walkom, 1924. p. 90, pl. 17.
fig. 1D.

Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, near Esk,

SE.Q.

Fm: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: The cupulate form and branching habit

of this fructification indicates that it belongs to

the Corystospermaceae. It represents the first

corystospermacid fructification to be recognized

from the Esk Series and is tentatively referred to

Umkomasia sp.

Family PELTASPERMACEAE

Lepidopteris stormbergensis (Seward) Townrow,
1956.

Reg. No.: F1583.

Thinnfeldia lancifolia (Morris), in Walkom, 1924. p.
82, pl. 15, fig. 3.

Dicroidium odontopteroides
Townrow, 1957. pp. 33-9.

Dicroidium lancifolia (Morris) Gothan,
Anderson & Anderson, 1970. Chart 9.

Lepidopteris stormbergensis (Seward) Townrow, 1956,
in Rigby, 1977. pp. 320, 322.

Loc.: Bellevue Station, near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: Specimen missing.

(Morris) Gothan, in

1912, in

Reg. No.: F1580.

? Sphenopteris pecten Halle, in Walkom, 1924. p. 86.

Dicroidium superbum (Shirley) Townrow 1957, in
Retallack et a/., 1977. p. 95.

Lepidopteris stormbergensis (Seward) Townrow, 1956,
in Rigby, 1977. pp. 320, 322.

Loc.: Portion 42, Esk Parish, Bellevue Station,

near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1551.

(?) Sphenopteris superba Shirley, in Walkom, 1924. p.
86.

Dicroidium superbum (Shirley) Townrow, 1957, in
Retallack et a/., 1977. p. 95.

Lepidopteris stormbergensis (Seward) Townrow, 1956,
in Rigby, 1977. pp. 320, 322.

Loc.: as for F1580.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Division CYCADOPHYTA
Order CYCADALES

Nilssonia mucronatum (de Vis) Walkom, 1916.

Reg. No.: F967. HOLOTYPE.

Pterophyllum mucronatum de Vis, 1911. pp. 2-3, pl. 2,
figs. 1, 2.

Nilssonia mucronatum (de Vis) Walkom, 1916. pp.
231-2, pl. 24, figs. 1-3.

Nilssonia mucronatum (de Vis) Walkom, 1916, in
Walkom, 1919. pp. 34-5, pl. 6, figs. 1-3.

Loc.: O’Connell Creek, Wyangarie Station, south

of Richmond, C.Q.

Fm.: Allaru Mudstone. Age: Early Cretaceous

(Albian).

Remarks: The precise locality for this specimen is

unknown. Wyangarie Station presumably refers

to Wyangarie run, part of the Richmond Downs

holdings in the 1890’s. Old Wyangarie

Homestead in 1896 was situated approximately 5

kms southeast of Richmond. The modern

Wyangarie homestead is about 25 kms west-

northwest of Richmond. The holotype of

Nilssonia mucronatum is figured here (PI. 1, Fig.

2).

Pseudoctenis eathiensis (Richards) Seward, 1911.

Reg. No.: F1486 a/b.

Pseudoctenis eathiensis (Richards), in Walkom, 1924.
p. 88, pl. 19, fig. 2.

Pseudoctenis eathiensis (Richards) Seward, 1911, in
Rigby, 1977. p. 321.

Loc.: Portion 24, Esk Parish, Bellevue Station,

near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1471.

Pseudoctenis eathiensis (Richards), in Walkom, 1924.
p. 88. P
Pseudoctenis eathiensis (Richards) Seward, 1911, in

Rigby, 1977. p. 321.
Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue
Station, near Esk, SE.Q.
Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Order BENNETTITALES
Pterophyllum nathanii Walkom, 1924.

Reg. No.: F1479 a/b. SYNTYPE.

Pterophyllum nathani Walkom, 1924. pp. 87-8, pl. 20.
fig. 2.

Pterophyllum nathani' Walkom, 1924, in Hill et al.,
1965. pl. T7, fig. 2.

ROZEFELDS: FOSSIL PLANTS 147

Pterophyllum nathanii Walkom, 1924, in Rigby, 1977.
p. 321.

Loc.: Bellevue Station, Wivenhoe Parish, via

Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm, Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No. F1480. SYNTYPE.

Pterophyllum nathani Walkom, 1924. pp. 87-8, pl. 20,
fig. 1.

Pterophyllum nathanii Walkom, 1924, in Rigby, 1977.
p. 321,

Loc.: As for F1479.

Fm,: Esk Fm, Age: Middle Triassic.

Cycadophyta Incertae sedis

Taeniopteris sp. cf. T. lata Oldham & Morris,
1863.

Reg. No.: F1463 a/b/c. HOLOTYPE.

(?Nilssonia ) Superba Walkom, 1924. pp. 86-7, pl. 19,
fig. 1.

Tueniopteris sp. cf. T. lata Oldham & Morris, 1863, in
Rigby, 1977. p. 321, 324,

Loc.: Bellevue Station,
Parish, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

via Esk, Wivenhoe

Taeniopteris lentriculiforme (Etheridge fil.)

Walkom, 1917.

Reg. No,: F12783,

Taeniopteris carruthersi Tenison Woods, in Walkom,
1924. p. 85, text fig. 3.

Taeniopteris carruthersi Tenison Woods, 1883 in
Retallack ef a/., 1977. pp. 102-3.

Taeniopteris lentriculiforme (Etheridge jr) Walkom,
1917, in Rigby, 1977. p. 321, 324.

Loc.: Portion 32, Northbrook Parish, Bellevue

Station, near Esk, SE,Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: The registration number F1486 was

allocated to two specimens mentioned by

Walkom (1924). To avoid possible confusion this

specimen is re-registered as F12783.

Reg. No.: F1547.

Taeniopteris tenison-woedsi Etheridge Jr., in Walkom,
1924. p. 86.

Taeniopteris lentriculiforme (Etheridge jr) Walkom,
1917, in Rigby, 1977. p. 321, 324.

Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue

Station, near Esk, SE.Q,

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: 1583.

Taeniopleris (?Danaeopsis ) crassinervis (Feistm.) in
Walkom, 1924. pp. 84-5, pl. 18, fig. 3.

Taeniopteris crassinervis (Feistmantel), in Du Toit,
1927. pp. 350-1.

Tueniopteris cf. crassinervis (Feistmantel) Walkom, in
Jones & de Jersey, 1947. p. 47.

Taeniopteris lentriculiforme (Etheridge jr) Walkom,
1917, in Rigby, 1977. p. 321.

Loc.: Portion 24, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue

Station, near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Order PENTOXYLALES
pentoxylalean-like trunk

Reg, No.: F7078.

pentoxylalean-like trunk in Gould and Shibaoka, 1980.
p. 16, 18, 20, fig. 7h.

Loc.; Miles, SE.Q.

Fm.: Walloon Coal Measures. Age; Middle

Jurassic.

Division GINKGOPHYTA

Order GINKGOALES
Ginkgoites bidens (Tenison-Woods) Florin,
1936.

Reg. No,; F1470.

Baiera bidens Tenison-Woods, in Walkom, 1924, p, 90,
pl. 21, fig. 2.

Baiera bidens (Ten.-Woods) Feistm. in Frenguelli,
1946, pp. 108-9.

Ginkgoites bidens (Tenison-Woods) Florin, 1936, in
Rigby, 1977. p. 321.

Loc.; Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue

Station, near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm,: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

probably Ginkgo digitata (Brongniart) Heer,
1877,

Reg. No.: F1553,

Ginkgoites sibirica ? Heer, in Walkom, 1924, pp. 88-9,
pl. 21, fig, 4.

Ginkgoiltes (2) sihirica Heer, in Walkom, 1928. p. 466.

probably Ginkgo digitata (Brongniart) Heer, 1887, in
Rigby. 1977. p. 321, 324.

Loc.: Portion 24, Esk Parish, Bellevue Station,

near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: Specimen missing.

148 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Ginkgoites simmondsi (Shirley) Florin, 1936.

Reg. No.: F1488.

Baiera simmondsi (Shirley), in Walkom, 1924. p. 90.

Ginkgoites simmondsi (Shirley) Florin, 1936, in Rigby,
1977. p. 321.

Loc.: Portion 24, Esk Parish, Bellevue Station,

near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Ginkgoites sp.

Reg. No.: F1469.

Ginkgoites sp., in Walkom, 1924. p. 89, pl. 21, fig. 3B.
Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue
Station, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1582.

Ginkgoites sp., in Walkom, 1924. p. 92, pl. 17, fig. 1C.
Loc.: Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue Station, near
Esk SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Reg. No.: F1321. HOLOTYPE.
Noeggerathiopsis tryoni Shirley, 1920. pp. 82-3.
fragmentary Ginkgo or Baiera , in Walkom, 1921. p.
375.
Loc.: Petrie’s Quarry, Albion SE.Q. Fm.:
Ipswich Coal Measures. Age: Early Late Triassic
(Carnian).
Remarks: The International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature 1972, p. 42, Art. 38 states that
after the 1 Jan. 1912 the description of a new
taxon of fossil plants must be accompanied by a
figure or illustration. Shirley’s description of
Noeggerathiopsis tryoni was not accompanied by
a figure and is therefore invalid. The specimen is
figured herein (Pl. 1, Fig. 1). It is referable to
Ginkgoites sp.

Reg. No.: F1475.

Phoenicopsis elongatus (Morris), in Walkom, 1924. p.
90.

Phoenicopsis elongatus
Rigby, 1977. p. 321.

Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, Bellevue
Station, near Esk, SE.Q.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: The status of leaves previously referred
to Podozamites and Phoenicopsis has been
discussed by Retallack (1981). He erected the
genus Heidiphyllum to accommodate these
leaves. The leaves referred to Phoenicopsis by
Walkom (1924) are poorly preserved and while it

(Morris) Seward, 1903, in

is difficult to assign them confidently to any
taxon, they appear to have affinities with the
Ginkgoales. F1475 is tentatively referred to
Ginkgoites sp.

Division CONIFEROPHYTA
Order CONIFERALES
Family ARAUCARIACEAE

araucarian (?) cone

Reg. No.: F9573.

araucarian (?) cone in Peters & Christophel, 1978. p.
3127, fig. 17.

Loc.: Lovell Downs Station 50 kms NW of

Winton, 22°12’00‘S and 142°31’30‘E, W.C.Q.

Fm.: Winton Fm. Age: Early late Cretaceous

(Albian-Cenomanian).

Family PODOCARPACEAE
Podocarpus (sect. Dacrycarpus ) sp.

Reg. No.: F2833.

Podocarpus (sect. Dacrycarpus ) sp., in Selling, 1950.
p. 555, 561. pl. 2, fig. 15.

Loc.: Clay Pit, Dinmore, SE.Q.

Fm.: Redbank Plains Fm. Age: Paleocene.

Family TAXODIACEAE

Austrosequoia wintonensis Peters & Christophel,
1978.

Reg. No.: F9509. HOLOTYPE.

Austrosequoia wintonensis Peters & Christophel, 1978.
pp. 3119-28, fig. 2, 6, 13c.

Loc.: Lovell Downs Station, 50 kms NW of

Winton, 22°12’00‘S, 142°31’30°E, W.C.Q.

Fm.: Winton Fm. Age: Early late Cretaceous

(Albian-Cenomanian).

Reg. No.: F9510. PARATYPE.

Austrosequoia wintonensis Peters & Christophel, 1978.
pp. 3119-28, fig. 3, 6, 13c.

Loc.: As for F9509.

Fm.: Winton Fm. Age: Early late Cretaceous

(Albian-Cenomanian).

Reg. No.: F9511, PARATYPE.

Austrosequoia wintonensis Peters & Christophel, 1978.
pp. 3119-28, figs. 4, 5, 6, 13c.

Loc.: As for F9509.

Fm.: Winton Fm. Age: Early late Cretaceous

(Albian-Cenomanian).

ROZEFELDS: FOSSIL PLANTS 149

Reg, No,: F9512, PARATYPE.

Austrosequoia wintonensis Peters & Christophel, 1978.
pp. 3119-28, figs. 6, 7, 13c.
Loc.: As for F9509,

Fm.: Winton Fm. Age: Early late Cretaceous
(Albian-Cenomanian).

Family VOLTZIACEAE

Heidiphyllum elongatum
1981

(Morris), Retallack,

Reg. No.: F1469,

Podozamites lanceolaius (7) (Lindley & Hutton), in
Walkom, 1924, p. 88, pl. 21, fig. 3A.

Loc.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, near Esk.

Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Remarks: See remarks for Phoenicopsis

elongaius. The ‘Podozamites* leaves figured by

Walkom (1924) are probably young leaves of

meee elongatum (Morris) Retallack

Coniferales incertae sedis
eymnospermous seed

Reg. No.; F1469,

gymnospermous seed in Walkom, 1924. p. 90, pl. 21,
fig. 3C.

Loe.: Portion 42, Wivenhoe Parish, near Esk,
SE.Q.
Fm.: Esk Fm. Age: Middle Triassic.

Division ANTHOPHYTA
Class DICOTYLEDONAE
Order MYRTALES
Family MYRTACEAE

ef. Eucalyptus resinifera Smith 1790

Reg. No.: F6990.

cf. Eucalyptus resinifera , in Wood, 1972. p. 331.
Loc.: Maroochydore, 175 feet south of BM19418,
two miles west, of the present coastline and the
mouth of the Maroochy River and 475 feet
southwest of the Maroochydore River, SE.Q.
Fm.: Age: Holocene.

? Eucalyptus sp.

Reg. No.: F2866

? Eucalyptus sp., in Hill et al., 1970. pl. Cz 12, fig. 6.
Loc.: Clay Pit, Dinmore, SE.Q.

Fm,; Redbank Plains Fm. Age: Paleocene.

Dicotyledonae Incertae sedis
dicotyledonous leaves

Reg. No.: F2823.

dicotyledonous leaves, in Hill et al., 1970. pl. Cz 12, fig.
i.

Loc.: Clay Pit, Dinmore SE.Q.

Fm.:; Redbank Plains Fm. Age: Paleocene.

Reg, No.: F6553.
dicotyledonous leaves, in Hill et al., 1970. pl. Cz 12, fig.
2

Loc.: As for F2823,
Fm.: Redbank Plains Fm. Age: Paleocene.

angiosperm leaf

Reg. No.: F9515.

angiosperm leaf, in Peters and Christophel, 1978. p.
3127, fig. 19.

Loc.: Lovell Downs Station, 50 kms NW of

Winton, 22°12700'S, 142°31'30‘E.

Fm.: Winton Fm. Age: Early late Cretaceous

(Albian-Cenomanian).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The helpful advice given by staff of the
Queensland Museum particularly Miss Julia
Findlay, Dr Mary Wade, Dr Susan Turner, Ms
Tempe Lees and Dr R. Molnar is gratefully
acknowledged. The photographs were taken by
Mr A. Easton. I would like to thank Dr G,
Playford, University of Queensland for his
criticism of an earlier manuscript. Dr C.R. Hill,
British Museum (Natural History) provided
information on the holotype of Chiropteris
cuneata (Carruthers).

Mr J.T. Woods (Director of the Queensland
Museum, 1960-68) compiled unpublished lists of
all the type, figured and mentioned material held
in our palaeontological collections ta about 1965,
These lists are held in the Queensland Museum
Library and were referred to during the
preparation of this list.

My special thanks to Mr J. Rigby (Geological
Survey of Queensland) who brought omissions to
my notice and provided helpful comments on
improving the format and coverage of this list.

LITERATURE CITED

ANDERSON, H.M. and Anperson, J.M. 1970. A
preliminary review of the uppermost Permian,
Triassic and lowermost Jurassic of Gondwandland,
Palaeont. afr. Supple. 13. 22 py

150 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

CARRUTHERS, W., 1872. Notes on fossil plants fram
Queensland, Australia. Quart, J. geo/, Soc, Lond.
28: 351-360,

Day, R.W., Wuiraker, W.G., Murray, C.G.,
WiLson, J.H. and Grimes, K.G. 1983. Queensland
Geology. A companion volume to the 1:2,500,000
scale geological map (1975), Puhls. Geol. Surv. Qd
7 383,

DE Vis, C.W., 1911. On some Mesozoic fossils. Artin.
Qd Mus. WW: 1-11, pls. 2-4.

Du Torr, A.L,, 1927. The fossil flora of the Upper
Karoo Beds, Ann. 5. Afr. Mus, 22: 289-420,
FEISTMANTEL, ©., 1890. Geological and
palaeontological relations of the coal and plant
bearing beds of Mesozoic age in eastern Australia
and Tasmania, Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S,W.,

Palaeontology 3.

FRENGUELLI, J., 1943. Resena critica de los generus
atribuidos a la “Serie de Thinnfeldia’. Revta Mus.
La Plata 2 Paleont. 12: 225-336,

1944, Las especies del genero ‘Zwberia’ en Ja
Argentina, An. Mus. La. Plata (N.S.) Paleont B2
(1): 1-30.

1946. Contribuciones al conocimiento de 33, La
Flora del Gondwana Superior en Ja Argentina.
Natas Mus, La Plata 2 (87): 101-127.

Goutb, R.E. and SHipAOKA, M. 1980, Some aspects of
the formation and petrographic features of Coal
Members in Australia, with special reference to the
Tasman Orogenic Zone. Coal Geology (2) 1: 1-29.

Harris, T.M., 1931. The fossil flora of Scoresby
Sound, East Greenland. Part |. Cryptogama
(exclusive of Lycopodiales) Medd, Gronland 85
(2); 1-102.

Herest, R., 1974, Note on two Triassic plants from
Queensland, Australia, Proc, R. Soc. Od 85:
79-84, pls. 9, 10,

1977. Sobre Marattiales (Filicopsidae) Triasicas de
Argentina y Australia. Parte |. El genero
Asterotheca. Ameghiniana 14: 1-18.

1978. Revision de las especies ausiralasicas de
Cladophiebis (Bat.). Focena 2: 3-28.

1979. Review of the Australia fossil Dipteridaceae.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S. WW, 103; 7-21.

Hint, D., PLavrorp, G. and Woops, J.T., (eds.) 1965,
‘Triassic Fossils of Queensland’ (Brisbane : Qd
Palaeontog. Soc.)

1966, ‘Jurassic Fossils of Queensland’ (Brisbane : Qd
Palaeontog. Soc.)

1970. ‘Cainozoie Fossils of Queensland’ (Brisbane :
Qd Palaeoniog. Soc.)

International Code of Botanical Nomenclature 1972
adopted by the iJ]th International Botanical
Congress, Seattle (1969) 426 pp.

Jones, O.A. and De Jersey, N.J. 1947. The Flora of

the Ipswich Coal Measures - morphology and
floral succession. Pap. Dep. Geal. Univ. Od 3 (3):
1-88.

Oishi, S. and Yamasira, K. 1936, On the fossil
Dipteridaceae. J. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Imp. Univ,
ser, 4(3): 135-184.

MauesHwart, H.K., 1972. Lelstorheca + a new name
tor Stelletheca Surange & Prakash. Geophytology
2 (1): 106.

1974. Palaeozoic Lycopsida and Sphenopsida. Jn
SURANGE, K.R... LAKHANPAL, R.M., and
Buarapways, C. (eds.) “Aspects and Appraisal of
Indian Palaeobotany' (Lucknow : Birbal Sahni
Institute of Palaeobotany).

Pant, D.D., 1957. The classification of
gymnospermous plants. Palaeobotanist fi: 65-70.

Peters, M.D. and CuristopHer, D.C. 1978.
Ausirosequoia wintonensis a new taxodiaceous
cone from Queensland, Australia. Can. J. Bot. 36:
3119-28.

ReTALLAcK, G.J., 1977. Reconstructing Triassic
vegetation of eastern Australasia : a new approach
for the biostratigraphy of Gondwanaland.
Alcheringa 1: 247-77. Alcheringa fiche 1,
GI-J17.

1981. Middle Triassic megafossil plants from Long.
Gully, near Otematata, North Island, New
Zealand. Jour, Roy. Soe. N.Z. 14(3):

Rivaciack, G.J., GouLp, R.E. and RUNNEGAR, B,
1977. Tsoropie dating of a middle Triassic
megafossi! flora from near Nymboida,
northeastern New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. We WOE (2): 77-113.

Ricay, J.F., 1977. New collections of Triassic plants
from the Esk Formation, Southeast Queensland.
Qd Govt. Min, J. 18: 320-5.

SELLING, Q.H., 1950. Some Tertiary plants from
Australia. Preliminary report, Svensk. Bot. Tidski
44 (4); 551-61.

Sewarp, A.C,, 1903. Fossil Floras of Cape Colony.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 4 (1): 1-122,

SCAGEL, R.F., BaNDONI, R.J., Rouse, G.E.,
ScHortetp, W.B., Stein, JR. and TAvior,
T.M.C, 1965. ‘An Evolutionary Survey of the
Plant Kingdom’ (Wadsworth Publishing
Campany, Inc, Belmont, California),

SURANGE, K.R. and PRAKASH, G. 1962, Studies in the
Glossopteris flora of India — 12. Stellotheca
robusta nov. comb.: A new equisetaceous plant
from the lower Gondwanas of India.
Palaeobotanist 9: 49-52.

SHIRLEY, J., 1920. A new fossil plant. Od Nat. 2 (2);
82-3,

Tenison-Woops, J.E., 1883. On the Coal Flora of
Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 8 (1): 37-167.

ROZEFELDS: FOSSIL PLANTS 151

Tuomas, H.H., 1933. On some Pteridospermous Plants
from Mesozoic Rocks of South Africa. Philos.
Trans ., London. 222B:; 193-265.

Townrow, J.A., 1957. On Dicroidium, probably a
pteridospermous leaf, and other leaves now
removed from the genus. Trans. Geal. Soc. 8. Afr.
60: 21-56.

1962, On Pleruchus, a microsporophyll of the
Corystospermaceae. Brit, Mus. (Nat, Hist.) Geol.
6: 289-320,

Turner, S., 1984. An enigmatic Triassic fossil plant
from. the Crater, Rewan, Queensland. Qd Nat. 24
(5-6): 90-3.

Warkom, A.B, 1916(a). Note on Nilssonia
mucronatum (De Vis) from the Cretaceous of
Western Queensland. Mem. Qd Mus, 5: 231-2, pl.
24,

1916. Notes on a specimen of Avnularia from near
Dunedoo, New South Wales. Mer. Qd Mus, 3:
233-4.

1917. Mesozoic Floras of Queensland. Part 1
continued. The flora of [Ipswich and Walloon
Series (1) Filicales, ete. Publs. Geol. Surv. Qd 257:
1-67.

i917. The Mesozoic Floras of Queensland, Part 1.
Concluded (d) Ginkgoales (e) Cycadophyta (f)
Coniferales. Publs. Geol, Surv. Qd 259: 1-49.

1919. Mesozoic Floras of Queensland. Parts 3 and 4.
The floras of the Burrum and Styx River.
Publs, Geol. Surv. Qd 263; 1-77.

1921. On a specimen of Noeggerathiopsis trom. the
lower Coal Measures of New South Wales. Prac.
Linn, Soc, N.S.W. 46: 374-5.

1924, On fossil plants from Bellevue, near Esk, Mem.
Od Mus, % (1): 72-92.

1928. Fossil plants from the Esk District,
Queensland. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 53 (4):
458-68,

1938. A brief review of the relationships of the
Carboniferous and Permian Floras of Australia.
Cr. Cang. Strat. Curbon. Heerlen 1935; 1335-42.

Wears, J.A., 1982. Triassic species of Dictyophyllum
from Eastern Australia. Alcheringa 6; 79-91.

1983, A new plant genus, possibly a marattialean fern
from the Middle Triassic of eastern Australia.
Mem, Ass, Australas. Palaeontols 14: 363-71.

Woop, P.A,, 1972. A possible Holocene shoreline at
Maroochydore, Queensland. Qd Govt. Min, J. 73:
321.

SPECIES INDEX

angiosperm leaf 149
Annularia stellata 141
araucarian cone [48
Asterotheca hillae 142
Austrosequota wintonensis 148

Baiera bidens 147
Baiera simmondsi 148

Chiropteris cuneata 141, 145
Cladaphilebis australis 144
Cladophlebis lobifolia 144
Cladophiebis sp. A 144
Coniapteris sp. 143
Cyclopteris cuneata 144

dicotyledonous leaves 149

Dicroidium antevsiana 145

Dicroidium feistmantelii \45
Dicroidium lancifolia 146

Dicroidium odontopteroides 145
Dicroidium zuberi var feistmantelii 145
Dietyaphyllum davidii 143
Dictvophyllum rugosum 143

Eucalyptus resinifera 149
Eucalyptus sp. 149

fern (aff. Lygodium) 144

Ginkgaites bidens 147
Ginkgoites digitata 147

Ginkgoites sibirica 147
Ginkgoites simmondsi 148
Ginkgoiles sp. 148
Gleichenites wivenhoensis 144
gymnospermous seed 149

Hausmannia (Protorhipis) sp. cf,
H. (P) defarrariisii 143

Letstotheca robusta \41
Lelstotheca sp. i141

Lepidopteris stormbergensis 146
Lobifolia dejerseyi 144
Lygodium skottsbergi 144
Lygodium sp, 144

Neocalamites carerrei 141
Neocalamites hoerensis 142
Neocalamites sp. cf. N. carrerei 142
Nilssonia mucronatum 146
Nilssonia superba 141, 147
Noeggerathiopsis tryani 148

Ogmos adinus 143

Pecopieris (Asterotheca) hillae 142
pentoxylalean-like trunk 147
Phlebopteris alethopteroides \44
Phoenicopsis elongatus 148, 149
Phyllotheca robusta 141

Phyllotheca sp, 142
pleuromeiid rhizophore 142

152 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Podocarpus (sect. Dacrycarpus ) sp. 148
Podozamites lanceolatus 149

Pseudoctenis eathiensis 146

Pterophyllum mucronatum 146
Pterophyllum nathanii 146

Pteruchus africanus 145

Pteruchus (Stachyopitys) annularoides 145

Schizoneura cf. africana 142
Schizoneura sp. a 141
Sphenopteris pecten 146
Sphenopteris superba 146
Stachyopitys annularoides 145
Stellotheca robusta 141
Stellotheca sp. 141

Taeniopteris carruthersi 147

Taeniopteris crassinervis 143, 147

Taeniopteris cf. crassinervis 143, 147
Taeniopteris (Danaeopsis) crassinervis 143, 147
Taeniopteris lentriculiforme 147

Taeniopteris tenison-woodsi 147

Taeniopteris sp. cf. T. lata 147
Thaumatopteris rugosa 143

Thinnfeldia feistmanteli 145

Thinnfeldia lancifolia 145, 146

Umkomasia sp. 146

Zuberia battealensis 145
Zuberia sahnii 145

PLATE I

Fic. 1. Holotype of ‘Noeggerathiopsis tryoni Shirley, 1920’ (X 1.5).
Fic. 2. Holotype of Nilssonia mucronatum (De Vis) Walkom, 1916 (X 1).

1.

ROZEFELDS: FOSSIL PLANTS 153

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Od Mus, 22(2); 155—164, [1986]

ZOEAL LARVAE OF MACROPATHALMUS SETOSUS H. MILNE-EDWARDS, 1852
AND M. PUNCTULATUS MIERS, 1884 (DECAPODA, OCYPODIDAE).

D.R. FIELDER & J.G. GREENWOOD
Department of Zoology
The University of Queensland

ABSTRACT

All five zoeal larvae of Macrophthalmus setosus H. MilneEdwards, !852 and the first zoeal
larva of M. punctulatus Miers, 1884 cultured in the laboratory are described and illustrated.
Comparisons are made with previously published descriptions of macrophthalmine larvae and
on the basis of larval characteristics, the taxonomic stalus of M, Airlipes (Jacquinot, 1853) is

questioned.
INTRODUCTION
Barnes (1967) recorded twelve Macro-

phthalmus species from Australia. The first zoeal
larvae of three of these species i.e., AY. japonicus
(by Aikawa 1929) and M. /atreillei, M. pacificus,
(by Hashmi 1969) have been described from
Japan and Pakistan respectively. Larvae of the
nine other species are unknown, and no
Macrophthalmus larvae have previously been
described from Australian material. The present
paper describes zoeal stages of M. setosus and M.
punctulatus from eastern Australia.

Snelling (1959), in her study of the Brisbane
River crab fauna, recorded three
Macrophthalmus species i,e., M. setosus, M.
punctulatus and M. pacificus. Subsequently
Snelling’s Af. pacificus has been reidentified as
juvenile M. setosus (Barnes 1967).

M. setosus and M. punctulatus are endemic to
Australia (Barnes 1967), having a rather restricted
distribution on the east coast, from south of the
Tropic of Capricorn to central New South Wales.
Both species are relatively common in the
Brisbane River estuary. M. setosus is numerically
dominant where it occurs, and is found under
stones or on damp soft mud between L.W.N, and
L.W,S. from the river mouth upstream for c,
22km where salinities are c. 10-30%. M.
punctulatus burrows into firm mud between
H.W.N, and L.W.N, from the mouth of the river
upstream for c. 1lkm where salinities are c.
18-35%. It seldom occurs in large numbers.

The present paper is one of a series designed to
describe the brachyuran larvae of an Australian
estuarine assemblage.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Ovigerous females were collected from the
banks of the Brisbane River (27°23" S, 153°9°E)
during summer. Captured crabs were held
individually in plastic containers (160mm square
X 220mm deep) filled to a depth of 50mm with
pasteurized seawater having a salinity of 20% and
at 25°C in an artificial light/dark regime of 12/12
hours, Each container was provided with a 90mm
Square raft of plastic gauze which the crabs could
use as a shelter and emergence platform. Water
was changed twice daily until surface mud and
faecal material had been lost, and then once daily.

Newly hatched zoeae were transferred to
similar plastic containers in batches of c. 2000.
Rearing water (salinity 20%0) was renewed each
morning when larvae were fed, Initially, freshly
hatched Artemia nauplii were provided as food,
but no zoeae moulted on this diet, the Artemia
nauplii apparently being too active for the small
crab larvae to handle. A complete zoeal series of
Macrophthaimus setosus was subsequently
obtained by providing Brachionus sp. as food.

Samples of each larval stage were preserved in
4% neutral formalin, Dissections were made
under a Wild M5 microscope and drawings were
made using a Wild M20 microscope with drawing
tube.

Figures of zoeal stage [Il and IV appendages
have not been included since these appendages do
not differ markedly from those of the preceding
stages. If required these figures can be obtained
from the authors.

Setal nomenclature is based in that used by
Bookhout and Costlow (1974). Measurements of

156 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

larvae and tabular presentation of appendage
segmentation and setation follow that used
previously by the present authors, e.g.,
Greenwood and Fielder (1980).

RESULTS

Macrophthalmus (Mopsocarcinus) punctulatus
Miers, 1884
ZOEA | (Fig. 1A-I)

First stage zoeae have, as yet, not been reared
to later stages. Size and proportional
measurements are given in Table 1,

Carapace smooth and globose. Dorsal and
lateral spines absent. Rostrum very short and
evenly tapered. Eyes immobile.

Abdomen with five free somites, sixth fused to
telson; second and third abdominal somites each
with a pair of dorso-lateral projections, Postero-
lateral margins of all abdominal somites without
spines. Paired setules postero-dorsally on somites
2-5. Telson width similar to that of last
abdominal somite, telson length (medial) c. 1.2
times width; posterior margin transverse with 3 +
3 subequal biplumose setae. Telson rami short, c.
0.5 times telson length, 2 times length of posterior

setae, each ramus with two longitudinal rows of
setules, but no dorsal or lateral spines.

Structure and setation of appendages as given
in Fig. 1C-I and Table 2.

Macrophihalmus (Mareotis) setosus H. Milne
Edwards, 1852

Five zoeal stages were reared before cultures
failed. However, the well developed thoracic
appendages and pleopods of the fifth zoeal stage
indicate that this is the last stage before megalopal
transition. Each zoeal stage was completed in c-. 8
days. Size and proportional measurements of
zoeae are given in Table 1, Dorsal spine and
rostral lengths are 0.6 to 0.7 times the carapace
length in all zoeal stages. The dorsal spine is
almost equal in length to the rostrum in all zoeal
stages for which multiple measurements are
available.

ZOEA I (Figs 2A, By 3A-G)

Carapace smooth and globose with dorsal and
rostral but no lateral spines. Dorsal spine
uniformly tapered with a slight posterior
curvature. Rostrum smooth, evenly tapered and
straight. Eyes immobile.

TABLE 1. DIMENSIONS OF VARIOUS FEATURES OF THE ZOEAE OF MACROPHTHALMUS SETOSUS AND M. PUNCTULATUS.
ALL MEASUREMENTS ARE IN MM AND UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, MEAN VALUES, FOR 10 INDIVIDUALS OF EACH
STAGE, ARE GIVEN WITH STANDARD DEVIATION IN BRACKETS.

Macrophthalmus seiosus

M. punctulatus

Feature Zoea | Zoea [ Zoea If] Zoea LV Zoea V* Zoea |
Spine to spine tip 0.68 (0.02) 0.8L (0.04) 1.10 (0.15) 1.38 (0.02) 1.58 —

Range 0.64-0.72 0,76-0.86 0.96-1.30 1,36-1,40

Carapace (A) 0.32 (0.02) 0.41 (0.01) 0,51 (0.06) 0,69 (0,02) 0,80 0,31 (0,02)
Range 0,30-0,34 0.40-0.42 0,.42-0.58 0,66-0.70 0.28-0,34
Dorsal Spine (B) (0,23 (0.01) 0.24 (0.02) 0.34 (0.05) 0.46 (0.02) 0.54 _—

Range 0.20-0.24 0,.22-0,26 0,28-0.40 0,44-0,48

Rostrum (C) 0,22 (0.02) 0.27 (0.02) 0.35 (0.05) 0.43 (0.01) 0.44 0.05 (0.01)
Range 0.20-0.24 0,26-0.30 0.32-0,42 0.42-0,44 0,04-0.06
Antenna c. 0.10 c. O15 0,18 (0,02) 0.28 (0.01) 0.32 0.10 (0.01)
Range 0.16-0.20 0.28 0,08-0,12
Ratio B/A 0.72 0.59 0.67 0.70 0,68 _

Ratio C/A 0.69 0.66 0.69 0.62 0.55 O17

Ratio B/C 1,05 0.89 0,97 1,07 1.23 —

* one measurement only

FIELDER AND GREENWOOD: LARVAL MACROPHTHALMUS 157

Fic. 1: Macrophthalmus punctulatus. A. first zoea lateral view; B. first zoea posterior view; C. first antenna; D.
second antenna; E. first maxilla; F. second maxilla; G. first maxilliped; H. second maxilliped; I. telson.

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

158

dHr dHOI dHOol dH8 dH9 dHr podoxg
dd9 dd8 Sz ‘ddr SE ‘dé SE ‘dde SE “dde € “Sas
ddI ddI ddl ddl ddI SI Z ‘Bas
0 (0) 0 0 0 0 *xoid ‘3as podopuq
ddr Cdr ddr St ‘ddz St ‘ddZ SZ ‘ddz siseq. Il ‘Gdd.XVWN
dH dHOI dHO! dH8 dH9 dHr podoxg
dds dd9 dd9 dds dds SI “ddb ¢ “Bas
ddz ddz ddz dz ddz ddz p ‘Bas
ddl ddz ddz ddl dd! ddI € ‘Bas
SI ‘ddI SI ‘ddI SI ‘ddI SI ‘ddI SI ‘ddI SI ‘ddl Z ‘Bas
SI ‘ddI SI ‘ddl SI ‘ddI SI ‘ddI SI ‘ddI SI ‘ddI *xo1d “das podopugq
dd6 ddsI CdII-01 dd6 dd6 dd6 siseq =| Gad. XV
dHs dHOE *9 dH6z ‘9 dHb¢l dH8 dHs aeusoydesg
dd dvb ddr dt ddr ddr podopug
dd dd0I-6 ddZ ddr dd ddr “SIP
dds ddl dd9 dds dds dds “xoid ‘puo [eseg
dé ddI ‘dH? ddr dd€ dé dé “IsIp
ddr dz ‘dHs dd9 ddr dd ddr ‘xoid *pua [exoD Il “XWN
dds dds dds dds dds dds Z ‘Sas
SI SI SI SI SI SI *xoid “Sas podopug
ddZ ‘dSzZ Cd6 ‘S7Z-1 ddL-9 dé ‘dSp Cdé ‘dSr Cdl ‘dS€ “pua yeseg
dds ddl ddL-9 dds dds dds “pua [exoD
0 ddI ‘dHI ddI ‘dHI dHI dHI 0 ex0D, I 'XVW
— quasoid quasoid — — — podopuq
s Aueuw ‘ddI SI SI SI SI SI podoxy
§ Aueur SLI-ZI SS7-81 SS7Z-81 SEZ-LI SST-OT apunped II \.LNV
0 Wb VI 0 0 0 [eurWIaIgns
SI ‘VE vs ws WP v9 SI ‘WE yeuruna |, I .LNV
] 8907 A ¥907 AI 8907 II] 82907 J] 8907 ] 82907 osepuoddy
snjojnjound ‘Ww snsojas snujpoylydoinw
*‘(ALVINOILNAGOWN Tg =

Cd ‘aSOWN1g ATHDIH = dH ‘aSOWNTd = dq ‘ASOWNTd ATASUVdS = dS ‘ATAWIS = S ‘ALFHLSAY = YW) SALPVINLONNd
‘W ANV SASOLIS SQWTVWHLHdOUXOVP AO SIDVLS TWIOZ AO SADVANAddY AO NOILVLAS GNV NOILVLNAWOAS *7 FTAVL

FIELDER AND GREENWOOD: LARVAL WACROPHTHALMUS 159

Abdomen with five free somites, sixth fused to
telson; second and third abdominal somites with a
pair of dorso-lateral projections. Abdominal
somites 2-5 with very small postero-lateral spines.
Paired setules postero-dorsally on somites 2-5,
Telson width similar to that of last abdominal
somite, telson length (medial) c. equal to width;
posterior margin with 3 + 3 biplumose setae,
Telson rami ¢. equal to telson length, twice length
of posterior selae, each ramus with two
longitudinal rows of setules but no dorsal or
lateral spines.

Structure and sctation of appendages as given
in Fig. 3A-G and Table 2.

Zou Il (Fig. 2C)

Postero-lateral spines on somites 2-5 now
pronounced. Eyes mobile, no evidence of thoracic
limb buds. Sixth abdominal somite still fused to
lelsan, Telson now with 4 + 4 biplumose setae
between rami.

Setation of appendages as given in Table 2.

Zoe IL (Figs 2D, 4A-F)

Sixth abdominal somite still fused to telson.

Structure and Setation of appendages a$ given
in Fig. 44-F and Table 2.

ZOEA IV (Fig. 2E)

Perciopod buds not yet apparent. Sixth
abdominal somite now separate from telson.
Pleopod buds now present on abdominal somites
2-5, tiny uropod buds present on sixth abdominal
somite.

Setation of appendages as given in Table 2.
ZoEA: V (Figs 2F, 5SA-F)

Third miaxillipeds and pereiopods well
developed but not yet setose. Pleopods and
uropods well developed.

Structure and setation of appendages as given
in Fig. SA-F and Table 2.

DISCUSSION

The larvae of M. serosus and M. punctulatus
have been difficult to rear. Grayid females carry
large quantities of mud on their surfaces which
fouls aquarium water during the first few days of
captivity. They also produce large quantities of
“muddy’ faeces during this period which also
fouls aquarium water. Full term eggs often did
not hatch or were aborted during these first days,
and mortality of hatched larvae was very high. A
niuch greater problem was posed by the small size
of the first zoeaé. Freshly hatched Arremia
nauplii cannot be used as food as they are too
large and too active. Hashmi (1969) dic not
mention zoeal stages later than the first, Por the

live species of Maecroplithatmus he hatched.
Apparently 4riemia nauplii provided by Hashmi
as a sole food source Were also not suitable in
those cases,

In the present investigation, all zoeal stages
(but no megalopae) of M, setosus have been
reared using the much smaller rotifer, Brachionus
sp. as a food source. It has not yet been possible
to rear Mf. punctulatus beyond the first zoeal
stage although repeated attempts have been made
using Brachionus as food.

Based on the rather gross features of size and
carapace spination, first stage zoeae of the genus
Macrophthalmus are quite diverse. Like those of
M. serosus (= 0.32 mm) and M. punctulatus. (=
0,31 mm) described here, the first zoeae of most
other Macrophthalmus species so lar described
are small and have carapace lengths of less than
G,4mm, ic, M. depressus = 0,38 mm (Aikawa
1929; Hashmi 1969; Rice 1975); M. dilatatus =
0,38 mm (Aikawa 1929), M, erinirus = 0.29 mm,
M. latreillei = 0.30 mm, M. sulcatus = 0,34 mm,
M. pacijicus 0.38 mm (Hashmi 1969). On the
other hand the first zocal stage carapace length of
M., hirtipes (Wear 1968) is relatively large at 0.48
mm. The most consistent complement of
carapace spines so far described is dorsal +
rostral. However, (wo species, ie., M. crinitus
and M. hirtipes have lateral carapace spines as
well and M. punciulatus (present study) has 2
rostral spine only.

Rice (1975) used the setation of maxillule,
maxilla and second maxilliped endopods to
Separate ocypodid zoeae into distinct groups
which corresponded to the accepted sub-families
based on adult morphology, Rice’s (1.c.) larval
Macrophthalmus setation with corresponding
setation of M. sefosus and M_ punctulatus is
shown in Table 3. It can be seen that zoeal larvae
of both species conform closely to those listed by
Rice,

Based on the presence of large lateral carapace
spines and the absence of dorso-lateral knobs on
abdominal somite 3, Fielder and Greenwood
(1985) suggested that the larvae of M. Airtipes
Were not in the mainstream of Mecrophthalmus
larvae, but were closely allied to those of
Heloecius cordiformis (now placed in a new sub-
family, Heloecinae), and that the taxonomic
status of M. Airtipes should be investigated, This
suggestion is further supported when the telson
and carapace length of zoeal larvac of M. hirtipes
(described by Wear, 1968) are comipared with
those of M. setosus and M. punctulatus, and
other known Macrophthalmus larvae. The
distance between the distal tips of the furcal rami

160 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

TABLE 3, Sevecrep First ZOEAL MOUTHPARTS SETATION AND DORSO-LATERAL ABDOMINAL PROJECTIONS OF THE
Sus.FAMILY MACROPHTHALMINABR (RICE 1980), MACROPHTHLAMUS PUNCTULUS AND M, SETOSUS (THIS STUDY).

MAX. I MAX. IT MAX'PEDI MAX'PED II ABDOMEN
Endop. Endop. Scaphog. Endop. Endop. Dorso-lateral knobs
basal seg. Som. 2 Som. 3
Macrophthalminae 1, 4/6 2+2 4+] 2 O/1, 1, 5/6 1 1
M, punctulatus 1,5 242 4+1 2 0, 1,6 1 1
M. setosus 1,5 2+2 441 2 0, 1,6 1 1
of M. hirtipes zoeae is c. 3.0 times the width of — Barnes, R.S.K., 1967. The Macrophthalminae of

the telson base and the telson length from base to
furcal notch is c. 0.28 times the total telson
length. Comparable figures for the other
Macrophthalmus zoeae are not more than |.4 and
not less than 0.43 respectively. M. Airtipes zoeae
are also substantially larger than other known
Macrophthalmus zoeae.

One other species from the sub-family
Macrophthalminae has been collected from the
Brisbane River (Snelling, 1959), i.e., Australoplax
tridentata. \t is intended that zoeal larvae of this
species will be described in a future paper. Thus it
is premature, at this time, fo discuss
differentiating features of species within the sub-
family on a local basis.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are most grateful to Robin Hutchings for
technical assistance and to Ian Smith of New
South Wales State Fisheries for providing starter
cultures of Brachionus sp, The Australian
Research Grants Committee and the University of
Queensland provided research grants which we
also gratefully acknowledge.

LITERATURE CITED

AikAWA, H,, 1929. On the larval forms of some
Brachyura. Rec. oceanogr. wks Jap. 2: \-55.

Australasia; with a review of the evolution and
morphological diversity of the type genus
Macrophthalmus (Crustacea : Brachyura). Trans.
Zool. Sac. Lond. 31: 195-262.

BookHouT, C.G., and CostLow, J.D., Jnr., 1974.
Larval development of Portunus spinicarpus reared
in the laboratory. Bulletin of Marine Science, Coral
Gables, 24: 20-S1.

Frevper, D.R., and Greenwoop, J.G., 1985. The
systematic position of Heloecius cordiformis (H.
Milne-Edwards, 1837) (Decapoda, Ocypodidae) as
revealed by larval morphology, Crustaceana 48:
244-8.

GREENWOOD, J.G., and FIELDER, D.R., 1980. The zoeal
stages and megalopa of Charyhdis callianassa
(Herbst) (Decapoda : Portunidae), reared in the
laboratory. Proce. R. Soc. Od 91; 61-76.

HasHM], S.S., 1969. Studies on larval Ocypodidae
(Macrophihalmus) hatched in the laboratory
(Decapoda ; Crustacea). Pak, J. Sci, Res. 21; 50-6.

Rice, A.L,, 1975. The first zoeal stages of Cancer
pagurus L., Pinnatheres pisum (Pennant) and
Macrophthalmus depressus Riippell (Crustacea,
Decapoda, Brachyura). Bull, Br. Mus. nat. Hist.
(Zool.). 28: 237-47.

SNELLING, B., 1959, The distribution of intertidal crabs
of the Brisbane River. Aust. J. mar. Freshwat. Res.
10: 67-83.

Wear, R.G., 1968. Life history studies on New Zealand
Brachyura. 3. Family Ocypodidae. First stage larva
of Hemiplax hirtipes (Jacquinot, 1853). N.Z. J.
mar. Freshwat. Res, 2: 698-707.

FIELDER AND GREENWOOD: LARVAL MACROPHTHALMUS 161

Fic. 2: Macrophthalmus setosus. A. first zoea lateral view; B. first zoea posterior view; C. second zoea; D. third
zoea; E. fourth zoea; F. fifth zoea.

162 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

A a=

{| LEé&
y £3
wa

Fic. 3: Macrophthalmus setosus first zoea appendages. A. first antenna; B. second antenna; C. first maxilla; D.
second maxilla; E. first maxilliped; F. second maxilliped; G. telson.

FIELDER AND GREENWOOD: LARVAL MACROPHTHALMUS 163

ROS"

Fic. 4: Macrophthalmus setosus third zoea appendages. A. first antenna; B. second antenna; C. first maxilla; D,
second maxilla; E. first maxilliped; F. second maxilliped; G. telson.

164

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Ri NZ
Bas ee nae
HOR VEE ih i hy bon) oS
ee SELEY Z —
Wy

ACD

0-7 mm

BEFG

02mm

Fic. 5: Macrophthalmus setosus fifth zoea appendages. A. first antenna; B, second antenna; C. first maxilla; D
second maxilla; E. first maxilliped; F. second maxilliped; G. telson

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem, Qd Mus. 22(2): 165—168. [1986]

A NEW AUSTRALIAN GENUS OF BITTACIDAE (MECOPTERA)

GEORGE W. BYERS
Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas
Lawrence, Kansas 66045. U.S.A.

ABSTRACT
Syinbittacus scitulus gen. noy., sp. nov. is described from tropical rainforest in Queensland.
It is most closely related to the E. Australian genus Tyrrhobittacus and the neotropical genera
Nannobitlacus and Issikiella, but differs particularly in details of wing venation, A key to the

Australian genera of Bittacidae is given.

INTRODUCTION

Bittacidae are the most widespread family of
Mecoptera, with species in tropical and temperate
régions of every continent. Generic diversity is
greatest in tropical South and Central America (6
genera). Both Australia and North America have
four genera, those in Australia being wholly
endemic. To these may be added the new genus
described below. QM Queensland Museum,

Symbittacus gen. noy.

Generally similar in appearance to
Tytthobittacus Smithers of eastern Australia and
to the neotropical genera Nannobittacus Esben-
Peterson and /J/ssikiella Byers but differing
particularly in details of wing venation. Wing
slender in basal one-third; base to origin of M
(divergence of M from M+Cu,) 33% of total
length in front wing, 29% in hind wing. Subcosta
joins costa well beyond first fork of Rs in front
wing. Two pterostigmal cross-veins. Basal
sections of R and M+Cu, closely approximated
or in contact from near base of wing to shortly
before origin of M, where they diverge abruptly.
Vein Cu, in front wing ends far beyond first fork
of M; in hind wing Cu, lies alongside and in
contact with marginal vein from about level of
origin of Rs basad to level of humeral cross-vein
(h). Vein [A ends well before origin of M, 2A
extending beyond h, in front wing; 1A apparently
represented by very short cross-vein near level of
h, 2A by short, diagonal cross-vein near wing
base, in hind wing. One pair of stout, black setae
on fourth tarsomere of hind legs. Compound eyes
convergent anteriorly below antennal bases: frons
between eyes less than width of ocellar triangle.

It is anticipated that further generic characters
will be found when males are available for
examination.

Type species: Syribiltacus scitulus , sp. nov.
ETYMOLOGY

The name of the genus (Greek, sym =
together, + Bittacus ) refers to the extended
contact of Cu, and the posterior marginal vein in
the hind wings and of R and M+Cu, in both the
front and hind wings.

KEY TO AUSTRALIAN GENERA OF BI'TTACIDAE

1. Hind basitarsus only about as long as fourth
tarsomere; vein 1A in hind wing extending
beyond level of origin of Rs; body colour
black or reddish brown to dark orange-brown
and black (6 species, Queensland, New South
Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Western
Australia, Tasmania)............ Harpohittacus
Gerstaecker

Hind basitarsus 2-3 times as long as fourth
tarsomere; vein LA in hind wing extending
only to level of origin of M or slightly
beyond, usually in form of cross-vein from
Cu, to marginal vein; body color light reddish
brown to brown or dark grayish brown....... 2

2. In hind wing, vein Cu, in contact with marginal
vein along approximately three-fourths of
length of former; apical section of 1A an
extremely short cross-vein near level of h (1
species, Queensland). Symmbitracus , gen. nov.
Vein Cu, in hind wing distinctly separated
from marginal vein; IA fused basally with
Cu,, its apical section appearing as a
transverse or diagonal cross-Vein....,.,.,..46.).3

166 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

3. Apical section of 1A in hind wing diagonal
between Cu, and margin; {wo ¢ross-veins
between 1A and 2A in front wing (1 species,
Queensland)..........-..... Austrobittacus Riek

Apical section of JA in hind wing transverse
{rarely absent); one cross-vein between 1A
and 2A in front wing ........... Qa3 aade Since tsa 4

4. Wings tinged with yellowish brown, without
pattern; stigma slightly darker brown; in
male, cerci shorter than paired, subtri-
angular, nearly vertically oriented epiandrial
lobes of deeply divided ninth abdominal
tergum (1 species, Queensland)....... dcepepodet es
Us esa pecenepeerersteseersery yee Eddriobittaeus Byers

Wings lightly tinged with brown with faint
shading of grayish brown at apex and along
both series of cross-veins in disc of wing;
stigma reddish; in male, cerci nearly twice
length of broad, flattened, shallowly notched
ninth abdominal tergum (1 species, New
South Wales) ......... Tytthobitiacus Smithers

Symbittacus scitulus sp. nov.

Marektal, EXAMINED

Ho.orype: QM T8887; «; L km south of Cable
Tower 6, Bellender-Ker Range, 40 km § of
Cairns, N,Q. (17°L6'S, 145°53°E); Malaise trap,
mesophyll-vine forest, 500 om — elevation;
Earthwatch-Queensland Museum Expedition;
17.x. 1981-5.41, 1981.

DESCRIPTION

Based on one female, preserved in aleohol.

Head: Vertex, frons above antennal sockets
and anterior surface of clypeus dark blackish
brown, grading through brown to pale yellowish
brown On occiptit, posigenae and at sides of
clypeus; frons including antennal sockeis pale
yellowish brown; apical half of labrum brown,
basal half dark brown. Rostrum about 2.9 times
as long as its basal width; maxillary palps mostly
dark brown, paler near base; labium including
labial palps pale yellowish brown, Terminal
segment of maxillary palp as long as fourth
segment. Eyes large, widest diameter (dorso-
ventral) about 39% of total length of head,
protruding forward (Fig. 3) and conspicuously
convergent below antennal bases (Fig. 4),
separated by less than (about 83%) width of
ocellar triangle. Ocelli of uniform diameter;
upper frons concaye below median ocellus,
Antennae short, about 4.1 mm, comprising short
cylindrical scape, ovoid pedicel and 18 slender
flagellomeres (scgmentation indistinct beyond

ninth flagellomere). Hairs on flagellomeres short,
about 2-3 times diameter of respective
flagellomere,

Thorax: Pronotum dark brown, darkest along
anterior margin. with scattered short hairs
especially medially but no prominent setae.
Mesonowm and metanotum brown to dark
brown, darkest on more elevated parts of scutum
and on scutellum, yellowish brown along
impressed suture lines, on postscutellum and on
scutum adjacent to wing attachments; hairs short,
most dense near tmid-ling. Pleural surfaces
generally pale yellowish, but brown on pro-
cpisternum and light brown on anterior surface of
first coxa, anepisternum and preepistemum of
mesothorax, making a vertical dark band below
base of front wing, and on posterior surface of
mesothoracic meron, Adjacent black spots on
posterodorsa] corner of mesothoracic meron and
posteroventral corner of epimeron. Sparse hairs
on anterior surfaces of coxae and anepisterna.
Femora mostly yellowish brown, paler at base,
abruptly darker brown near apex; tibiae yellowish
brown except brown near apex. Spurs of front
tibia subequal in length, about 0,4 as long as
elongate, slender basitarsus. Spurs of hind tibia
(Fig. 2) of unequal length, one longer than
basitarsus, (he other slightly shorter than
basitarsus. Tarsi yellowish brown, claws reddish
brown; hind tarsi about twice diameter of front
tarsi bul only about 0.6 as long; a single strong,
black seta on each side of fourth tarsamere of
hind tarsus,

Wings: (Fig. 1) highly iridescent, faintly tinged
with brown and clouded with brown along most
cross-veins. near forks of major veins and at
apex. Ptlerostigma dark brown. Subcosta
extending to level of first fork of Rs (FRs) in hind
wing, beyond FRs in front wing. Subcostal cross-
vein (Scv) just beyond origin of Rs (ORs) in front
wing, just before ORs in hind wing. In front
wing, vein 1A joins hind margin just before level
of divergence of R and M+Cu,, 2A extends
slightly beyond level of h; no cross-vein between
1A and Cu.. In hind wing, neither 1A nor 2A
distinct due to close approximation of Cu, and
marginal vein, but 1A may be represented by
short cross-ven between Cu. and hind margin
near level of h, and 2A by a short, diagonal cross-
vein near wing base. Two pterostigmal cross-
veins.

Abdomen of female: Terga 2-5 grayish brown
with black antecostal borders; corresponding
sterna slender, elongate, pale. Terga 6-9 dark
brown wiil black antecostal borders; sterna 6-7

BYERS: NEW GENUS OF BITTACIDAE 167

Fics. 1-6. Symbittacus scitulus , new species, details of structure, female holotype. 1. Right wings. 2. Left hind
tarsus, lateral aspect. 3. Head, left lateral aspect. 4. Head, frontal aspect to show convergence of eyes; right
maxillary palp omitted, 5. Terminal abdominal segments, left lateral aspect. 6. Egg, side view (a) and end view
(b). Upper scale, Fig. 1; lower scale, Figs. 2-6.

168 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

brown, 8 blackish brown. Tenth segment recessed
beneath ninth tergum (in holotype); short, pale
cerci and segment 11 protruding caudad (Fig. 5).
Segments 2-4 slender, 5-6 enlarging posteriorly, 7
about same diameter as caudal end of 6, segment
8 of slightly smaller diameter. Eighth sternum
completely divided by narrow membranous zone
along ventral mid-line; each separate sternal plate
deeply incised dorsolaterally, indicating division
between sternum and its posterior prolongations
forming lower valves of ovipositor (Fig. 5).
Tergum and sternum 11 both truncate at apex.

Nearly mature egg dissected from abdomen
subtriangular at ends (Fig. 6), with flattened
surfaces shallowly impressed. Eggs confined to
segments 5-8. Spermatheca not examined.

Body length, female (holotype), 13.0 mm,
excluding antennae. Front wing 14.1 mm.

REMARKS

Symbittacus scitulus resembles Tytthobittacus
macalpinei Smithers (from New South Wales) in
having the wings darkened apically and along
certain cross-veins, as well as in the short 1A
ending before the level of the divergence of M
from Cu, and the basal approximation of R and
M+Cu,. Symbittacus , however, has three
unevenly alternated series of cross-veins in the
radial-medial field of the wing, while

Tytthobittacus has but two series, each in much
more nearly transverse alignment. In
Tytthobittacus , Cu, in the hind wing is distinctly
separated from the marginal vein throughout its
length, with 1A appearing as a cross-vein near the
level of origin of M, whereas in Symbittacus Cu,
lies against the marginal vein for three-fourths of
its length.

ETYMOLOGY

The specific name scitulus (Latin, beautiful)
refers to the patterned, iridescent wings and the
varicolored head, thorax and abdomen.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

For permission to examine and describe the
single specimen upon which Symbittacus scitulus
is based, I am indebted to Dr G.B. Monteith, of
the Queensland Museum. He not only sent the
specimen soon after it was captured but made
repeated attempts to collect further individuals at
the same remote locality. I also thank the U.S.
National Science Foundation for support of my
study of Mecoptera, currently by grant DEB
80-22342. The Earthwatch organization (Boston,
Massachusetts) provided funds and volunteer
labor to the expedition that collected this
specimen.

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Od Mus. 22(2): 169—187. [1986]

A REVISION OF THE INDO-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE
(HYMENOPTERA ; CHALCIDIDAE)

I.D. NAUMANN
CSIRO, Division of Entomology
Canberra

ABSTRACT

The taxonomic relationships, biology and distribution of the Smicromorphinae are
discussed. Species of the only genus Smicromorpha Giraull are believed to be parasites of the
larvae of the Indo-Australian weaver ant Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius). 8. doddi Girault
and S. minera Girault (from Australia) and S. keralensis Narendran (from southern India) are
redescribed; 5. edela sp, nov. (from Australia) and §. banksi sp. nav. (from Australia and
New Guinea) are described. Lectotypes are selected for 8, daddi and S. cadaverosa Girault (=

S. doddi, syn, nov.). Smicromorphella Girauh is synonymized with Smicromorpha

INTRODUCTION

The Smicromorphinae is the least known and
perhaps the most bizarre subfamily of chalcidid
wasps. All species have aphionoid facies (Gauld
and Huddleston 1976), and an elongate, tail-like
metasoma inserted high on the propodeum (Fig.
1), as in Gasteruptiidae, Girault (1913) proposed
a monotypic tribe for Smiicromorpha doddi
Girault, a parasite of the weaver (= green tree)
ant Oecophylia smaragdina (Fabricius) in north-
eastern Queensland, and subsequently described
two additional species and a second genus
(Girault 1914, 1915, 1926, 1930). Narendran
(1979) described a species from India and elevated
the tribe to subfamily status, For nearly 50 years
Smicromorphinae have heen represented in
collections by a handful of specimens. most of
which were in poor condition. However, long
series recently collected in yarious northern
Australian localities now permit a re-evaluation
of the status of the group and of the described
species.

Terminology generally follows Boucek (1974),
along with Bohart and Menke (1976) for the
mesopleural carinae; Copland and King (1972)
for the ovipositor; and Eady (1968) for
microsculpture.

The following abbreviations and symbols are
used: (1) Morphological terms (see Figs 10, 20-27,
32, 38): a, aedeagus; aa, aedeagal apodeme; ah,
anterior horn of ovipositor; ap, anterior petiole;
b, basal ring; bt, basitarsus; c, cereus; d, digitus;
Fl, F2, flagellar segments 1, 2,; f, hind tibial

furrow; fp, fulcral plate; fs, fulcral plate spines;
FW, minimum distance between compound eyes,
measured across frons; ip, inper ovipositor plate;
Ib, laminated bridge; LF, minimum distance
between lower margins of antennal toruli and
clypeo-labral suture; li, ligament; Im, lamina; M,
minimum distance between compound eye and
oral fossa; m, metanotum; MAE, maximum
diameter of compound eye; OD, maximum
diameter of lateral ocellus; op, outer ovipositor
plate; OOL, distance between lateral ocellus and
compound eye; OS, minimum distance between
median ocellus and antennal scrobes; ph,
phragma; POL, distance between lateral ocelli;
pp, posterior petiole; pr, propodeum; Sl. 52,
metasomal sternites 1, 2; sp, semicircular plate;
SW, maximum width of antennal scrobe; TI, T2,
metasomal tergites 1, 2; t, propodeal teeth; ts,
tibial spur; UF, minimum distance between lower
margins of antennal toruli and anterior margin of
median ocellus.

(2) Collections; AMNH, American Museum of
Natural History, New York, USA (Ms M.
Favreaux); ANIC, Australian National Insect
Collection, CSIRO, Canberra (Dr ID.
Naumann); BMNH, British Museum (Natural
History), London, UK (Dr J.S. Noyes; Dr Z.
Boucek, CIE); BPBM, Bernice P. Bishop
Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA (Mr G.
Nishida); NTAS, Entomology Section, Division
of Agriculture and Stock, Department of Primary
Production, Darwin (Mr A. Allwood); QDPI,
Department of Primary Industries, Entomology
Branch, Brisbane (Dr 1.D. Galloway); QM,

170 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Queensland Museum, Hrisbane (Mr E.C.
Dahms); UQIC, Department of Entomology,
University of Qucensland, Bnsbane (Ms M.
Schneider); USNM, United States National
Museum of Natural History, Washington D.C.,
USA (Dr E, Grissell, USDA).

Subfamily SMICROMORPHINAE Girault

Smicromorphini Girault, 1913, p. 70; Narendran, 1979,

p.908.
Smicromorphinae Narendran, 1979, p,910.

DESCRIPTION

Femace. Body: 4.0-3.9 mm long. Head,
mesosoma, and petiole strongly sclerotized;
gaster weakly sclerotized. Integument
predominantly translucent, yellow to orange in
colour, occasionally with brown to black
markings, non-metallic. Pubescence short, fine,
silvery, inconspicuous,

Head: Hypognathous, slightly broader than
pronotum. Vertex and frons finely sculpured,
without prominent carinae or projections;
posterior surface of head smooih, Compound eve
moderate-sized to very large, bare, inner margin
entire, Ovcelli moderate-sized to very large.
Occipital carina absent, occipital suture dorsally
distinct; temple short, dorsally rounded, ventrally
carinate; posterior surfaces of head concave,
closely appressed to pronotum, Subecular suture
indistinct, weak or distinct. Antennal scrobes
deep, margins usually carinate, OS/OD more
than 0.5, without median carina. Torulus slightly
above or slightly below level of ventral margin of
compound eye, never near to anterior tentorial
pit. Anterior tentorial pit and frontoclypeal
suture indistinct. Anterior margin of clypeus very
weakly emarginate, not produced. Lahrum
exposed, small, wider than long, distal margin
convex. Mandibles (Fig. 8) asymmetrical: right
mandible with inner, rounded, weakly sclerotized
lobe and outer, elongate, acule, strongly
sclerotized tooth; left mandible with inner, stout,
acute, strongly sclerotized tooth and outer,
weakly sclerotized process. Labio-maxillary
complex small, Maxilla; cardo present; stipes
elongate, with 2 apical lubes (1 with single strong
seta); palp absent. Lablum: glussa represented by
broad, sctose lobe; paraglossa small, setose; palp
absent, Antenna: very short, 9-segmented, with
short, inconspicuous pubescence; scape 3.6-4.8
times as long as wide; pedicel swollen; lagellum
fusiform or filiform (distal segments often
collapsed in dried material), Fl 1.0-1.5 X as long
as wide, sometimes much shorter than F2: clava

unsegmented, hardly differentiated.

Mesosoma: Short, broad, generally more
coarsely sculptured than head. Pronotum:
medially very short, without transverse carinae;
dorsolaterally usually with transverse carina;
lateral panel Short, wilh rounded anterior margin;
anterior surfaces more-or-less flat, neck
represented by narrow rim. Mesoscurum:
notaulix distinct, percurrent; parapsidal furrow
absent. Mesoseutellum broad; axilla
dillerentiated, separated from supra-alar area by
fine, longitudinal carina; frenum not
differentiaied. Tegula elongate-oval, not
spatulate, not reaching pronotuin, Prepectus
minute, scale-like, moveable, at anterior end of
tegula, Mesopleuron with deep ventral depression
to receive reflexed mid femur; upper mesopleuron
not subdivided; omaulus and acetabular carina
present or absent, subomaulus weak, short.

Metanotum medially very short and
unsculprured; dorsellum absent; — laterally
sculptured. Metapleuron not defined.

Propodeum rugose-punctate, without carinae or
plicae; spiracle reniform, spiracular sulcus
variable; petiolar foramen situated anteriorly,
separated from metanotun) by very narrow rim
which gives rise to phragma (Fig. 23).

Legs; Fore coxa slender, slightly more than 0.5
x length of fore femur. Trochantellus absent from
all legs, Fore femur slender. Fore tibia with
single, small, minutely bifid, apical spur; apical
tooth absent, Mid coxa globular, less than 0.5
length of mid femur. Mid femur slender. Mid
tibia slender, straight, with single, small, apical
spur, Hind coxa subcircular in cross-section,
almost as long as hind femur, coriaceous to
granulate. Hind femur greatly enlarged, its outer
ventral margin usually with comb of line teeth:
without additional longitudinal carinae or inner
leeth; coriaceous, setigerous punctures dense and
conspicuous. Hind tibia shorter, stouter than fore
and mul tibiae; strongly curved; dorsoapically
with furrow (Fig. 10) for reception of reflexed
basitarsus; ventrally with pereurrent inner and
outer longitudinal carinae; —ventroapically
produced into 4 spine slightly longer than
basitarsus; with small spur near apex of spine:
without additional external longitudinal carinae.
Tarsi 5-segmented; fore and mid tarsi more
slender than hind tarsus; claws minute; arolia
large.

Wings: Dorsally and ventrally densely
pubescent; pubescence sparser proximally, but
not forming distinct rows or bands. Fore wing:
submarginal vein long, parallel to costal margin,

NAUMANN: INDG-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE 1

usually with distal swelling (stump of basalis);
marginal vein short, at most about as lonp as
sligmal vein; basal cell area without sclerotized
spol; Rs, median vein and Cus suggested by
indistinct brown colouration. Hind wing:
submarginal vein 0.6 x as long as wing; with |
straight and 2 hook-shaped hamuli-

Metasoma: Elongate, slender (Fig. 1), T! and
Sl fused to form a petiole (Fig. 21); segments 2-4
depressed, subcylindrical; segments 5-8 laterally
compressed. Anterior petiole with strong dorsal
condyle providing major articulation with
propodeum (Figs 22, 24); posterior petiole
defined anterolaterally and anteroventrally by
transverse lamina (rarely ventrally interrupted),
posteriorly slightly overlapping T2 and $2. T2
shorter than $2; with 2 anterolateral articulations
with petiole. S2 elongate, extending dorsally
between T2 and T3 to form weakly sclerotized
tube. T3 and $3 each of equal length and deeply
telescoped into $2. T4, 84 and T5,'S5 not deeply
telescoped into preceding segments. S6 longer
than T6, medially divided into 2 hemisternites, T7

large; 2 laterotergites present internally. T8
(epipygium) divided medially into two
hemitergites (Fig. 26); cercus short, mot

articulated, with 4 short setae, recessed in
depression near posterior margin. Spiracles
absent from all segments. Petiole, T2, S2-S4
bare, T3-T8 setose. Anterior margins of only T2
and $2 thickened. Anterior margins of T2 convex,
of S2 straight, of T3-T7 and S3-S5 emarginate.
Posterior margins of T2-T6 straight, of T7
convex. Ovipositor concealed at rest; inner
ovipositor plate without articulated palp,
posteriorly plates connected by transverse,
sclerotized bridge; 11 fulcral plate spines present;
fulcral plate articulations and ligaments as in Fig,
27: ramus spines indistinguishable.

MALE, Differs from [emule as follows.

Antenna: With 7-9 segments. Fl 0.7-1.4 x as
long as wide,

Metasoma: Tergites and sternites as in Pig. 20.
Té-TS each elongate, differentiated inta an
antenor, bare, reticulate sculptured portion
concealed by preceding tergite and an exposed,
posterior, setose portion. T8 undivided; cercus on

posterior margin. S6-S8 small, undivided.
Anterior margins of T6-T8 very weakly
emarginate, of S3-S8 emarginate. Posterior

margins of tergites convex, of sternites more-or-
less straight. Genitalia (Fig. 25): basal ring
elongate, unspecialized; cuspis with 3. setae;
digitus elongate, bidentate; aedeagus slender,
unspecialized; parameres absent,

REMARKS ON MORPHOLOGY AND CLASSIFICATION
OF SMICROMORPHINAE

It is beyond the scope of the present paper to
analyse comprehensively the phylogenetic
relationships among the subfamilies of
Chalcididae. However, it is clear that the species
here assigned to the Smicromorphinae comprise a
monophyletic group of chalcidid wasps and a
group which cannot be related closely to any
other subfamily of Chalcididae.

Several synapomorphic metasomal characters
(the high insertion of the petiole on the
propadeum, the tubulose second metasomal
sternite, the division of TS into hemitergites in
females) indicate the monophyly of the group.
The structure of the hind leg (large coxa, large
and usually toothed femur, curved tibia) suggests
that the Smicromorphinae should he classified
within the Chaleididae. The hind femur is
similarly enlarged and toothed in Leucospidae,
some monodontomerine Torymidae (see Boucek,
1978), and some cleonymine Pteromalidae, as
well as in Chalcididae. However the species of
Smicromorphinae can be excluded from these
non-chalcidid groups (which do not show close
affinities with each other) and included in the
Chalcididae by their having the following
combination of characters: small, unsculptured
prepectus; relatively short marginal vein;
unfolded fore wing; metasomal characters as
listed above.

The Smicromorphinae are unique among the
Chalcididae in that the petiole is inserted very
high on the propodeurm (j.e. (he anterior margin
of the petiolar foramen is yery close to the
metanotum), In Smicromorphinae the foramen is
separated from the metanotum by only a narrow
rim which gives rise to a phragma. Convergently
the petiole is inserted relatively high on the
propodcum in several unrelated, extant groups of
Hymenoptera Labeninae (Ichneumonidae),
Paxylonunatidae and cenocoeliiae Helconinae
(Braconidae), Liopteridac, Aseka Houtek
(Pteromalidae), Evaniidae, Aulacidae and
Gasteruptiidae. Only in Gasteruptiidae is the
petiolar foramen as closely adjacent to the
imetasoma as in the Smicromorphinae.

Steffan (1957) established that the structure of
the petiole (first metasomal segment) and its
articulations with the propodeum and the second
metasomal segment are characteristic for each
subfamily of Chalcididae.

In Smicromorphinac the tergite and sternite of
the first metasomal segment are fused to form a
solid, more-or-less cylindrical petiole. A

172 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

transverse lamina divides (se petiole into a short
aotecior position and an elongate posterior
portion (Figs 22, 24). The lamina does not
participate in the articulation with the
propodeum. The major articulation is dorsal,
through a smoothly convex condyle which
occupies the width of the anterior petiole, This
condyle is probably homologous with the ‘rotule’
of Steffan (1957). The articulation surface is more
smoothly convex and undifferentiated than in any
other Chaleididae figured by Steffan (1987). In
the Smicromorphinae, the lamina is usually
laterally and ventrally distinct, but dorsally
absent. A lamina is present elsewhere in the
Chaleididae only in the Chalcidinae, where it is
dorsally continuous. Burks (1940) regarded che
lamina as characteristic of the Chalcidinae and its
Presence in the Smicromorphinae suggests that
the two subfamilies are related-

The posterior petiole differs from that of
Brachymerlinae in that it does not enter the
propodeal foramen,
Haltichellinge in that it does not partially enclose
the prapodeum, The posterior petiole is elongate
in Epitraninae, Chalcidinae, and some
Haltichellinae, as well as in Smicromorphinae.
There is no petiolar spiracle in Smicromorphinae
as {here is in many Chaleididae (e.g. Chalcis
Fabricius). ‘The posterior petiole slightly encloses
the anterior margins of T2 and 82. The latter are
slightly thickened. A pair of small, transverse
folds on T2 (and toa lesser extent on S2) serve as
pivots, The posterior articulation of the petiole is
most similar to that in Chalcidinae. It is untike
that of Epitraninae in which T2 encloses a sliding
process from the posterior portion of the petiole
and unlike that of Dirhininae in which S82 is fused
to the petiole.

Thus, the morphology of the petiole suggests
that the Smicromorphinae are not closely related
to any other subfamily of Chalcididae, except
perhaps the Chaleidinae.

Smicromorphinae are unique among the
Chalcididae in that the lateral margins of 32
extend dorsally and are fused along (he midline to
produce a weakly sclerotized tube, T2 covers only
the anterior part of this tube into which
metasomal segment 3 is deeply telescoped. In
females, T8 (the epipygium) is divided medially
into two hemitergites, a condition unique within
the Chalcididae, but approached within the
Leuvospidae. The absence of metasomul spiracles
is also unique within the Chalcididae.

Other — distinctive lealures of the
Smicromorphinae include: (1) the ophionoid

and from that of the

facies (large compound eyes and ocelli; pale
yellow to orange colour); (2) (he mandibles, with
their unusual combination of teeth, weakly
sclerotized processes and lobes; (3) the absence of
palps; (4) the short antenna, which in a least two
species has a variable number of flagellar
segments in males; (5) the very reduced pronotal
collar; and (4) the slender, tail-like metasoma,

BIoLoay

Smicromorpha doddi Girault is reported to be
parasitic upon the larvae of the green tree or
weaver anl Oecophylla srtaragdina (Formicinae)
(Girault 1913). Workers of OQ. simaragdina
construct aerial nests of leaves bound together by
the silk produced by their larvae, During nest
construction the workers hold laryaé in their
mandibles and apply them to the leaf edges which
areto be hound. According to the late F.P. Dodd,
the wasp oviposits on the ant larva during nest
construction (Giraule 1913).

Specimens of Smicromorphinae have been
collected near nests of O. smaragdina on several
occasions, but none has been reared from nests.
O. smeragdina is abundant in all areas from
which Smicromorphinae have been collected in
Australia.

At least four species of Smicromorphinae are
known to be attracted to light and are therefore
probably nocturnal; certainly one of these species
is crepuscular. The ophiouoid facies occurs within
subfamilies of Ichneumonidae, Braconidae,
Sphecidae, and Pompilidae, and in these groups
also is correlated ‘almost invariably’ with
nocturnal habits (Gauld and Huddleston, 1976:
Naumann, unpub.).

The biological significance of most of the
distinctive morphological features of the
Smicromorphinae is unknown. The reduced
mouthparts could be correlated with Surface
feeding or drinking, or with an absence of
feeding. The slender metasoma is almost certainly
highly mobile and telescopic, and is probably an
adaption 10 oviposition on or in a relatively
inaccessible or mobile host,

DISTRIBUTION

Outside Australia Smicromorphinae are known
trom New Guinea, the Philippines (Riek unpub,),
southern India (Narendran, 1979) and central
Africa (Boucek unpub.), This distribution
parallels that of the two extant Oecophylla spp.
Q, smaragdina is distributed [rom India to the
Solomon tslands and throughout northern
Australia; and ©. /ongineda (Lutreille) oecurs in
lropical Africa, Fossil species of Oecophylla are

NAUMANN: INDO-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE 173

known from Europe (Eocene-Miocene) and
eastern Afnca (Miocene) (Wilson and Taylor
1964; Burnham 1979).

At present, Svnicromorpha keralensis
Narendran is known only from southern India, S.
hanksi sp. nov. is known from northeastern
Australia and New Guinea. S. doddi, S, mineru
Girault and S$, /agynos sp. noy. are widely
distributed throughout northern Australia (Fig. 2)
and §, eudela sp. nov. is known only trom the
‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory. The
distribution of Smicromorpha spp. in northern
Australian corresponds closely with the
distribution of O. smeragdina, Both Smicro-
morpha spp. and O. simaragdina are restricted to
lowland rainforest and sclerophyil habitats and
are absent or very rare at altitudes above 300m.

SMICROMORFHA Girault

Smicromorpha Girault, 1913, p.89; Girault, 1914,
p.461; Girault, 1915, p.354; Gahan and Pagan,
1923, p.133; Narendran, 1979, p.908. (Type-species
Smicroniorpha doddi Gicault, by — original
designation and monotypy.)

Smicromarphella Girault, 1930:[2]; de Santis, 1961,
p.165. (Type-species Smicramorphella mitinera
Giraull, by monotypy.) Syn. ny.

DESCRIPTION
As for subtamily description.

RELATIONSHIPS OF SPECIES OF SMICRUMOKPAA

S, minera, S. keralensis, S. lagynos, and §.
banksi are morphologically similar, especially
with respect to the compound eye, ocelli, antennal
scrobes and mesopleural carinae. 8. doddi, witha
very large compound eye and large ocelli, and S.
eudela, with a reflexed stigmal vein, weakly
developed femoral comb and non-carinate
antennal scrobes are each morphologically
isolated.

KEY TO INDO-AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF
SMICROMORPHA

|, Margins of antennal scrobes not carinate (Fig.
42); stigmal vein reflexed (Figs 15, 16). longer
than marginal vein; hind femur without comb
of small black teeth, distally with only 3 or 4
pale-coloured teeth.,.,........,. eudela sp. nov.

Margins of antennal scrobes carinate (Fig.
38); stigmal vein more or less perpendicular
to costal margin (Fig. 17), approximately as
long as marginal vein; hind femur with well-
developed comb of small black teeth .......... 2

2. OD greater than OOL (Fig. 28); ventral
mesopleuron transversely strigose (Fig. 31);

acetabular carina absent or very weakly
indicated but never continuous wilh
omaulus; hind femur with small, ventral
process bearing basal 1 or 2 black teeth of
COM yo. Co gek dee, wkeeoc me avs ws . doddi Giraull

OD less than OOL (Fig. 34); ventral
mesopleuron reticulaieé-rugose to transversely
strigose; acetabular carina usually present
and continuous with omaulus, if not then
hind femur without process. ..........0000 preacgel

3. Hind femur with both long, sparse, sub-erect
setae and short, dense, appressed setae (Figs
35, 37); hind femur without blunt process at
proximal end of row of teeth (Fig. 37) and
antennal clava longer than wide.,.....,. minere
Girault

Hind femur with only short, dense, appressed
setae (as in Fig, 33); either hind femur with
blunt process at proximal end of row of teeth
(as in Fig, 1) or antennal clava wider than
LONG... popdege|ahoadedesenopdbgrse hwale ovaryut 4

4. Sternaulus present (Fig, 49); OS equal to
diameter of median ocellus; frons without
distinct, longitudinal groove between medial
ocellus and antennal scrobes........ . keralensis
Narendran

Sternaulus absent (Fig. 45); OS greater than
diameter of median ocellus; frons with
distinct, Jongitudinal groove between median
ocellus and antennal scrobes (Fig, 46).,,..,-..5

§. Petiole of female ventrally distinctly swollen
(Fig. 18), less than 3.7 x% as long as high,
transverse lamina indistinct: antennal clavi
longer than wide: Fl of female less than 0.7
* as long as F2......cccscee QByNOS Sp. NOV.

Petiole of female ventrally not distinctly
swollen (Fig. 19), more than 4,0 x as long as
high; transverse lamina distinct; antennal
clava wider than long; Fl of female 0.8 * as
Jong a8 F2 oop ep epee nee yey eee Banksi sp. nov.

Smicromorpha doddi Girault
(Figs 1-S, 8-12, 17, 20-33)
Smicromorpha doddi Girault, 1913, p.89; Girault,
1914, p.dhl; Girault, 1915, p.355; Gahan and
Fagan, 1923, p.133; Narendran, 1979, p.908.
Smicromorpha cadaverosa Girsuh, 1914, p.46t;
Girault, 1915, p35; Narendran, 1979, p.908. Syn.
nov.
MATERIAL EXAMINED
SyntypPes; 5, doddi: 12, 1@ (° here designated ss
Lecrotyre), in QM. Lectotype =: thorax, fore and hind
legs, anterior segments of metasama, on micropill

174 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

through pith block; pith block on macropin, with the
following labels; (i) ‘4489’, in red ink in Girault’s
handwriting; (ii) ‘Smicromorpha doddi * and ° Gir’, in
unrecognized handwriting, ‘Types’ in Girault’s
handwriting; (iv) ‘LECTOTYPE Smicromorpha doddi
Girault designated by I.D. Naumann 1981’, on
fluorescent red card; (vy) ‘PARALECTOTYPE
Smicromorpha doddi Géirault designated by [L.D.
Naumann 1981’, on fluorescent blue card; head
(crushed), antenna, hind leg, on slide with the following
labels: (i) ‘Type HY/3432 A.A, Girault’; (ii) ‘Genotype,
Queensland Museum, Smicromorpha doddi Girault, ¢
[crossed out], 2’, in unrecognized handwriting, ‘4489’
in Girault’s handwriting; (iii) ‘Selected as
LECTOTYPE, I.D. Naumann 1981’. Paralectotype 7:
thorax, hind legs, wings, petiole on micropin through
triangular card; head, scapes, fore legs glued to same
card; card on same macropin as lectotype (see above).
Type locality: Darwin, Northern Territory (Girault
1913).

SynTYPES: S. cadaverosa: 1%, 14 (¢ here selected as
LECTOTYPE), in QM. Lectotype *: in fair condition
(minus head) on triangular card, with the following
labels: (i) ‘4488’, in red ink in Girault’s handwriting; (ii)
‘Smicromorpha cadaverosa Gir, ¢,? types’, in Girault’s
handwriting; (iii) ‘Smicromorpha cadaverosa Gir’ in
unrecognized handwriting, ‘Type’, in Girault’s
handwriting; (iv) ‘LECTOTYPE Smicromorpha
cadaverosa Girault designated by I1.D. Naumann 1981’,
on fluorescent red card; (v) ‘PARALECTOTYPE
Smicromorpha cadaverosa Girault designated by I.D.
Naumann 1981’, on fluorescent blue card; head
(crushed), antenna (one attached to head), on slide, with
the following labels: (i) ‘TYPE HY/3433 A.A. Girault’;
(ii) ‘Queensland Museum Smicromorpha cadaverosa
22 Gir’ (in unrecognized handwriting), ‘4488’ in
Girault’s handwriting; (iii) ‘PARALECTOTYPE
(ringed) and LECTOTYPE selected by I.D. Naumann
1981.’ Paralectotype ?: fore femur and mid leg (minus
coxa) on apex of same card as lectotype; head (crushed),
antennae (one attached to head), ringed, on same slide
as lectotype. Type locality: Nelson (now Gordonyale),
Queensland (28 July 1913, A.P. Dodd) (Girault 1914).

OTHER MATERIAL EXAMINED. Northern Territory: 1
%, Darwin, 25.vi.1972, M.S, Upton, in ANIC; 1 2,
12°28’S 132°52’E, Jabiluka Lagoon, 14 km N of
Mudginbarry HS, 14.xi.1972, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC; 1
9,14, 12°31’S 132°54’E, 9 km N by E of Mudginbarry
HS, 10-11.vi.1973, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC; 2 9°,
12°43’S 132°54’E, Mt Brockman, 14 km §S by E of
Mudginbarry HS, 11-12.vi.1973, J.C. Cardale, in
ANIC; 5 2, 3 ¢ 12°48’S 132°42’E, Nourlangie Ck, 8 km
N of Mt Cahill, 26.x.-20.xi.1972 and 16-17.vi.1973,
J.C. Cardale and D.H. Colless, in ANIC; 1 2, Baroalba
Ck, Noranda, via Jim Jim, 16.xi.1972, in NTAS; 1 2
12°50’S_ 132’51’E, 16 km E by N of Mt Cahill,
13.vi.1973, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC; 2 9, 2 4, 12°52’S
132°46’E, Nourlangie Ck, 6 km E of Mt Cahill,
17-18.xi.1972, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC: 1 %, Koongarra,
15 km E of Mt Cahill, 15.xi.1972, D.H. Colless, in
ANIC, | 2, ¢, 12°57’S 132°33°E, Jim Jim Ck, 19 km
WSW of Mt Cahill, 17.vi.1973, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC.

Queensland: 10 2, Lockerbie, 10 miles (16 km) WSW
of Somerset, 20-30.vi.1948, G.M. Tate, in AMNH; 7 #,
1 &, same locality, 13-27.iv.1973, G.B. and S.R.
Monteith, in ANIC, QM, UQIC; 1 %, Bamaga,
3-6.vi.1969, G.B. Monteith, in ANIC; 1 °, Iron Range,
1-9.vi.1971, S.R. Monteith, in ANIC; 1 %, same
locality, G.B. Monteith, in ANIC; | 2, ‘11-Mile Scrub’,
19 km N of Moreton, 1-2.vii.1975, G.B. Monteith, in
ANIC; | ?, Moreton Telegraph Station, 30.vi.1975,
G.B. Monteith, in ANIC; 1 ¢, Brown’s Ck, Pascoe R.,
13.vi.1948, G.M. Tate, in AMNH; 3 2, Capsize Ck, 64
km N of Archer R. crossing, 29-30.vi.1975, G.B.
Monteith, in QM, ANIC, UQIC; 1 2, Wenlock,
27.vii.1948, G.M. Tate, in AMNH; | 2, Pat Ck, 11 km
N of Archer R. crossing, 28-29.vi.1975, G.B. Monteith,
in ANIC; 1 2, 15 km § of Yarraden, Coen district,
27-28.vi.1975, S.R. Monteith, in ANIC; 3 7, Christmas
Ck, 15 km W of Fairview, via Laura, 26-27.vi.1975,
G.B. Monteith, in UQIC, ANIC; 1 2, 15°03’S
145°09°E, 3 km NE Mt Webb, 30.iv.-3.v.1981, I.D.
Naumann, in ANIC; 2 ?, 1 4, 15°04’S 145°07’E, Mt
Webb National Park, 28-30.xi.1980, J.C. Cardale, in
ANIC; | 2, same locality, 11-14.vii.1976, G.B. and
S.R. Monteith, ANIC; 2 °, McIvor R. crossing, 40 km
N of Cooktown, 15-18.vii.1976, G.B. and S.R.
Monteith, in ANIC; 1 2, 15°14’S 145°07’E, 7 km N of
Hope Vale Mission, 4.x.1980, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC; 1
2,1 4, 15°16’S 144°59’E, 14 km W by N of Hope Vale
Mission, 8-10.x.1980, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC; 2 ?,3 ¢,
same locality, 7-10.v.1981, 1.D. Naumann, in ANIC; 1
?, 15°29°S 145°16’E, Mt Cook National Park,
Cooktown, 11-12.x.1980, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC; 14 2,
4 4, 15°41°S 145°12’E, Annan R., 3 km W by § of
Black Mt, 27.ix.1980, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC, BMNH,
USNM, QM; 1 ®, same locality, 26-27.iv.1981, I.D.
Naumann, in ANIC; | ?, 15°47’S 145°17’E, Moses Ck,
4 km N by E of Mt Finnigan, 14-16.x.1980, J.C.
Cardale, in ANIC; 13 %, 8 ¢, 15°47°S 145°14’E,
Shipton’s Flat, 16-18.v.1981, 1.D. Naumann, in ANIC,
QDPT; 1 7, 15°50’S 145°20’E, Gap Ck, 5 km ESE of
Mt Finnigan, 13-16.v.1981, [,D. Naumann, in ANIC; 1
¢ (det. as 8. cadaverosa by Girault), Cairns, Jan. 1920,
in QM; | 2 (det. as S. cadaverosa by Girault),
Gordonvale, Jan. 1920, in QM.

DESCRIPTION

FEMALE, Length: body 4.7-5.9 mm; fore wing,
2.6-3.1 mm,

Colour: Body pale yellow to orange.
Mesoscutum, axilla, hind coxa distally, hind
femur dorsally, sometimes with red-brown to
black markings as in Figs 11, 12. Femoral teeth
black.

Pubescence: Head and mesosoma with short
setae. Hind femur with short, depressed setae.
Flagellar setae long, sub-erect (Fig. 3).

Head: Width/length 1.8-2.1. Compound eyes
very large, in dorsal view margins anteriorly
convergent as in Fig. 28. Ocelli very large,
POL/OOL 6.5-14.0, OD/OOL 13.0-29.0. OS
less than OD, frons excavate anterior to median

NAUMANN: INDO-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE 175

ocellus. Subocular suture indistinct, M/MAE
0.1-0,2. Antennal scrobes deep, margins carinate,
lateral margin very close to compound eye (Fig.
9), SW/FW 0.7-1.0, UF/LF 2.3-2.8. Vertex and
upper frons minutely reticulate-punctate; lower
frons and clypeus at least in part transversely
striate. Antenna: Fl, F2, clava 1.0-1.5, 1.0-1.6,
2.4-4.4 x as long as wide respectively. F1 0.6-1.0
x as long as F2. Flagellum weakly fusiform.

Mesosoma: Pronotal collar laterally carinate
(Figs 1, 29). Mesoscutum, mesoscutellum
reticulate-punctate (Figs 28, 30). Omaulus
present, acetabular carina absent or at most very
weakly indicated and not continuous with
omaulus, sternaulus absent. Upper mesopleuron
rugose-punctate, mesopleural depression strigose
to reticulate-rugose, ventral mesopleuron
transverse-strigose, pre-omaular area finely
reticulate-coriaceous. Propodeum posteriorly
convex, with very weak concavity dorsal to hind
coxae; spiracular sulcus indistinct. Hind leg: coxa
3.7-5.3 x as long as wide. Femur 1.6-1.9 x as long
as wide, with ventral process and well-developed
comb of fine teeth distad of process (Fig. 33).
Tibia slender, dorsal furrow approximately 0.3 x
as long as segment. Apical tarsal segment slender,
less than 0.5 x as wide as long. Fore wing: shape
normal (Fig. 1). Stigmal vein shorter than
marginal vein, forming a right or slightly obtuse
angle with it (Fig. 17). Stump of basalis present.

Petiole: Length/width 4.5-5.6, length/height
4.1-5.5. Dorsally minutely reticulate-punctate to
rugose; transverse lamina distinct, continuous,
not extending posteroventrally to midlength to
petiole; lateral margin not distinctly carinate in
posterior 0.5.

MALE. Differs from female as follows. Length:
body 4.1-5.1 mm; fore wing 2.1-2.6 mm.

Head: Width/length 1.9-2.3. Compound eye
smaller (Fig. 32). Ocelli smaller, POL/OOL
1.2-2.0 OD/OOL 1.4-2.2. Lateral margin of
antennal scrobes more widely separated from
compound eye, SW/FW 0.4-0.6, UF/LF 2,4-2.7,
Antenna: with 7 or 8 segments (Figs 4, 5). Fl, F2,
clava 1.0-1.3, 1.0-1.5, 1.7-2.4 x as long as wide
respectively. If F2 and F3 fused (Fig. 5), Fl
approximately 0.4 x as long as following
compound segment.

Legs: Hind coxa 2.8-3.4 x as long as wide.

REMARKS

Girault originally confused the sexes of doddi,
but corrected his error in the following year (see
Girault 1913, 1914, 1915).

The colour of the mesoscutum and
mesoscutellum is variable. Most commonly these

sclerites are entirely pale yellow or orange.
Conspicuous red-brown to black markings (as
shown in Figs 11, 12) may be present, particularly
in individuals from localities in north-eastern
Queensland. Individuals from these localities also
tend to have darker markings on the dorsal
margins of the hind femur.

Smicromorpha minera Girault
(Figs 2, 14, 34-39)
Smicromorpha minera Girault, 1926, p.70; Narendran,
p.908.
Smicromorphella minerva Girault, 1930 [3]; de Santis,

1961, p.165; Dahms (1984), pp. 816, 817
(unjustified emendation of original spelling).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

HOLoTyYPE: § in QM, in fair condition, on triangular
card, head and fore legs mounted separately, with
following labels: (i) ‘4491’, in red ink in Girault’s
handwriting; (ii) ‘HOLOTYPE’, printed on red card;
(iii) ‘Smicromorpha minerva Gir, ° type’ in Girault’s
handwriting. Type locality: Meringa, Queensland
(November) (Girault 1926).

OTHER MATERIAL EXAMINED. Northern Territory: 1
&, 12°48°S 132°42’E, Nourlangie Ck, 8 km N of Mt
Cahill, 16-17.vi.1973, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC,
Queensland: 1 2, 15°16’S 144°59°E, 14 km W by N of
Hope Vale Mission, 7-10.v.1981, 1.D. Naumann, Field
Note 81/14, in ANIC; 1 ¢, 15°47°S 145°17°E, Moses
Ck, 4 km N by E of Mt Finnigan, 14-16.s.1980, J.C.
Cardale, in ANIC; 3 ¢, Cape Hillsborough, MEQ,
Hidden Valley Track, 16.vi.1979, E. Dahms, in QM,
ANIC; 1 ¢, Knob Ck, Byfield, MEQ, 27.iv.1979, E.
Dahms, rainforest, in QM.

DESCRIPTION

FEMALE. Length: body 3.9-4.0 mm; fore wing
approximately 1.9 mm.

Colour: Predominantly pale yellow to orange.
Vertex posteriorly red-brown; mesoscutum and
mesoscutellum dark red-brown as shown in Fig.
14; hind coxa and hind femur predominantly or
entirely red-brown to black. Metasoma pale red-
brown, petiole sometimes entirely dark brown.
Femoral teeth black.

Pubescence: Head and mesosoma with long,
sparse setae. Hind femur with long, suberect setae
and short, depressed setae (Figs 35, 37). Flagellar
setae moderately long, suberect, curved.

Head: Width/length approximately 1.8.
Compound eye moderately large (Figs 34, 36, 38).
Ocelli moderately large, POL/OOL 0.7-0.8,
OD/OOL 0.5-0.7. OS greater than OD, frons
between median ocellus and scrobes with weak
longitudinal groove. Subocular suture
continuous, distinct, M/MAE 0.4-0.5. Antennal
scrobes deep, margins carinate, lateral margin

176 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

widely separated from compound eve, SW/FW
0.4-0.5, UP/LF 3.3-3.4_ Vertex and upper trons
minulely reuculate-punctare, Jower frons and
clypeus at least in part transversely striate.
Antenna: Fl, F2, clava 0.6-1,.0, 0.5-0,9, 1.1-i.4
x as [ong as wide respectively, Fl 0.7-0.9 x as long
as F2. Flagellum fusiform.

Mesosoma: Pronotal collar laterally carinate.
Mesoscutellum reticulate-punctate (Fig. 39).
Omaulus present, acetabular carina distinct and
continuous with omaulus, sternaulus absent.
Upper mesopleuron rugose-punctate,
mesopleural depression strigose (0 reticulate-
rugose, yentral mesopleuron reticulate-rugose to
transverse-strigose, pre-omaulur area finely
reliculate-coriaceous, Propodeum posteriorly:
convex; spiracular sulcus indistinct. Hind leg:
coxa 3,0-4,0.x as long as wide, Femur 1.6-1.8 x as
long a8 wide, without ventral process, with well-
developed comb of fine teeth. Tibia slender,
dorsal furrow 0.3-0.5 = as long as segment.
Apical tarsal segment slender, less than 0,5 x as
wide as long. Fore wing: shape normal. Stigmal
vein very slightly shorter than marginal vein,
forming a very slightly obtuse angle with it.
Stump of basalis present.

Petiole; Length/width 4,0-4.8, length/height
4.7-4.8. Dorsally minutely reticulate-punctate;
transverse lamina distinct, continuous, not
extending posteroventrally to midlength of
petiole; lateral margin not distinctly carinate in
posterior 0,5.

MALE, Differs from female as follows. Length:
body 4.1-4.4 mm; fore wing 2.2-2.4 mm.

Colour: Pale yellow to orange, without red-
brown or black markings,

Pubescence; Setae of head and mesosoma less
conspicuous.

Head: Width/length |.9-2.0. Subocular suture
sometimes indistinct. M/MAE 0.6-0.7. SW/FW
0,3-0.4, UF/LF 2,9-3.2. Antenna: 7-8
segmented, Fl, F2, Clava 1,0-1.4, 0,7-0,9,
1.3-1.5 x as long as wide respectively. F1 0.8-1.2
as long as F2.

Mesosoma: Acetabular carina sometimes
indistinct. Pre-omaular slightly more rugose.
Hind leg: coxa and femur 2.7-2,9 and 1.6-1.9 x as
long as wide respectively. Fore wing: stigmal
veing approximately as long as marginal vein or
slightly shorter.

Petiole: Length/height 4.1-4.8.

REMARKS

One female of §. minera was collected in the
late afternoon as it hovered near a nest of O.
Smaragding on the margin of rainforest. The nest

had been broken artificially, and the alarmed ants
were repairing the damage.

On the label allached to the holotype, the
specific name is written in Girault*’s hand as
“mminerva’. The spelling ‘/inera’ accompanied the
original published description of the species, but
Girault adopted the spelling ‘minerva’ in a 1930
paper and in his later, unpublished manuscript.
Under the International Code of Zoological
Nomenclature, the emendation is unjustified.

Smicromorpha eudela, sp. nov.
(Figs 2, 7, 15, 16, 40-43)
MATERIAL EXAMINED
Hovoy yee; *, Nourlangie Creek, 8 km N of Mt Cahill,

26 October 1972, D.H. Colless, in ANIC (Type No,
7590).

DESCRIPTION
FEMALE, Unknown.

MALE. Length: body approximately 4.) mm;
fore wing approximately 2,2 mm.

Colour: Pale Yellow to orange, without red-
brown or black markings. Femoral teeth pale
orange,

Pubescence: Head and mesosoma with short
setae. Hind femur with short, appressed setae.
Flagellar setae very short, straight, appressed
(Fig. 6).

Head: Width/length approximately 1.9,
Compound eye moderately large, in dorsal view
as in Figure 40. Ocelli moderately large,
POL/OOL approximately 1.3, OD/OOL
approximately 0.7, frons between median ocellus
and scrobes with longitudinal groove. Subocular
suture absent, M/MAE 1.2. Antennal scrobes
deep, margins not carinate, lateral margin widely
separated trom compound eye, SW/FW 0.4-0.5,
UF/LF 1.3-1.4, Vertex minutely reticulate-
punctate; frons striate ro strigose as in Figure 42.
Antenna (Fig. 7); with 9 segmencs. Fl, F2, clava
0.8-0.9, 1.5-1,6, 1.5-1.6 x as long as wide
respectively, Fl 0.3-0.4 x as long as F2. Flagellum
fuliform.

Mesosoma: Pronotal collar laterally not
carinate. Mesoscutellum sculptured as in Fig. 43.
Omaulus, acetabular carina, sternaulus, all
absent (Fig. 41), Upper mesopleuron striate to
very finely rugose-punctate; mesopleural
depression and ventral mesopleuron striate.
Propodeum posteriorly broadly concave;
spiracular sulcus distinct. Hind leg: coxa 2.0 x as
long as wide, Femur approximately 2.3 x as long
as wide, ventral process absent, distally with 3 or
4 sharp teeth but without comb of fine teeth,

NAUMANN: INDO-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE 177

Tibia distally broad, dorsal furrow less than 0.3 x
as long as segment. Apical tarsal segment broad,
0.6 x as wide as long, Fore wing: truncate (Fig,
15). Stigmal vein longer than marginal vein,
reflexed (Fig. 16). Stump of basalis absent,

Petiole: Length/width 4.0, length/height
4.6-4.7. Dorsally longitudinally — strigose:
transverse lamina distinct, extending
posteroventrally to midlength of petiole,
discantinuous midventrally; lateral margin
distinctly carinate in posterior 0.5,

ETYMOLOGY

The specific name is derived from the Greek
and means very distinct.

Smicromorpha lagynos sp. nov,
(Figs 2, 13, 18, 44-47)
MATERIAL EXAMINED

Hotorvee: 7, (5714'S 145°07'E, 7 km N of Hope
Vale Mission, 4 October 1980, J-C. Cardale, in ANIC
(Type No. 7591).

Pararypes: Northerrt Territory: I +4, 12°06°5
133°04'E, Cooper Ck, 19 km E by S of Mt Borradaile,
5-6.vi.1973, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC; 1 #4, 12°35'S
132°52°E, Magela Ck, 2 km WN of Mudinebarry HS,
14-15.4i.1972, J.C. Cardale, in ANIC. Queensland: 2
=, 1 4, 15°29'S 145° 16°E, Mt Cook National Park,
10-12.v.1981, I,.D, Naumann, in ANIC, QM; | %,
Bramston Beach, near Innisfail, 30.iv.1967, D.H.
Colless, open savannah, in ANIC.

DESCRIPTION

FEMALE. Length: Body 4.6-4.9 mm; fore wing
approximately 2.4 mm.

Colour: Predominantly pale yellow to orange.
Mesoscutum and mesoscutellum (as in Fig. 13)
petiole, coxa externally and fernur dorsally and
dorso-externally red-brown to black, Femoral
teeth black. In some specimens, vertex within
ocellar triangle, posterior surface of head and
mesoscutum entirely red-brown to black.

Pubescence: Head, mesosoma, hind femur with
short, appressed setae, Flagellar setae moderately
long, suberect (Fig. 6).

Head: Width/length 1.9-2.0. Compound eye
moderately large (Figs 44, 46), Ocelli moderately
large, POL/OOL 0.8-0,9, OD/OOL 0.6-0,7, OS
greater than OD, frons between median ocellus
and scrobes with distinct longitudinal groove.
Subocular suture continuous, distinct M/MAE
0.4-0,5. Antennal scrobes deep, carinate, lateral
margin widely separated from compound eye,
SW/FW 0.4-0.5, UF/LF 3.3-3.4. Vertex and
upper frons minutely reticulate-punctate, lower
frons and clypeus at least in part transversely
striate. Antenna (Fig. 6): Fl, F2, clava 0.7-1.0,

1.0-].2, 2.1-3.2 «as long as wide respectively. FI
0.4-0.7 x as long as F2. Flagellum fusiform.

Mesosoma: Pronotal collar laterally carinate
(Fig. 47). Omaulus present, acetabular carina
distinct and continuous with omaulus, sternaulus
absent (Fiz. 45), Upper mesopleuron rugose-
punctate, mesopleural depression strigose to
reticulate+ugose, ventral mesopleuran
transverse-strigose, pre-omaular area finely
reticulate-coriaceous. Propodeum posteriorly
convex; spiracular sulcus indistinct. Hind leg:
coxa 3.3-4.2 x as long as high. Femur 1.5-1.7 yas
long as high, with a weak ventral process and
well-developed comb of fine teeth, Tibia slender,
dorsal furrow 0.3-0.5 x as long as segment.
Apical tarsal segment slender, less than 0.5 x as
wide as long. Fore wing: shape normal. Stigmal
vein shorter than marginal vein; angle between
stigmal and marginal veins slightly obtuse. Stump
of basalis present.

Petiole: Length/width 3,2-3,3, length/height
3.2-3.7 (Fig. 18). Dorsally minutely reticulate-
punctate; tranverse lamina indistinct, not
extending posteroventrally to midlength of
petiole; lateral margins not distinctly carinate in
posterior 0,5.

MALE. Differs from female as follows, Length;
body 4.5-4.6 mm; forewing 2.3-2.4 mm.

Colour: Uniformly pale yellow to orange with
at most small, pale brown markings on mid lobe
(near pronotum) and lateral lobe of mesoscutum,
axilla, hind femur basally, petiole and second
metasomal segment ventrally.

Antenna: Fl, F2, clava 0@.8-1.3, 1.0-1,4,
2,0-2.3 x as long as wide respectively. Fl 0.6-0.8
x as long as F2,

Mesosoma: Hind coxa 3.1-3.4 x as long as
high. Hind femur {.5-1].7 x as long as high.

Petiole: Length/width 3.8-4.6, Jength/height
4,5-5,2. Transverse lamina usually distinct.

ETYMOLOGY

The specific name is from the Greek meaning
flask-shaped and refers to the shape of the
petiole.

Smicromorpha banksi sp. nov.
(Figs 2, 19)

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Hororype: =, 15°30'S 145°16'E, 1 km SE of Mr
Cook, Cooktown, 13 October 1980, J.C. Cardale, in
ANIC (Type No. 7592).

PARATYPE: ©, Kar Kar Island, Kurum, New Guinea,
Aug. 1968, N.L.AL. Krauss, 0-100 m, in BPBM.

78 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

DESCRIPTION

FEMALE. Length: body 3.8-4.2 mm; fore wing
2,2-3,3 mm,

Colour: Uniformly pale yellow to orange,
without red-brown or black markings. Femoral
teeth black.

Pubescence: Head, mesosoma, hind femur with
short, depressed setae, Flagellar setae moderately
long, suberect, curved.

Head: Width/lIength |.9-2.0. Compound eye
moderately large. Ocelli moderately large,
POL/OOL 0.8-0.9, OD/OOL 0.6-0.7, OS
greater than OD, trous between median ocellus
and scrobes with distinct longitudinal groove.
Subocular continuous, distinct. M/MAE 0.4-0.5.
Antennal serobes deep, margins carinate, lateral
margin widely separated from compound eye,
SW/FW 0.4-0.5, UF/LF 3.3-3.4. Vertex and
upper frons minutely reticulate-punctate, lower
frons and clypeus transversely striate. Antenna:
F), F2, clava 0.8, 0.7-0.8, 0,8 x as long as wide
respectively. Fl 0.8 x as long as F2. Flagellum
fusiform.

Mesosoma:Pronotal collar laterally carinate.
Omaulus present, acetabular carina distinct and
continuous with omaulus, sternaulus absent.
Upper mesopleuron rugose-punctate,
mesopleural depression strigose to reticulate-
rugose, ventral mesopleuron reticulate-rugose,
pre-omaular area finely reticulate-coriaceous.
Propodeum posteriorly convex, spiracular suleus
indistinct. Hind leg: coxa 4.5-4.6 x as long as
wide, Femur 1.7-1.8 x as long as wide, without
ventral process, with well-developed comb of fine
teeth. Tibia slender, dorsal furrow 0,3-0,5 x as
long as segment, Apical tarsal segment slender,
less than 0.5 x as wide as long. Fore wing; shape
normal, Stigmal vein shorter than marginal vein:
stigmal and marginal veins form a right angle.
Stump ol basalis present-

Petiole: Length/width and length/height 4.5
(Fig. 19). Dorsally minutely reticulate-punctate to
rugose; transverse lamina distinct, continuous,
not extending posteroventrally to midlength of
petiole; lateral margin not distinctly carinate in
posterior 0.5.

MALE, Unknown.

REMARKS

S. banksi is the only species of Smicromerpha
known to occur in both Australia and New
Guinea.

ETYMOLOGY

The species is named for Sir Joseph Banks who
collected near the type locality in 1770.

Snticromorpha keralensis Narendran
(Figs 48-49)

Smicromorpha keralensis Narendran, 1979, p. 908,
MATERIAL EXAMINED

Ho.orypre: ¢, in good condition, on micropin, with
following labels: (i) ‘Holorype’; (ii) “Thenhippalam,
Kerala, INDIA, J.C. Narejidran, 25-7-1977'; (i)
‘Smicromorpha keralensis * det. Narendrian 1978" in
BMNH.
DESCRIPTION

FEMALE, Unknowyst.

MALE. Length: body 4.3 mm; fore wing 2.4
mm.

Colour. Upper face, vertex, gena, posterior
surface of head, U-shaped macula on mid lobe of
mesoscutum, mid lobe of mesoscutellum except
posteromedially, macula on upper Mesopleuron,
most of propodeum, apical 1-3 segments of fore
and mid tarsi, most of hind femur, all of hind
tibia and tarsus, parts of metasoma, all pale
yellow to orange, Basal 2-4 segments of fore and
mid tarsi, hiod femur dorsally and dorso-
externally (a5 in Narendran, 1979, fig. 5) red-
brown. Lower face, clypeus, labrum, mandible,
antenna, most ol mesosoma, legs (except tarsi,
hind femur, and hind tibia), anterior 0.3 of
petiole, all black.

Pubescence; Head, mesosoma, hind femur with
short, dense, appressed setae. Flagellar setae
moderately long, suberect, curved.

Head: Width/length approximately 1,9,
Compound eye moderately large. Ocelli
moderately large, POL/OOL 1.0, OD/OOL

0.8-0.9. OS equal to OD, frons between median
ocellus and scrobes convex. Subocular suture
continuous, distinct, M/MAE 0.6, Antennal
scrobes deep, margins carinate, widely separated
from compound eye, SW/FW 0.4. Vertex of
upper frons reticulate-punctate, lower frons in
part and elypeus transverse-striate. Antenna:
9-segmented, Fl, F2, clava 1.2, 1.5, 2.0 x as long
as wide respectively. F) 0.6-0.7 x as long as F2,
Flagellum sub-fusiform.

Mesosoma: Pronotal collar angulate, laterally
weakly emarginate, Mesoscutum, mesoscutellum
sculptured as in Figure 48. OQmaulus present,
acetabular carina distinet and continuous with
omaulus, sternaulus present (Fig. 49). Upper
mesopleuron rugose-punctate, mesopleural
depression strigose to reticulate-rugose, ventral
mesopleuron reticulate-rugose, pre-ormaular area
finely reticulate-coriaceous. Propodeum
posteriorly convex with weak, median groove in
posterior 0.5; spiracular sulcus indistinct. Hind

NAUMANN: INDO-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE 179

leg: coxa 3,3-3.4 x as long as wide. Femur 2.3-2.4
x as long as wide, with weak ventral process and
well-developed comb of fine teeth. Tibia slender,
dorsal furrow 0.3-0,5 x as long as segment.
Apical tarsal segment slender, less than 0,5 x as
wide as long. Fore wing: shape normal, Stigmal
vein shorter than marginal vein, perpendicular to
it. Stump of basalis present.

Petiole: Length/width and length/height
approximately 4.4. Dorsally minutely reticulate-
punctate; transverse lamina distinct, continuous,
not extending posteromedially to mid length of
petiole; lateral margin not distinctly carinate in
posterior 0.5.

REMARKS

Figure 2 of Narendran (1979) incorrectly shows
the compound eye as contiguous with the oral
fossa. The mesonotum ig more extensively black
than indicated by Narendran’s Figure 4.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank the curators listed above for the loan of
material, Dr Z. Bouéek (Commonwealth Institute
of Entomology, London) for information on
non-Australian taxa, and the following colleagues
of CSIRO Canberra: Mrs E.M. Lockie for
scanning-electron micrographs; Miss J.C,
Cardale for bibliographic assistance; Dr R.W.
Taylor for distribution records for O,
smaragdina; and Drs R.W. Taylor and M. Carver

for comments on drafts of this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Bouart, R,, and Menks, A.S., 1976. ‘Sphecid wasps of
the world,’ (University of California Press:
Berkeley.)

Bouctk, Z., 1974. A revision of the Leucospidae
(Hymenoptera : Chalcidoidea) of the world. Bull.
Br. Mus, (Nat. Hist.) Entomel, Suppl, 23: 1-241.

1978. A study of the non-podagrionine Torymidae
with enlarged hind femora, with a key to the
African genera (Hymenoptera), J. Eni. Soc, Sth,
Afr. 41; 91-134.

Burks, B.D., 1940. Revision of the chalcid flies of the

tribe Chalcidini in America north of Mexico. Proc,
U.S. natin. Mus, 88; 237-354.

BuRNHAM, L,, 1979. Survey of social insects in the fossil
record. Psyche, Camb. 85: 85-133.

Cop-_anp, M.J.W., and Kina, P.E., 1972. The structure
of the female reproductive system in the Torymidae
(Hymenoptera : Chalcidoidea) Trans, R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 124; 191-212,

Dans, E,C,, 1984. A checklist of the types of
Australian Hymenoptera described by Alexandre
Arsene Girault: IU. Chalcidoidea F-M_ with
advisory notes. Mem, Od Mus. 21: 579-842,

De Santis, L., 1961. Las publicaceones eniomologicas
prividas de Arsene A. Girault, Revra. Mus. La
Plata (N.S.) Zoologia 7: 123-72.

Eapy, R.D., 1968, Some illustrations of microsculpture
in the Hymenoplera. Proc. R. ent. Sac. Lond. A.
43; 66-72,

Ganan, A.B., and Facan, M.M., 1923. The type
species of the genera of Chalcidoidea of chaleid-
flies. Bull. U.S. natn. Mus, 124; 1-173.

GauLp, 1.D., and Hupoveston, T., 1976. The
nocturnal Ichnecumonoidea of the British Isles,
including a key to genera. Enfomologists Gazette
27: 35-49,

Girautt, A.A., 1913. Some chalcidoid Hymenoptera
from North Queensland. Arch. Naturgesch. 79:
70-90.

1914. A new species of ithe remarkable
hymenopterous genus Srnicremorpha with
correction of the generic description. Ent, News 25:
461-2,

1915. Australian Hymenoptera Chalcidoidea. —
XIV, Mem. Od Mus, 4: 314-65.

1926. Notes and descriptions of Australian chalcid-
flies — 1V. Insecutor Inscit. menstr. 14: 58-73.

1930. New pests from Australia, VIII. (Privately
published: Brisbane.)

NARENDRAN, T.C., 1979. A new Species and a new
record of the interesting genus Smucromerpha
Girault (Hymenoptera : Chalcididae) from Oriental
region. J. Bombay nat. Hisi, Soc, 75: 908-11.

STEFFAN, J.R., 1957. Morphologie du peuiole abdominal
des Chalcididae (Hymenoptera). Bull. Mus. natn.
Hist, nat., Paris (2 Ser.) 29: 315-22,

Witson, £,O., and TayLor, R.W., 1964. A fossil ant
colony: new evidence of social antiquity. Psyche,
Camb, 71; 93-103.

180 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

1
|
Smicromorpha
i)
i
'
t

| @ doddi

; A minera

1 Ld eudela ! Oecophylla

id lagynos

| Ml banksi

!

: i
Potent ris —adatcmly

Le bicktassbulindabtctscpsheols

Fic. 2. Distribution of Smicromorpha spp. and Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius) in Australia.

NAUMANN: INDO-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE 181

Fic. 3-10. Smicromorpha spp., 3, 8, 9, 10, S. doddi Girault, female; 4, 5, S. doddi, male; 6, S. lagynos sp. nov.,
paratype male; 7, S. eudela, sp. nov., holotype male; 3-7, antennae (apex of scape only shown in 4, 6, 7, apex of
pedicel only shown in 5); 8, mandibles, frontal view; 9, head, frontal view; 10, hind tibial groove, dorsal view.
Scale lines = 0.5 mm for 6, 8 and 10; = 0.1 mm for 7 and 9; 3-6 to same scale.

182 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

17

Fic. 11-19. Smicromorpha spp. 11, 12, 8. doddi Girault, female, Lockerbie; 13, S. /agynos, sp. nov., paratype
female; 14, S. minera Girault, holotype female; 15, 16, S. eudela, sp. nov., holotype male; 17, S. doddi, female;
18, S. Jagynos, holotype female; 19, S. banksi, sp. nov., holotype female; 11, 12, 13, 14, colour patterns of dorsal
mesosoma; 15, 16, 17, fore wing venation; 18, 19, lateral view of petiole. Scale lines = 0.5 mm for 11-17, =0.1

mm for 18, 19.

NAUMANN: INDO-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE 183

Fic. 20-27. Smicromorpha doddi Girault. 20, lateral view, male metasoma, petiole (= T1 + S1) omitted; 21, lateral
view, female metasoma; 22, lateral view, anterior articulation of petiole; 23, anterior view, petiolar foramen of
propodeum; 24, lateral view, petiole; 25, ventral view, male genitalia; 26, dorsolateral view, posterior extremity of
female metasoma; 27, lateral view, anterior ovipositor sclerites (ovipositor retracted). See text for explanation of
abbreviations.

184 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fic, 28-33. Smicromorpha doddi Girault 28-31, 33, female; 32, male. 28, dorsal view, head and mesosoma; 29,
lateral view, head and mesosoma; 30, posterodorsal view, head, mesosoma and petiole; 31, ventrolateral view,
mesothorax; 32 dorsal view, head; 33, lateral view, hind leg. Scale line = 0.2 mm. See text for explanation of
abbreviations.

NAUMANN: INDO-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE 185

ae ant

: A p=
ee -
, Bo I ee

Fic, 34-39. Smicromorpha minera Girault, female. 34, dorsal view, head and mesosoma; 35, dorsal view, hind leg;
36, dorsal view, head; 37, lateral view, hind leg; 38, frontal view, head; 39, detail, mesoscutal microsculpture.
Scale line = 0.2 mm for 34-38, = 0.1 mm for 39. See text for explanation of abbreviations.

186 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fic. 40-43. Smicromorpha eudela, sp. nov., holotype male. 40, dorsal view, head and mesosoma; 41, lateral view,
head and mesosoma; 42, frontal view, head; 43, detail, mesoscutal microsculpture. Scale line = 0.2 mm for
40-42, = 0.1 mm for 43.

NAUMANN: INDO-AUSTRALIAN SMICROMORPHINAE 187

Fic. 44-49. Smicromorpha spp. 44-47, S. lagynos, sp. nov., paratype female; 48, 49, S. keralensis Narendran,
holotype male. 44, dorsal view, head and mesosoma; 45, ventrolateral view, mesothorax; 46, dorsal view, head;
47, lateral view, head and mesosoma; 48, dorsal view, head and mesosoma; 49, ventrolateral view, mesothorax.
Scale line = 0.2 mm.

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem, Qd Mus. 22(2): 189—195, [1986]

A NEW FLIGHTLESS MONTANE SPECIES OF LACHNOPHOROIDES DISTANT
(HETEROPTERA : LYGAEIDAE) FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND

T.E. Woopwarpt
Honorary Associate, Queensland Museum

ABSTRACT

Lachnopharoides frerei sp. nov., a brachypterous, flightless species from high altitudes on
Mt Bartle Frere, North Queensland, is described and compared with its macropterous sister-
species, L.. thompsoni Woodward, A pair of fossae on the fourth abdominal sternum of the
male of both species appears not to have been recorded from any other genus of Lygaeidae
The third and fourth nymphal instars of L. /rerei are described, Additional morphological and
distributional data are given for L, fhompsoni -

INTRODUCTION

Lachnophoroides Distant (Rhyparochrominae
: Targaremini) has 3 species described from New
Caledonia and 1 species from Queensland, all
known only in the miacropterous form
(Woodward 1977). Dr G.B. Monteith organised
and led collecting expeditions by an Earthwatch
team and staff of the Queensland Museum, on
Bellenden Ker Range. north Queensland, and
nearby areas, Among many other species of
lygaeids, mostly new records for this region, are 4
flightless, brachypterous specimens of
Lachnophoroides from altitudes of 1440-1620 m
on Mt Bartle Frere. In most external features,
except those commonly associated with
brachyptery, these specimens are very similar to
the eastern Queensland species, L. thompsoni
Woodward. Their dissection, however, reveals
several differences in genitaha and other
abdominal structures. They are thus considered to
represent a new species, described below, and to
be the sister group of L. rhompsoni, adapted to
wet, high altitude conditions. Specimens of L.
thompsoni were also collected by this expedition
in the Bellenden Ker region but at much lower
altitudes,

‘Pyrethrum knockdown’ refers to collections
made after spraying with a pyrethrum extract and
Dr Monteith informs me that on the summit of
Mt Bartle Frere it applies to knockdown from
logs or tree trunks,

+ Tom Woodward died on 22 November 1985.

Abbreviations: QM = Queensland Museum,
Brisbane; UQ = University of Queensland Insect
Collection, Brisbane.

In the following accounts all measurements are
in millimetres.

Lachnophoroides thompsoni Woodward
(Figs 4, 8; Plate 1, Fig. 1)

Lachnophoroides thampsoni Woodward, 1977, p, 64.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

[Additional to that listed by Woodward (1977)]

Queensland: | &, Herberton, 17,vi.1971, coll. G.B
Monteith (UQ); | 1, 2 ©, Russell R. at Bellenden Ker
Landing, 5 m, 1-9.xi.1981, Earthwatch/Qid Mus,
(QM); 1 *, same data, Q.M. Berlesate No. 361, 17°16S8,
145°57E, palm swamp, moss on tree trunks (QM); 1 7,
Bellenden Ker Range, Cableway Base Stn, 100 m,
17,x.-9.xi.1981, Earthwatch/OQld Museum, ‘pyrethrum
knockdown’ (QM); | ©, Bellenden Ker Range, | km S.
of Cable Tower 6, 17,x.-5.xi1981, 500 m,
Earthwatch/Qld Museum: | *, same data plus
“*pyrethrum knockdown’ (QM); 1 7, Emerald Ck, Lamb
Range. 11.x.1982, 950 m, coll. G. Monteith, D. Yeates,
G. Thompson, pyrethrum knockdown, RF [rainforest]
(QM).
VARIATION

One 7 and 1 © from the Bellenden Ker region
are a little longer than any specimens previously
examined (total body length 4.0). However, all
other measurements fall within the ranges noted
by Woodward (1977). The female from Lamb
Range has the right antenna oligomerous; length
of segments | 0.44, [1 0.79, I) 0.79.

190 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

DISTRIBUTION

This species is now known from coastal
southeast Queensland and from northeast
Queensland from near sea level to 950 m altitude,

Lachnophoroides frerel sp. nov.
(Figs. 1-3, 5-7, 9, 10; Plate 1, Fig. 2)
MATEekiAt. EXAMINED

HoLoryre’, T8883, 1 PARATYPE’, T8884, Mt Bartle
Frere, South Peak Summit, 1620 m, 6-8.xi.1981,
Earthwatch/Qld Museum, pyrethruny knockdown
(QM); | PAaaryee?, T8886, I 3rd instar, 2 4h instar
nymphs, Mr Bartle Prere, summit creek, 24.ix. 1981,
coll. G. Monteith and D, Cook, OM Beylesate No, 304,
rainforest, 1500 m, sieved litter (QM); 1 PARATYPE’,
TRS, Mt Bartle Frere, NW Peak, 1440 m, pyrethrum
on mossy rocks, 24.ix.1981, coll. G. Monteith (QM).
DESCRIPTION

Measurements of holotype given first.

COLORATION; Head reddish brown, ventrally
between eyes red, anteclypeus and paraclypei
yellowish to reddish brown, Eyes dark reddish
brown. Antennal segments I-III yellowish to
reddish brown, IV more or less fuscous brown.
Labial segments yellowish brown, [VY brownish
black except at apex, Pronotum with anterior
lobe yellowish brown or orange-brown with a thin
dark median stripe; posterior lobe marked with
yellowish brown and dark brown; anterlor collar-
like area and lateral carinae, at least anteriorly,
yellow, former reddish ‘brown — laterally;
punctures, extreme lateral margins of carinae,
and a small lateral patch before posterolateral
angles, dark brown, Seutellum reddish brown
with a dark median area posteriorly; apex and
posterior part of lateral margins creamish yellow.
Corium brown with off-white streaks and
patches; apical margin mostly black. Punciures of
scutellum and corium dark brown. Membrane
brown with two or three pale streaks.
Ventrolateral surface of thorax blackish brown;
dorsal margin, supracoxal areas, anterior part of
prothorax and metapleural evaporative area
lighter brown; scent-gland peritreme dark brown.
Legs yellowish brown; coxae reddish brown,
Abdomen with ventral surface reddish brown,
dorsal surface red or reddish brown.

Body length 3.7 (¢ 3.7, = 3.9); maximum width
1,45 (41,45, = 1.76).

Heap: Structure similar to that of JL.
thompsoni, except ocelli vestigial and eyes
relatively smaller than interocular space 3.5-3.6 %
eye width in ¢,3.8-3.9 xin = (4, = 2.3-3.0xin L.
thonipsont). Width across eyes 0.8] (4 0,82, 5
0,82-0.87);. interocular space 0,52 (7 0,52, 2
0.54-0.$7); length 0.71. Length antennal

segments 1 0.46 (0.46), Il 0.71 (* 0.65, =
0.68-0.71), LIT 0.56 (2 0.54, = 0.56), [¥ 0.57 (4
0.56, ¢ 0.56-0.59). Length labial segments I 0,63
(¢ 0,62, © 0.62-0,63), I] 0,63 (“4 0.62, ©
0,62-0.63), 111 0,38 (2 0.37, 9 0.40), TV 0.35 (7
0.33, 20.34).

THORAX: Pronotum similar to that of ZL,
thompsoni, except lateral carinae narrower, only
2/3 maximum width of antennal segment [, and
posterior lobe relatively shorter, with median
length about 1/3 that of anterior lobe excluding
anterior collar in #, about 1/2 in © (in L.
thempsoni about 2 in +, about 2/3 in 2),
Median Iength of pronotum 0.97 (¢ 0.97,
(0),89-0.94); posterior width 1.35 (7 1.35, ©
(,35-1.51). Scutellum: length 0.83 (% 0.79,
°0,86-0,89); anterior width 0.71 (4 0.71, |
0.71-0.76). Hemelytron coleopterold (sertsu
Slater 1975, p. 53), differing from that of L,
thompsoni as follows: clavus completely fused
with corium, with no trace of claval suture; in
claval area, punctures of each of second and third
rows and of basal hal! of first row (nearest
scutellum) mostly not contiguous, but abour 1-3
puncture-widths apart, only 13-17 punctures in
third row; distance between apex of scutellum to
apex of anal margin of corium 0,62 (2 0,59;
0,.65-0.71), much longer than claval commissure
ol L, thompsoni; membranes reduced to opaque,
almost semicircular areas, very — slightly
overlapping, reaching to about anterior margin of
abdominal tergum VI in mid-line and posterior
quarter of this tergum distally. Hind wings
reduced to small triangular flaps not extending
beyond metanotum (fully developed in JL,
thompsoni). Ventral surface of thorax and
spination of fore femur as in L. thompsani.
Ventral surface of fore tibia of with numerous
denticles throughout length, larger than in L,
thompson.

ABDOMEN: Submedian trichobothria and
trichobothrial areas of sterna IIl and TV much
reduced and inconspicuous compared with those
of L. thompsoni, on sternum LT arranged in 2
triangular series, oft sternum [V in 2 transverse
linear series (all triangularly arranged in L.
thompsoni (Plate 1, Fig. 1)), As in L. thompsoni,
spiracle of sternum IV situated very close to
dorsolateral margin, and middle trichobothrium
of sterna V closer to posterior than to anterior
trichobothrium. MALE: Sternum IV, behind the 2
trichobothrial arcas, with a pair of ovoid fossae
cach with a tuft of setae and with anterior margin
raised into a thickened black rim (Plate |, Fig. 2)
(similar fossae present in * of L, rhompsoni but

WOODWARD: NEW LACHNOPHOROIDES 19}

Fics 1, 2: Lachnophoroides frerei, dorsal aspect. 1, paratype male; 2, nymph, 4th instar.

anterior rim much less developed (Plate 1, Fig. 1);
sterna VY, VI and VII on each side with an
extensive area of fine pores, less numerous and
less close-set than in ZL. thompsoni. Median
apodeme from anterior margin of sternum 7 (Fig.
3) much wider than in LZ. thompsoni (Fig. 4).
Parameres (Fig. 5) with smaller process more
broadly rounded and larger than in L. thompsoni
(Woodward 1977, Fig. 4). Aedeagus (Fig. 6)
resembling that of L. thompsoni in having wings
of ejaculatory reservoir large, curved, with bases
set close together (Fig. 7); helicoid process with 2
coils; gonoporal process distal to helicoid process
not enclosed in a prominent inflatable lobe, with
2 turns, distal end widened, then tapered to a fine,
acute termination; differing from that of L.
thompsoni (Fig. 8) in distal portion of gonoporal
process being larger and broader. FEMALE:
Paired setose fossae of sternum IV and pore areas
of sterna V-VII lacking (absent also in © of L.

thompsoni). Genitalia similar to those of L.
thompsoni: spermatheca (Fig. 9) with short,
narrow proimal and long, wide distal divisions of
duct, latter with 2 loops, and with a well
developed spherical bulb; ovipositor:
gonapophysis I with ramus extending to about
distal 1/5; apex of gonapophysis II narrowly
rounded and slightly curved, with 2 long distal
setae (Fig. 10).

COMMENTS
The female from South Peak Summit is
somewhat teneral, with rather crumpled

hemelytral membranes and a paler body, the
pronotum having the anterior collar, lateral
carinae and posterior lobe mostly creamish white,
the scutellum being extensively white, the corium
mostly off-white with a few light brown streaks,
and the abdomen ventrally mostly yellowish
brown and dorsally streaked with red and yellow.

192 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

0:20 wim

4 G P ——_

0-40 4M

“it OS-0

vi

\o

4
i
. 7

0:20 mm

Fics 3-10: Lachnophoroides spp. 3, 4, median apodeme from anterior margin of abdominal sternum 7 of male: 3,
L. frerei, holotype; 4, L. thompsoni, paratype. 5-7, male genitalia, L. frerei, holotype: 5, right paramere, dorsal
aspect; 6, ejaculatory reservoir and vesica of aedeagus, lateral aspect; 7, ejaculatory reservoir, dorsal aspect. 8,
distal end of gonoporal process of L. thompsoni, paratype. 9, 10, female genitalia of L. frerei, paratype: 9,
spermatheca; 10, gonapophysis If. B, body; GP, gonoporal process; HP, helicoid process; W, wing.

WOODWARD: NEW LACHNOPHOROIDES 195

DISCUSSION

As noted above, L. /rerei is considered to be the
montane sister species of L. thampseni. The
specific differences, apart from those commonly
associated with degree of wing development (size
of the eyes and ocelli, slight differences in the
structure of the pronotum, and possibly the
different punctation of the clavus), are those of
colour and the differences in abdominal
structures already described.

G.B. Monteith (pers. comm.) has pointed out
that it is significant that L. frerei was not taken on
Mt, Bellenden Ker, a larger massif than Bartle
Frere, of comparable height (1560 m) and only 10
km distant, despite much more intensive sampling
there by the Barthwatch party than on Bartle
Frere. He also drew attention to the paper by
Covacevich (1984) describing the — lizard
Leiolopisma jigurru, also restricted to Bartle
Frere, and discussing the distribution of this and
other animal taxa.

The setiferous fossae of sternum IV of the
male, so far as the author is aware, baye not been
recorded in any other genus of Lygueidae, The
abdomen of the male paratype of L. frerei was
immersed overnight in cold 10% KOH solution.
Upon separation of the sternal region, two bulky,
subglobular and contiguous tissue masses became
apparent, each overlying and closely attached to
the internal wall of each fossa and about 0.32 mm
in diameter. These appear to be a pair of
compound glands, evidently ectodermal! since
their intima, although thin, remained intact after
KOH treatment and because, scattered near the
surface of each mass, were small black capsules,
apparently the sclerotised and heavily pigmented
theeae of the component glands. Similar
structures occur in males of L. rhonipsant, Thelr
restricion to males suggests the secretion of a sex
pheromone, dispersed by the long setae of the
fossac; this possibility is to be tested,

NYMPHS OF L. FRERET

Nymphs of dis species resemble those of L.
thompsont in the characters given by Woodward
(1977, p.66) distinguishing the latter from
nymphs of other Australian Targaremini, except
for two features linked with adult brachyptery:
the greater interocular space : eye width ratio and
the very reduced eyes of the third instar specimen
being remote from the pronotum- Those of the 2
fourth instar specimens reach or nearly reach the
pronotum, as in L. /hompsoni.

Other similarities between the nymphs of the
two species are the red eyes and the brown
thoracic pleura and abdominal scent gland areas.

Nymphs of L. jrerei are readily distinguished
from those of £. thomtpsoni by the much more
Variegated colour pattern of the head and thorax,
the smaller eyes, the shorter antennal segment |
and the proportionally shorter pronotum.

THIRD INSTAR

Body length 2.1; abdominal width 1.0.

COLORATION: Dorsal surface of head and
thorax Vanegated in yellow and brown. Head
with epicranial suture, paraclypei, anteclypeus,
and most of median part ol crown anterior to
epicranial suiure yellow; the following brown:
junctions of anteclypeus and paraclypei (very
narrow suture lines anteriorly, broader bands
posteriorly), 2 longitudinal bands on crown
between epicranial suture and = anteclypeus
forming an irregular inverted Y with short
anterior stem, lateral margins of paraclypei, and
vertex behind arms of epicranial suture, Ventral
surface of head brown; ventral ecdysial lines and
base in middle yellow; red anteromedially.
Antennifers brown with red tinges: antennae
brown. Labial segments I-IIL yellowish brown;
IV brown. Thorax above with yellow median
ecdysial line bordered by 2 irregular longitudinal
brown bands, Pronotum with 6 irregular yellow
patches: 2 anterior submedian and 4 smaller
posterior, 2 submedian, 2 sublateral; Jateral
carinae yellowish brown; remainder brown.
Mesonotum with the following yellow: median
ecdysial line (wider than On pronotum), 2 small
submedian spots near anterior 1/3, more laterally
2 broad oblique bands in posterior 2/3, and 2
irregular sublateral bands; lateral carinae
yellowish brown; remainder brown. Metanotum
yellowish brown with reddish tinges, especially
posteriorly and on Jateral carinae; most of
anterior margin and inner and outer margins of
carinae brown. Thoracic pleura brown, brownish
red posteriorly; ventral surface of thorax yellow.
Legs brown, with distal ends of femora, proximal
and distal ends of tibiae, and basitarsi, except at
extreme proxinial end, pale yellow. Abdominal
terga I-I11 mostly brawn, with small yellow spots
and a yellow band along posterior margin of IIT
on each side of first scent gland area; tergum 1V
yellow with broken transverse brown band;
tergum V similar to 1V in median 1/2, lateral
parts mainly brown; VF and VII, behind third
scent gland area, narrowly yellow with a
transverse brown band, laterally brown with

194 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

obscure yellow markings; VIII yellow in middle,
brown laterally, [X yellow; proctiger ringed with
dark brown: Y-suture and intertergal sutures red.
Venter of abdomen reddish brown, with a small
brown median sclerite on each segment.

HEAD: Length 0.52; width across eye 0.56;
interocular space 0.36; eyes remote from
anterolateral pronotal angles (eye length 0.13,
postocular length 0.08). Length of antennal
segments 1 0.17, Il 0.30, Il 0.25, IV 0.35;
segment ] with only about distal 1/4 surpassing
apex of head. Frontal sutures gradually curved.
Length of labial segment I 0.35, IJ 0.32, 11 0.25,
IV 0.27; I reaching to behind level of posterior
margins of eyes.

THORAX: Pronotum: median length 0.33;
posterior width 0.79. Mesonoturn: median length
0.24; posterior margin nearly straight; wing pads
not developed.

ABDOMEN: Anterior scent gland area wider
than second and third, these subequal in width.

FOURTH INSTAR (Fig, 2)

Body length 2.4; abdominal width 1.2.

COLORATION: Similar to that of third except:
head with a discrete brown bar near anteromesial
border of each eye; antennal segment II paler at
distal end; pro- and mesonotal carinae mostly
yellow, former brown anteriorly and near inner
margin, latter extensively so posteriorly and
diffusely so anteriorly; wing buds mottled with
brown and yellow; visible part of metanotum
brown except for pale ecdysial line and an off-
yellow spot on each side of it.

HEAD: Length 0.52; width across eyes 0.52;
0.56; interocular space 0.40; eyes touching or
close to anterolateral pronotal angles; eye length
0.16; length of antennal segments I 0.24, 11 0.41,
III 0.38, 1V 0.56; segment I with about distal 1/3
surpassing apex of head. Frontal sutures angled
well before reaching eyes. Length of labial
segments I 0.41, IT 0.37, 1H 0.33, IV 0.29; I
reaching to about level of posterior margins of

eyes.

THORAX: Pronotum: median length 0.43;
posterior width 0.90, 0.97. Mesonotum: median
length 0.25, 0,30; posterior margin between wings
pads slightly convex; wing pads reaching
posterior margin of mesonotum, length 0.44,
0.51,

ABDOMEN: Scent gland areas similar in relative
width to those of third instar.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am indebted to Dr G.B. Monteith and the
authorities of the Queensland Museum for the
loan of material. This research was funded in part
by a University of Queensland Research Grant,
For facilities provided since my retirement | thank
Dr E.M. Exley, Head, Department of
Entomology, and the authorities of the University
of Queensland. Part of the field work on which
this research is based was funded by
BEARTHWATCH and the Center for Field
Research of Belmont, Massachusetts, U.S.A. I
also thank Mr G. Thompson for making the two
dorsal illustrations and for inking the line
drawings, Mr J.V. Hardy, Electron Microscope
Centre, UQ, for the scanning electron
micrographs, and Mrs R. Crombie for typing the
manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Coyacevic, J., 1984, A biogeographically significant
new species of Leio/opisma (Scincidae) from north
eastern Queensland. Mem. Od Mus, 21 (2): 401-11,

SLATER, J.A., 1975. On the biology and zoogeography
of Australian Lygaeidae (Hemiptera ; Heteroptera)
with special reference to the southwest fauna, J,
Aust. ent. Soc, 14: 47-64.

Woopwapzo, T.E., 1977. The occurrence in Australia of
Luchnophoroides Distant (Heteroptera : Lygaei-
dae) with descriptions of two new species, J, Aust.
ent. Soc. 16: 63-71.

PLATE 1

Fia. 1:

Lachnophoroides thampsont, paratype male. A, external

ventrolateral aspect of abdomen, anterior margin at bottom of figure;
rectangle includes right irichobothrial area of sternum 3 and right
trichobothrial area and right setose fossa of sternum 4. B, enlarged

view of rectangle.

Pid, 2: Lechnophoroides frerei, paratype male: one of the pair of
selose fossue of abdominal sternum 4.

WOODWARD: NEW LACHNOPHOROIDES

195

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Qd Mus. 22(2): 197—203. [1986]

A NEW FLIGHTLESS SPECIES OF AULACOPRIS WHITE FROM NORTH
QUEENSLAND (COLEOPTERA : SCARABAEIDAE : SCARABAEINAE)

R.I. STOREY
Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba, Queensland

ABSTRACT

Aulacopris matthewsi sp. nov. is described from mountains behind Cape Tribulation in
northern Queensland. Its nearest relatives are in southeastern Queensland. The species is the
smallest in the genus and is flightless. Individuals engaged in ball making and ball rolling

activities in the laboratory.

INTRODUCTION

The genus Aulacopris White includes the
largest Australian Scarabaeinae. Matthews (1974)
recognized two species, the type species reichei
White and a new species, maximus. Both species
are winged and known from coastal areas of
southeastern Australia — reichei from Casuarina
coastal forest on sandy soil from Sydney south to
Mallacoota in north eastern Victoria, and
maximus in montane localities from Barrington
Tops in central New South Wales north to
Eumundi in southern Queensland (Matthews
1974), with reichei being taken recently near
Warburton in southern Victoria (T. Weir, pers.
comm.). This paper describes a third, much
smaller, flightless species from northern
Queensland, about 1350 km north of the previous
northern record for the genus.

QM = Queensland Museum.

Aulacopris White
Aulacopris White 1859, Proc. zool. soc. Lond. p.118.
Type species: Au/acopris reichei White, 1859.

Aulacopris matthewsi sp. nov.
(Figs. 1-3).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

HoLotyPeE: QM T8720 ¢, 3.5 km W of Cape
Tribulation, 680 m (site 7), NE Qld., i. 1983, G.B.
Monteith.

ALLOTYPE: QM T8721 %. Same data as holotype.

PARATYPES (42): Same data as holotype, (15 ¢7, 19
29); same locality 23.ix.-7.x.1982, Monteith, Yeates
and Thompson, (2 ¢¢, 2 ?%); same _ locality
20-23.iv.1983, G.B. Monteith and D.K. Yeates, (2 ?).
3.0 km W of Cape Tribulation, 500 m (site 6),

5-9.1.1983, G.B. Monteith, (1 4), 4.0 km W of Cape
Tribulation, 720 m (site 8), 5-9.i.1983, G.B. Monteith,
(1 4).

(Paratypes in Queensland Museum, ANIC Canberra,
British Museum (Natural History) London, South
Australian Museum, Queensland DPI, Colls. R.1.
Storey, Mareeba; H.F. Howden, Ottawa; A. Walford-
Huggins, Julatten; P. Allsopp, Toowoomba; G.
Williams, Taree).

DESCRIPTION
Total length 7.9-11.2 mm, colour uniformly
piceous, surface sericeous except where noted.

MALE

Head: Clypeal teeth short, acute, broadly
emarginate between, rest of margin feebly convex
to genal angles which are quadrate, apices
rounded. Surface covered with large, indistinct,
shallow, ocellate punctures, regularly spaced,
separated by 1 diameter or less, each with a short
recurved seta. Small nitid area in front of clypeal
teeth with simple punctures. Dorsal portion of
eyes about 10 facet rows wide, separated by about
10 eye widths.

Pronotum: Anterior angles quadrate, apices
rounded, posterior margin in major male with a
long narrow, almost parallel sided process, the tip
of which is bifurcate, reduced to a slight point in
minor males, posterior and laternal margins
feebly serrate. Lateral margins flattened, disk
strongly convex, anteriorly humped, the hump
with a strong elongate central tumescence,
flanked by a pair of rounded, slightly anterior
tumescences in major male, the central one very
nitid, impunctate, the lateral ones nitid, punctate,
a shallow, lanceolate depression in front of
process on posterior margin. Surface of disk with

198

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

a) paratype male (b) paratype female.

Aulacopris matthewsi sp. nov. (

|

i,

Fic

STOREY: NEW AULACOPRIS 199

ocellate punctures scattered irregularly over
surface, separated by 1-4 diameters, each
puncture with a short recurved seta.

Elytra: Surface convex, uneven, raised near
bases of 3rd, Sth and 7th intervals, shallow
depressions at bases of Ist and 5th intervals.
Pseudepipleura outside 7th stria carinate, reduced
to about 1/4 the length of the elytra, a slight
swelling near apex of 5th and 6th intervals. Striae
fine, superficial, numbers 6-9 largely effaced
though sections distinct. Odd numbered intervals
with a few small tubercles, the apices of which are
nitid, all intervals with groups of fine punctures,
each with a short recurved seta.

Hind wings: Reduced to 2/3 length of elytra.

Sterna: Mesosternum about 4 times as wide as
long, with scattered indistinct, ocellate punctures
with short setae. Metasternum of major male with
prominent fossa, starting at the mesometasternal
suture, directed dorsally and backwards for about
half the length of the metasternum and a quarter
of the way through the beetle. The posterior edge
of this pit is pulled up and curled back to form a
prominent protuberance with a truncate and
feebly bifurcate apex. Pit and protuberance
reduced to a shallow nitid depression and low
tubercle in minor males. Rest of surface of
metasternum with scattered indistinct ocellate
punctures and recurved setae.

Legs: Fore femur broad, width about 1/2
length at maximum, anterior margin bluntly
serrate with a strong broad tooth about 2/3 of
distance to tibia, fore tibia narrow and curved
inwards for last 1/3, outer margin with 2 strong
teeth near apex, plus a much smaller more
posterior one, distal edge with a sharp downward
facing tooth, inner margin bluntly serrate, with a
triangular tooth 1/3 of distance from base and a
sharp tooth at apex, apex nitid, fore spur long,
narrow, pointed, about length of short tarsi. Mid
tibia narrowed with inner apex slightly flattened,
rounded, nitid. Hind tibia long, narrow, curved
inward in apical 1/3, inner apex lengthened,
flattened, nitid. Mid and hind tarsal segments
widened towards apex, Ist segment longer than
2nd, 3rd or 4th, almost length of Sth.

Abdomen: Pygidium slightly convex, with
ocellate punctures and recurved setae. Ventrites
compressed, 6th being almost as wide in middle as
first 5 combined, with ocellate punctures and
recurved setae on basal edge of each ventrite, over
most of surface of 6th. Aedeagus with parameres
asymmetrical, as in Fig. 3.

FEMALE

Clypeal teeth closer together, more prominent,
punctures more distinct. Hind edge of pronotum

not produced into a parallel sided process,
anterior hump indistinct, lateral tumescences of
pronotal disk effaced though feebly nitid.
Metasternum flat, unsculptured with numerous
ocellate punctures with short setae, anterior
central section nitid with fine puncutres and setae.
Tooth on for femur longer and narrower, fore
tibia straight, apical 2/3 wide, parallel sided,
basal 1/3 of inner margin concave, bluntly serrate
with a short wide blunt tooth just before base,
inner apical tooth and downward facing tooth
absent, teeth on outer margin slightly more
prominent. Mid and hind tibiae without inner
apices modified, mid tibia slightly wider and hind
tibia less curved than in male. Abdomen not as
compressed. Otherwise as in male.

COMMENTS

This unusual species is known only from the
type locality, an eastern ridge of Mt. Sorrow,
behind Cape Tribulation, about 100 km north of
Cairns in north Queensland. All 44 specimens
were obtained in a survey of ten sites, from sea
level to close to 800 m, along a transect running
through continuous rainforest from the Cape to
Mt. Pieter-Botte, about 7 km inland (Fig. 4). This
survey, undertaken by Dr G.B. Monteith of the
Queensland Museum, involved sampling for
insects using various techniques. All specimens of
A. matthewsi were taken in dung baited pitfall
traps. Only sites 6, 7 and 8, at altitudes between
500 m and 720 m, yielded matthewsi, all but two
specimens being from site 7. The rainforest at
these sites is described by Tracey and Webb (1975)
as Simple Microphyll Vine-Fern Thicket.

Difficulty may be experienced in running
matthewsi to Aulacopris in Matthews’ (1974) key
to the genera of Australian Scarabaeini due to the
reduction of the pseudepipleura and elytral
tubercles and the lack of pronotal carinae.
However, both the pseudepipleura and tubercles
are present on the elytra, and the eye canthus is
complete, a combination which eliminates all
other genera. Other differences from Matthew’s
synopsis of the genus are: small size (7.9-11.2 mm
as opposed to 16-30 mm); reduction in hindwings
resulting in flightlessness; Ist segment of mid and
hind tarsi longer than 2nd; abdomen compressed
and shortened. A modified version of Matthews’
(1974) key separates the three species.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF AULACOPRIS

1. Pronotum without prominent, sharp carinae.
First segment of mid and hind tarsi longer
than second. Flightless species, total length
7.9-11.2 mm. N. Queensland..............:
ode Crinnwale Sho bee vi daans sedan eb ads matthewsi sp. nov.

200 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

STOREY: NEW AULACOPRIS 20)

Pronotum with prominent, sharp carinae.
First segment of mid and hind tarsi shorter
than second, Fully winged species, total
length 16-30 mm. SE Australia... 2

2. Basal half of inner edge of fore tibia simple,
Clypeal teeth separately produced, the edge
to either side of them convex. Pronotal
carinae and elytral tubercles very prominent.
Elytral striae distinct, even-numbered
intervals with irregular surface. Total length
16-21 mm. Victoria, New South Wales......
vabes Ladobedepebebandededeebeadoded bit reichei White

Basal half of inner edge of fore tibia with 2
prominent teeth enclosing a large rounded

excision. Clypeal teeth not separately
produced, the edge to either side of them
straight, Pronotal carinae and _ elytral

tubercles less prominent, striae obsolescent,
even-numbered intervals plane, Total length

22-30 mm, N. New South Wales, S.
Queensland ........cc eee maximus Matthews
ETYMOLOGY

The species is named after Dr E.G. Matthews,
without whose work on the taxonomy of
Australian Scarabaeinae, none of the current
work would be possible,

FORMATION AND BALL ROLLING
BEHAVIOUR

Nine specimens (1 4, 8 =2) of A. matthewsi
trom the January, site 7 collection were returned
alive to the laboratory in Mareeba for
behavioural studies. These were kept alive for
about one month in a large container with about
10 cm of soil in the bottom and were fed fresh
horse dung at weekly intervals. The beetles took
readily to the dung, feeding on its surface,
making balls and rolling these around the
container. However, they made no effort to
fashion nests of any sort, either directly in the soil
or under pieces of wood and Jeaf litter provided.
The balls were merely abandoned, the beetles
spending the remaining time walking around the
container or usually buried in the soil beneath the
dung. The soil was changed at one stage from the
original sand/peat mixture to a local red volcanic
type with no resulting change in behaviour. The
single male was very inactive taking no interest in
either ball formation or the females, According to
Dr Monteith, some at least of the beetles came to

BALL

Fic. 2: Aulecorpris matthewsi sp. nov, (a) major male,
side view (b) major male, ventral view,

Fic, 3: Aedeagus, A. niutihewsi sp. avy.

traps in the daylight hours and all observations in
the laboratory were made during these hours.
Many balls were made overnight, however, so it is
likely the beetles are active at all hours that food
is available.

Typical ball formation was as follows: the
beetle stands on top of the dung mass, and starts
to press back with the forelegs on a section of
dung while pushing outwards with the edge of the
clypeus, The beetle slowly rotates until a rough
ball about 2/3 the length of the beetle is formed
and pinched off. Ball and beetle fall to the ground
where the beetle continues to work on the ball,
compressing it with the forelegs and removing
larger bits of undigested grass. The beetle then
starts enlarging the ball by dragging more
material off the main dung mass and pressing it
into the ball. At completion the ball is spherical
and slightly larger than the beetle. This process
takes about 2 hours.

Individuals rolled these balls around the
enclosure and did the same with small cylindrical
ones made by the author, Rolling is done using a
head down position, balancing on the side of the
ball with the mid and hind legs while stretching
out and pushing on the substrate with the head
and occasionally the forelegs, thereby rolling the
ball a few millimetres backwards. After relaxing
the bady to the unstretched condition it walks
further round the ball to get closer to the
substrate. This combination of walking forward
over the ball and pushing with the head results in
a very slow progress backward.

202 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Mt Pieter-Botte

1070m
915m
760m
1 Kilometre 610m
460m

305m

Cape Tribulation

150m

Fic. 4: Cape Tribulation sampling transect showing position of collecting sites. Asterisks indicate sites at which A.

matthewsi was collected.

DISCUSSION
Aulacopris matthewsi sp. nov. is the second
species of a ‘southern’ genus of the tribe

Scarabaeini discovered recently on _ north
Queensland mountain tops, the first being
Aptenocanthon monteithi Storey found

somewhat to the south of matthewsi, on the
Bellenden-Ker Range and nearby mountains
(Storey 1984). Like Aptenocanthon, Aulacopris is
included in the mentophiline group of genera
within the subtribe Canthonina, which can be
distinguished from other Australian canthonines
by the presence of pseudepipleura on the elytra
and simple tarsal claws. The importance of
southern genera of Scarabaeini being found in
mountainous areas of north Queensland was
discussed in that paper and will not be repeated
here.

A. matthewsi is the first known flightless
member of the genus Au/acopris. Wing reduction
is relatively common in Australian Scarabaeini
with close to 50% of known species being
flightless and 14 of the 16 genera containing
flightless species. Matthews (1974) discusses wing
reduction of Australian Scarabaeini in some
detail, attributing the relatively high occurrence
to environmental stability and limitation of
habitat area and this is undoubtedly the situation
in matthewsi.

One of the most remarkable features of A.
matthewsi is the massive sternal fossa and
associated tubercle in the major male. This fossa
displaces much of the internal volume of the
mesothorax in extreme examples. It is difficult to
speculate on the purpose, if any, of this structure
at present. Similar though much less developed
features are found on males of A. reichei and A.
maximus.

Dung beetles of the tribe Scarabaeini have a

unique method of utilizing dung as a food supply.
In nearly all species studied, a small portion of
dung is taken from a larger mass, formed into a
ball and rolled, using either a pulling (Position I)
or pushing (Position II) position, to a place well
away from the original source (Halffter and
Matthews 1966). Here the ball is usually buried
and either consumed by the beetle or used in the
manufacture of brood balls. Little has been
recorded on the behaviour of Australian genera,
however, other than the enigmatic
Cephalodesmius which was studied in detail by
Monteith and Storey (1981). Matthews, at the
time of his revision (1974) had not seen any of the
mentophilines fashion balls from a dung mass, in
spite of observations both in the field and in
captivity on several of the genera, including
Aulacopris (reichei). This prompted him to
speculate that this primitive group of genera was
at a stage of evolution preceding ball making.
However, Waite (1898) reported A. maximus
(cited as reichei) as having made brood balls from
bat guano, found containing immatures at
various stages of development. Since then
maximus has been seen to construct balls from
human faeces used as bait in pitfall traps set at
Mt. Glorious in southern Queensland (A. Hiller,
pers. comm.). A. matthewsi is quite adept at ball
formation in a manner essentially like that
described by Halffter and Matthews (1966) as
typical of the tribe, although the time taken (120
minutes) is somewhat longer than that recorded
by those authors as normal (12-40 minutes). The
genus Cephalodesmius uses the same method of
ball formation until the rough ball is pinched off
the mass, but does not undertake smoothing and
enlarging before transport (Monteith and Storey
1981). The genus Canthonosoma (castelnaui
Harold) has been observed by the author near

STOREY: NEW AULACOPRIS 203

Blackbutt in southeastern Queensland to
congregate on bovine dung, fashioning balls and
rolling these away though no detailed notes were
made on the procedure at the time.

Matthews (1974) observed the West Australian
mentophiline genera Mentophilus and Coproecus
rolling marsupial pellets using Position I, which
is that recorded here for A. matthewsi, Halftter
and Matthews (1966) described the normal
‘pushing’ position as head down with most
pushing on the ground being done by the forelegs,
occasionally the middle pair. A. matthewsi differs
in primarily using the head to push on the ground,
occasionally the forelegs. This is similar to that
described for Sisyphus by those two authors.

It would seems from these few observations
that detailed field studies of some of the common
mentophiline genera will be necessary before
further conclusions can be drawn on the
behavioural antiquity of the group.

Some comment should be made on the
apparent highly localised nature of the population
of A. matthewsi, Extensive trapping for dung
feeding beetles by a number of collectors has been
undertaken in northern Queensland in recent
years, from Bloomfield south to Paluma. It seems
highly unlikely that such a conspicuous species,
which is really quité common at the type locality
and apparently active most of the year, would be
missed elsewhere, if present, It is possible that A.
matthewsi could be found in similar habitat about
40 km to the south in the mountains behind
Mossman which have as yet received little close
study. However, until evidence to the contrary is
obtained, we can only conclude that this species
has one of the most restricted distributions of any
Australian scarabaeine, comparable to some of
the larger pterostichine carabids (Nurus etc.). It is
indeed fortunate therefore that the site is
protected within Cape Tribulation National Park.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The author wishes to thank Mr Geoff
Thompson and Miss Gudrun Sarnes of the
Queensland Museum for the drawings in Figure 1
and scanning electron micrographs in Figure 2
respectively, Dr Geoff Monteith, Queensland
Museum and Mr Tom Weir of CSIRO, Canberra
for loan of specimens and comments on the
manuscript, Professor Henry Howden, Ottawa
and Dr Eric Matthews, Adelaide for their
comments on the taxonomic relationships of the
species discussed, and Mr Tony Hiller, Brisbane
for his observations on A, maximus,

LITERATURE CITED

Haurrrer, G. and MATTHEWS, E.G., 1966. The natural
history of dung beetles of the subfamily
Scarabaeinae. Folia ent. Mex. Nos. 12-24.

MaATTHEWs, E.G. 1974. A revision of the scarabaeine
dung beetles of Australia, IT, Tribe Scarabaeini.
Aust, J, Zool. (Suppl. Ser.) 24: 1-211.

MontTeiTH, G.B. and Storey, R.1., 1981. The biology
of Cephalodesmius, a genus of dung beetles which
synthesizes ‘dung’ from plant material (Coleoptera
: Scarabaeidae ; Scarabaeinae). Mem. Od Mus, 20
(2): 253-77.

Tracey, J.G. and Wess, L.J., 1975. ‘Key to the
vegetation of the humid tropical region to North
Queensland, plus 15 maps at 1;100 000 scale."
(Canberra: CSIRO Division of Plant Industry).

Storey, R.I., i984. A new species of Aptenocenthon
Maithews from North Queensland (Coleoptera :
Scarabaeidae : Scarabacinac). Mem. Qd Mus, 21
(2): 387-90.

Waite, E.R., 1898. Notes and exhibits. Proc. Linn.
Soc, N.S, W. 33: 803.

Wire, A., 1859. Descriptions of unrecorded species of
Australian Coleoptera of the families Carabidae,
Buprestidae, Lamellicornia etc. Proc. zool. sac.
Lond, 1859; 117-23.

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem, Qd Mus, 22(2): 205—224, [1986]

STUDIES ON TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE II; REDESCRIPTION OF MICROMERYS
GRACILIS BRADLEY AND CALAPNITA VERMIFORMIS SIMON (ARANEAE,
PHOLCIDAE) AND DESCRIPTION OF SOME RELATED NEW SPECIES.

CHRISTA L. DEELEMAN-REINHOLD
Sparrenlaan 8, 4641 GA Ossendrecht
The Netherlands

ABSTRACT

Micromerys gracilis Bradley, 4°, and Calapnita vermiformis Simon, 72, are redescribed
and figured and a neotype is erected for M. gracilis. Diagnoses are given for the genera
Micromerys Bradley, Calapnita Simon, Leptopholeus Simon and Panjange
Deeleman-Reinhold. Ca/apnita is sufficiently distinct to justify reestablishing it as a separate
genus. Descriptions and figures are presented of Micromerys duviesae n.sp., 1%, from
northeastern Queensland, Leptopholcus borneensis n.sp., ?, and Calapnita phasmoides u.sp.,
#9, from Kalimantan (Borneo), Calapnita phyllicola n.sp., 3°, from Kalimantan, Malay
Peninsula and Sumatra, Calapnita subphyllicola n.sp., 2°, from Mindanao and ot Parnjange
mirabilis n.sp., 2%, trom northeastern Queensland. These spiders appear to have passed
through parallel morphological transformations as an adaptation to life on leaves in tropical
forests. In the Micromerys species treated here, small median anterior eyes or pigment specks
may be present or absent in the same species. Their absence can not serve to distinguish this
genus from Leptopholcus. On the basis of the genital organs, all the spiders described here are

quite distinct from the alleged Micromerys species from Africa and the New World.

INTRODUCTION

The genus Micromerys Bradley accommodates
a variety of palecoloured pholcids with flat
carapace, six eyes in two triads on the sides of the
head and a _ thin, elongate abdomen.
Representatives of this genus have been reported
from Australia, Asia, Africa and the Americas.

In his ‘Histoire Naturelle des Araignées’,
Simon (1893) placed the monotypic genus
Calapnita Simon, described one year previously
from the Philippines, in synonymy of Micromerys
on the basis of similarity of body shape and eye
constellation, At the same time he created the
Leptopholceae, comprising Micromerys and
Leptophoicus Simon, which shows the same
peculiarities in body form and eye pattern.
Subsequent authors (Pickard-Cambridge,
Petrunkevitch, Mello-Leitao) added new species
from the New World tropics to the genus
Micromerys. Recently, two authors (Timm 1976,
Brignoli 1980) expressed their doubt about the
validity of this classification.

The type species of Micromerys, M. gracilis
Bradley was described superficially from the

female only and without illustration. Dr Valerie
Todd Davies of the Queensland Museum
informed me that the type specimens of M.
gracilis are lost, but she was able to provide a
female specimen from Lake Boronto, Cape York,
close to the type locality and agreeing in all
respects with the original description. The
discovery of new species referable to this genus
was incentive to erect a neotype to stabilize the
genus and assess differences from related genera.

Calapnita Simon is considered a valid genus,
and three new species from the Malay
Archipelago are assigned to it here, whereas one
new species from Kalimantan is placed in
Leptopholeus Simon.

One new species from Cape York Peninsula,
belonging to a recently described, related genus
(Panjange Deeleman) is also described in this
paper.

A male and female type specimen of each new
species has been deposited either in the
Queensland Museum (QM) or in the Rijks-
museum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden
(RMNH), The Netherlands; other material is in
the author's collection.

206 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Micromerys Bradley, 1877

Micromerys Bradley, 1877 Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales
2: 118.

Type species: Micromerys gracilis Bradley.
DIAGNOSIS

Carapace and abdomen unicoloured, pale
green to yellow. Carapace flat, thoracic groove
and radiating striae very shallow. Eye triads on
the anterior corners of the head, in the male
sometimes raised; am eyes very small or absent.
Male chelicerae with lateral protrusion. Sternum
obtusely rounded behind (Fig. 24), maxillar
section of anterior margin with right angle
adjacent to coxa I, Abdomen very long and thin,
worm-shaped, spinnerets in prolongation of it.
Legs very long and thin, metatarsi and tarsi
filiform. Three tarsal claws on onychium, those
on tarsi I-III of equal size, upper pair curved,
with 2-3 ventral teeth or none, those on tarsi IV
very small, flat. Male palpal organs long and
slender, tarsal appendage with articulating side
branch, bulb elongate, embolus large and
sclerotized, bulbal apophysis reduced. Shape of
tarsal appendage and embolus diagnostic for the
species. Female palp with four apical toothless
claws (Fig. 6) and a hyaline cone. Epigyne
bulging, lacking a chitinized plate and tongue,
internal surface of epigynal lip with membranous
valves, diagnostic for the species.

REMARKS

The taxonomic position of M. conica Simon
and M. debilis Thorell is uncertain; Micromerys
tipula and M. dalei Petrunkevitch belong to the
genus Leptopholcus. Micromerys delicata
Cambridge, and M. occidentalis (Mello-Leitao)
do not belong to Micromerys and may constitute
a genus of their own.

Thus the genus is, according to present data,
only known from Australia with an unedited
species from West Irian.

Micromerys gracilis Bradley
(Figs 1-9, 60)
M. gracilis Bradley, 1877, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales
2: 118—Cape York, Queensland, Australia (°).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

NEOTYPE: 1 °, QM S885, Lake Boronto near
Somerset, 5 km south of Cape York, 10°46’S,
146°30°E, 3—4.ii.’75, R. Raven.

OTHER: 2 °, QM S886, Gordon Creek, [ron Range
12°43’S, 143°19°E, in mesophyll vine forest,
24-30.vi.’76, R. Raven and V. Davies; | ¢, 1 £, QM
$887, 1 4, QM S891, Shiptons Flat, 15°48’S, 145°15’E,
complex notophyll vine forest on basalt, 16-21.xi.’75,
R. Monroe and V. Davies.

DESCRIPTION

NEOTYPE: ° : carapace, sternum and abdomen
pale yellow, chelicerae, legs and palps straw
yellow with a brown area on the prolateral face of
femora I and IJ; distal ends of tibiae and proximal
and distal ends of metatarsi darkened. am eyes
lacking, instead one very small black speck visible
(Fig. 5). Measurements in mm : carapace 1.05 x
0.82, abdomen 6.40; leg measurements are given
in Table 1.

TABLE 1: Leg measurements (mm) of Micromerys
gracilis (Neotype, 2)

we meta-
Legs femur patella tibia tattsus tarsus
I 7.70 0.40 6.25 10.10 3.12
ll 5.75 0.40 5.00 7.68 1.25
Il 4.32 0.40 3.12 4.55 0.72
IV 7,00 0.40 6.00 8.60 1.20
palp 0.20 0.10 0.20 _— 0.14

Genital organ (Figs. 8, 9): epigyne entirely
unsclerotized. Anteriorly, a grey, horseshoe-
shaped area (locking valves of uterus externus)
appears through the tegument. On the interior
(dorsal) surface of the epigynal lip there are two
transverse lamellar valves, the edges of which are
sclerotized and partly apparent near the distal
margin of the epigynal lip.

OTHER FEMALES: in both specimens from Iron
Range there are two minute specks in the area of
the anterior median eyes; in the Shiptons Flat
specimen there are two black interconnected
rings. They all show the dark area on the anterior
femora. There are no relevant differences in
vulval structure. Measurements : Iron Range,
carapace 1.10 x 0.95, and 1.20 x 0.96; Shiptons
Flat, carapace 1.00 x 0.72.

MALES: QM S891 colour as in the 2, but dark
areas on the anterior femora lacking, apex of all
femora and patellae orange. Eye groups not
raised; between the eye groups in the place of the
am eyes there are two tiny interconnected black
rings, but no lens is apparent. Chelicerae with
obtuse horn laterally (Fig. 4). Anterior femora
thinner than in the 2. Measurements in mm :
carapace 1.00 x 0.80, abdomen, 6.50; leg
measurements (QM S891) are given in Table 2.

Other ¢ (QM S887) : carapace 1.05 x 0.85,
abdomen 5.40; measurements of the first leg are:
7.90, 0.38, 6.82, 11.55, 1,60.

Male palp (Figs. 1-3): femur with small distal
apophysis; basal part of tarsal appendage with V-
shaped bend; lateral branch provided with

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD: TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE 207

Fics 1-7: Micromerys gracilis Bradley. Figs. 1-4; ¢(QM $891) Shiptons Flat. 1. right palp, lateral; 2. id., mesal; 3.
tip of tarsal appendage, mesal; 4. head and chelicerae, front. Figs 5-7; 2° neotype (QM S885) Lake Boronto; 5.
carapace; 6. palp; 7. anterior part of abdomen, lateral.

208 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fics 8-13: Figs 8-9; Micromerys gracilis Bradley, ? Lake Boronto, 8. anterior part of abdomen, ventral; 9. interior
(dorsal) view of epigynal lip, turned up. Figs 10-13, Micromerys daviesae n.sp. 10. ? Finch Hatton, anterior part
of abdomen, ventral; 11. id., interior (dorsal) view of epigynal lip. turned up; 12. id. anterior part of abdomen,
lateral; 13. ¢ Finch Hatton, head and chelicerae, front.

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD: TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE 209

TABLE 2: Leg measurements (mm) of Micromerys
gracilis (QM S891, 2)

meta-

Legs: femur patella tibia tarsus
tarsus

I 7.35 0.35 7.32 13.64

I] 7,28 0.35 6.30 10.00 1.57

Ill 5.25 0.35 3.67 5.77 1.05

IV. 7.87 0.35 6.63 11.02 1.60

various membranous processes. Shape of tarsal
appendage and embolus diagnostic.

REMARKS

Anterior median eyes : the neotype female from
Lake Boronto, the northernmost locality, shows
only one minute pigment speck, hardly
perceptable. Both the female specimens from Iron
Range have two such tiny dots, whereas the
female and two male specimens from the
southernmost locality, Shiptons Flat (see Fig. 60)
are provided with distinct pigment rings. A lens is
never apparent.

Lake Boronto, the neotype locality is only 5
miles from the northernmost tip of Cape York
Peninsula. The type locality ‘Cape York’
probably refers to this area, because Macleay,
who led the 1875 ‘Chevert’ expedition to New
Guinea that obtained the type specimen, wrote
from Somerset : ‘Cape York, the northernmost
point of Australia lies about 3 miles west of us’
(cited in Fletcher J.J. 1929, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W. 54: 245).

Micromerys daviesae nov. spec.
(Figs 10-17, 24, 59d, 60)

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Ho.otyPe: 1 ¢, QM S888, Finch Hatton, ME.Q.,
21°09’S, 148°38’E, complex notophyll vine forest, in
tangled web under leaves, 10.iv.1975, R. Kohout, V.
Davies.

PARATYPE: | 2, QM S888, same data as Holotype.

OTHER: 1 ¢, QM S889, Brandy Creek, east of
Proserpine, NE.Q., 20°20’S, 148°38’E, complex
notophyll vine forest, 24.iv.1975, R. Monroe, V.
Davies; 1 ¢ 1 2, QM S890, Rundle Range, southeast of
Gladstone, SE.Q., 23°40’S, 151°00’E, coastal vine
thicket, on trees, 24-31. iii.1975, R. Kohout and V.
Davies.

DESCRIPTION

HOLotyPe: ¢, colour (in alcohol) pale straw
yellow with dark edges on carapace and sternum,
legs yellow, apical portion of femora, whole
patellae, basal and apical part of tibiae and base
of metatarsi darkened. Eye triads on stalks (Fig.
13), in place of the am eyes a pair of minute dark

specks, cheliceral lateral horns larger than in
gracilis. Measurements in mm : carapace 1.15 x
1.05, abdomen 5.40; leg measurements are
given in Table 3.

TABLE 3: Leg measurements (mm) of Micromerys
daviesae (Holotype, *)

Legs: femur patella tibia acid tarsus
tarsus
I 7.47 0.52 8.05 11.50 2.30
II 9.90 v.52 9.95 10.90 1.72
Ill 4.60 0.52 _ —_ _—
IV 8.05 0.52 7.45 12.07 1.07
Palp (Figs 15-17) femur with basal

apophysis; tarsal appendage with U-shaped bend,
membranous processes lacking; embolus slightly
longer than bulb, and longer than in gracilis.

FEMALE (Finch Hatton) : patellae and adjacent
segment parts only slightly darkened, tibia-
metatarsal joints deep brown, the anterior femora
bear a dark brown area on the prolateral surface;
eye triads not raised. Halfway between the eye
groups one minuscule black speck. Chelicerae
lack the lateral horn, in other respects similar to
the ¢. Measurements in mm : carapace 1.10 x
1.05, abdomen 6.40; leg measurements given in
Table 4.

TABLE 4: Leg measurements (mm) of Micromerys
daviesae (Paratype, °)

Pe meta-
Legs: femur patella tibia bares tarsus
I 7.00 0.50 6.50 10.55 —
Il 5.00 0.50 5.40 8.15 1.70
III and IV are lost.
palp: 0.27 0.12 0.20 — 0.15

Genital organ (Figs 10-12): anterior horseshoe
valve of uterus externus not sO apparent as in
gracilis, covered by the epigyne. Sculpture of the
internal surface (Fig. 11, upper part) distinctly
different from that in gracilis. Both the larger
valves (lower part in Fig. 11) are weakly
sclerotized at their margin, some smaller,
transverse ridges in the middle are entirely
membranous. Schematic longitudinal section see
Fig. 59d.

VARIABILITY: The Brandy Creek male has a light
brown pattern on the head and clypeus. The
males from Rundle Range and Brandy Creek
conform with the type in genital characters and in

210 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fics 14-17 ; Micromerys daviesae n.sp. 14, Rundle Range, lateral; 15. ¢ Finch Hatton, right palp, mesal; 16. id.,
lateral; 17. id., tip of tarsal appendage, mesal.

the absence of dark areas on the anterior femora,
whereas the Rundle Range female conforms with
the paratype as regards colouring and internal
epigynal sculpture. Some variability occurs in the
am eyes; in the Brandy Creek male one minute
speck is all there is to be found, in both the
Rundle Range specimens there is nothing left at
all.

Leptopholeus Simon, 1893.
Leptopholcus Simon, 1893, Ann. Soc. Ent. France 62:
319.

Type species : Lepfopholcus signifer Simon—Congo
(49).

DiaGNnosis General appearance as Micromerys,
am eyes usually present; eye triads not or little
raised in the ¢. Male chelicerae with one small
basal apophysis or none. Sternum truncated
behind, maxillar section of anterior margin with

obtuse angle adjacent to coxa I. Tarsi as in
Micromerys, but claws of tarsi [V curved (in the
Asian species), with 1-2 denticles. Male palpal
organ as in Pholcus, two branches of the bulbal
apophysis straddling the small membranous
embolus. Female genital area not covered by a
chitinous plate, but with internal chitinized valves
in the uterus externus (atrium); epigynal lip
without membranous valves on the inside, there
may be depressions distally. Porous plates large,
elongate.

Distinction of females of Leptopholcus and
Micromerys is difficult and can only be made by
examination of the uterus externus.

REMARKS

Species of Lepropholcus are known from
Africa, Madagascar and Borneo, and there are
unedited species from Sri Lanka and Sulawesi.

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD: TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE 211

Leptopholcus borneensis nov. spec.
(Figs 18-23, 59f)

MATERIAL EXAMINED

HouotyPe: 12 RMNH 9576, Indonesia, Eastern
Kalimantan, Sepaku, 1°00’S, 116°54°E, 40 km north of
Balikpapan, primary lowland dipterocarp rainforest, on
the underside of leaves, 16.vii. 1979, P.R. Deeleman.

OTHER: 3 juvs, same data as holotype.

DESCRIPTION

HOoLorTyPe: © : all parts pale yellow without
any markings; all legs missing in the holotype, in
the juveniles legs with slightly darkened patellae;
tips of tibiae and bases of metatarsi dark brown.
am eyes punctiform (Fig. 19), 3-4 d from each
other and much more from the al eyes. Clypeus
slightly slanting. Sternum as in Fig. 25. Abdomen
rather more voluminous than in the other species;
abdomen tip as in Fig. 23. Measurements in mm :
carapace 1.20 x 1.20, abdomen 8.40. Legs
missing. Palp 0.21, 0.10, 0.15, 0.17.

Measurements of the largest juvenile : carapace
0.98 x 0.96, abdomen 6.50. Leg I : 6.85, 0.33,
6.37, 9.80, 1.95; femur IT 5.95, femur III 3.92,
femur IV 6.03.

Genital organ (Figs 21, 22) : distal border of
genital area slightly sclerotized; basal part of
epigynal lip internally with a pair of reniform
plates (Fig. 22), Longitudinal section see Fig. 59f.

REMARKS

The tyne locality was visited in 1979, 1980 and
1982. Between 1979 and 1980, some of the biggest
trees were cut down; after that, logging was
abandoned. L. borneensis was taken in 1979,
together with Calapnita phasmoides n.sp., C.
phyllicola n.sp., and C. vermiformis Simon. In
1980 and 1982 however, in spite of intensive
searching for several days, L. borneensis could
not be found again and the same was true for C.
phasmoides. On the contrary, C. vermiformis and
especially C. phyllicola remained abundant.

Fics 18-23 : Leptopholcus borneensis n.sp., ?, holotype. 18. anterior part of body, lateral; 19. carapace, dorsal;
20.. tip of palp, dorsal; 21, epigyne, ventral; 22. internal (dorsal) view of epigynal lip, turned up; 23. posterior

part of abdomen, lateral.

UZ MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Calapnita Simon, 1892.
Calapnita Simon, 1892, Ann. Soc, Ent. France 61 42.
Micromerys Simon, 1893, Hist, Nat, Aralen, 1 (2): 474
(Partim).
Type species. Calapnita veriniformis Simon.

DIAGNOSIS

General appearance as in Micrormerys, but
usually paler in colour and slenderer. am eyes
lacking in all known species, eye triads on the
sides of the head, not raised in the male, Male
chelicerae with basally a lateral horn and distally
an anterior tooth. Three tarsal claws, upper pair
of leg I-Ill curved, with 5-6 teeth and much
larger than unpaired claw (except in
vermiformis), claws of leg LY very small, flat,
with only some minute teeth or none.

Abdomen as in Micromerps. Male palpal
elements long and slender, trochanter with spur;
femora and patellae show various degrees of
lengthening and thinning. Tarsal appendage
without articulating side branch, bulb elongate
with long, tubular embolus and one lanceolate
apophysis. Female genital organ of specialized
structure ; uterus externus (atrium) an elongate
pouch with narrow opening, epigyne nol
sclerotized, prolonged into a lobe which is either
replicated (verniiformis) or extended over the
Opening of the uterus externus to encase a
‘vestibulum' (phyllicola, subphyllicola and
Phasmoides) (Fig. 59c, e), bearing a small tongue
apically, Abdomen and legs as in Micromerys.

REMARKS

The genus can be subdivided into two groups :
that of vermiformis (C. vermiformis only) has a
replicate epigynal lobe and the sternum has a
distinct angle in the anterior margin between the
maxillar and the coxa I section; the other group
comprises the species described here as new, in
which the epigynal lobe is prolonged to form a
vestibulum and the anterior margin of the
sternum shows no distinct argle between the
maxillar and the coxa I section,

Distribution: Malay Archipelago,

Calapnita vermiformis Simon
(Figs 26-3), 59a)

Calapnila vermiformis Simon, 1892 4ae, Soc, Ent,

France 61: 42—(uzon (*},
MATERIAL EXAMINED

Hototyee; | *, Luzon, Philippines, ‘Cueva de
Calapnita’, Mus, N.H. Paris.

OrHer: Quezon National Park, Atimonan, 14°00"N,
121°52’E, 200 m a.s.. | 4, 44, underside of Araceae
leaves, 12-13.x.'79, PR. Deelernan. Mindanao ; Mi,

Apo National Park, §°53'N, 125°16°B, 800 m a.s.,
secondary forest, | &, juvs., under palmate leaves,
26.iv.’82, P.R. Deeleman. Indonesia, southwest
Sulawesi : 23 km west of Camba, 5°00’S, 119°45'E, low
forest on karsi, 3 7,5 %, underside of leaves of various
plants, 1-2 m above the ground, 9+ 14.vii.’80, P.R. and
C.L. Deeleman. East Kalimantan : Sepaku, 1°00°S,
116°S4E, 40 km north of Balikpapan, primary lowland
dipterocarp rainforest, 1 ©, 16.vii."79, 1 #, 1 2,
§-8-vili."80, 1 1,3 ¥, 21-22. vii.°82, underside of leaves,
P.R. and C,L, Decleman; Santan, 0°3'S, 117°7’E, sea
level, | 4,2 °, (Burke Museum, Seattle), 3,vii.'76, J.R-
Thomson. North Sumatra : Bohorok Orang Utan
Rehabilitation Centre, 3°29°N, 98°7'E, 90 km west of
Medan, primary dipterocarp rainforest, 1 7, 2 ¥%,
12-19.ii1.'83, PR. Deeleman and Suharto
Djojosudharmo.

DESCRIPTION

MALE (Quezon Nat. Park): all parts pale
yellow, no markings on carapace or abdomen;
legs with darkened femoral apex, patella, base
and apex of tibia and base of metatarsus. al eyes
slightly smaller than posterior eyes. Chelicerae as
in Fig. 27, the anterior footh with two tines.
Sternum (Fig. 26) a little longer than wide,
roundly truncated behind, coxa 1 section of
anterior margin at a distinct approx. 90° angle
with maxillar section. Measurements in mm :
carapace 0.91 * 0.82, abdomen 5,05; leg
measurements are given in Table 5,

TABLE 5: Leg measurements (mm) of CYylapnita ver-
miformis (1)

“0 meta-
Legs: femur patella tibia battits tarsus
1 7.65 0,33 7,80 13,10 2.80
IL 6.55 - — — —
il 4,32 0,33 3,35 5.28 0.86
IV 6,72 0.33 6.66 10.08 1,30

Palp (Figs 28, 29): spur of trochanter bent like
a walking stick; femur ventrally with a series of
three knobs, the most proximal of which sticks
out proximally to the femoral-trochanter joint,
bulb elongate, with a slender, transparent
apophysis reaching just beyond the bulbal apex,
with a wider, sclerotized base, the much longer
embolus is provided with a subapical pore and the
tip is crowned with 5 bristles.

FEMALE (Quezon Nat. Park): similar to the +,
chelicerae unmodified, Measurements in mm :
carapace 1,00) * 0,91, abdomen 5.50; leg
measurements are given in Table 6,

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD: TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE 213

wg

24

ovmim

IM)
eS
i:

:

¢
4
SS

S
y

CO

26

Fics 24-26 : sternum and coxae, ventral. 24. Micromerys daviesae n.sp. ¥ Finch Hatton; 25. L. borneensis n.sp. %;

26. Calapnita vermiformis Simon ? Quezon Nat. Park.

TABLE 6: Leg measurements (mm) of Calapnita ver-
miformis (2)

Legs femur patella tibia triteieg tarsus
I 7.40 0.33 7.20 12.70 2.90
Il 6.70 0.33 4.56 9.12 1.80
{ll 4.32 0.33 3.36 5.40 0,95
IV 7.20 0.33 6.20 10.10 1.45
palp 0.23 0.10 0.14 _ 0.21

Genital organ (Figs 30, 31) : epigyne prolonged
into a smooth, V-shaped lobe with chitinized
margins, folded back. It overlies the slitlike
opening of the uterus externus, at the bottom of
which the crescent locking valve (‘Verschluss’, cf.
Wiehle 1967, p. 185) appears through the
tegument, Schematic longitudinal section, see
Fig. 59a.

The material from Mindanao, Sulawesi,
Sumatra and Kalimantan does not show any
relevant differences.

REMARKS

In the field, all individuals were found sitting
on the underside of large leaves with outstretched
legs, apparently without a web. Some specimens
from Sulawesi were taken alive to The
Netherlands and kept in glass jars on young palm
plants, where they lived for several weeks. Here,
between the leaves, they constructed flat webs,
very delicate structures of silk, so thin as to be
almost invisible. The spiders stayed in their webs
upside down in the fashion of Pholcus
phalangioides Fuesslin. Some of the females held
an elongate bunch of eggs in their chelicerae, up
to half their body length, which was held in front
of them like a sateh stick, in prolongation of the
body.

Calapnita phyllicola nov. spec.
(Figs 32-39, 59c)

MATERIAL EXAMINED
Ho.LotyPe: 1 ¢, RMNH 9573, Sepaku, East
Kalimantan, Indonesia, 1°00'S, 116°54°E, 40 km N.

214 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fics 27-32 : Calapnita vermiformis Simon, Quezon Nat. Park. 27. ¢, head and chelicerae, front; 28. 7,
cephalothorax and left palp, mesal; 29. left palp, lateral; 30. ° lateral; 31. epigyne and part of abdomen, ventral.

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD: TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE 215

36

Fics 32-36 : Calapnita phyllicola n.sp., Balikpapan. 32. ¢, left palp, lateral; 33. id., mesal; 34. epigyne, lateral; 35.
2, lateral 36. °, sternum and coxae, ventral.

216 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

>
el

eR 39

Fics 37-39 : Calapnita phyllicola n.sp., Balikpapan. 37. 4, head and chelicerae, front; 38. abdomen and epigyne,
ventral; 39. internal (dorsal) view of epigynal lip, turned up.

Balikpapan, primary lowland dipterocarp rainforest, on
the underside of large leaves (mostly palm leaves) in
dark sheltered places, part of series collected
14-16. vii.1979, 5-8.viii.1980 and 21-22.vii.1982, P.R.
and C.L, Deeleman.

PARATYPES: 5 ¢, 7 %, same data as Holotype, | ?
deposited with Holotype (RMNH 9573), others in
authors collection.

OTHER MATERIAL: Malay Peninsula: Genting
Highlands, little valley on the border of a small stream,
2 4, 1, juvs., underside of large leaves by the stream,
29.vii.’80, P.R, Deeleman, North Sumatra: Bohorok
Orang Utang Rehabilitation Centre, 3°29’N, 98°7°E, 90
km west of Medan, primary dipterocarp rainforest, 2 °,
1 ¢ subad., 12-19.ii.'83, P.R. Deeleman and Suharto
Djojosudharmo; Rimba Panti, 0°7’N, 103°5’E,
rainforest, 1 5, 12, underside of hirsute leaves,
3+4.vii."82, P.R. and C.L. Deeleman.

DESCRIPTION

HoLotyPe: ¢, colour in life pale green, in
alcohol whitish, legs pale, femur-patellar and
tibia-metatarsal joints darkened. Male chelicerae,
see Fig. 37; sternum (Fig, 36); posterior tip
obtusely rounded, angle between maxillar section
and coxa I section of the anterior margin very

obtuse. Abdominal tip slightly slanting down,
dorsally with a more of less obtuse angle (Fig. 35).
Legs longer than in any other species, particularly
the metatarsi I. Measurements in mm : carapace
0.90 x 0.82, abdomen 4.00; leg measurements
are given in Table 7.

TABLE 7: Leg measurements (mm) of Ca/apnita phyl-
licola (Holotype, ¢)

Legs femur patella tibia mete tarsus
tarsus

I 8.40 0.40 8.16 16,32 1,92

af 6.00 0.40 5.76 10.00 1.30

Ill 4.05 0.40 4.40 5.30 0.85

IV 6.20 0.40 5.30 8.15 1.30

Palp (Figs 32, 33) : femur and patella long and
cylindrical, tibia swollen, tip of tarsus tubiform;
bulbal apophysis very characteristic, with two
large, evenly spaced tines along the margin;
embolus a straight tube with tapering tip, the

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD: TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE 217

inner margin finely and irregularly serrated,
almost twice as long as bulb.

Description of the = paratype : similar to the 7
but chelicerae unmodified. Measurements in
mm : carapace 0.81 * 0.77, abdomen 3.85; leg
measurements are given in Table 8.

TABLE &; Leg measurements (mm) of Calapnita phyl-
licola (Paratype, *)

; +? meta-
Legs; femur patella nbia tdrstik larsus
I 7.20 0.35 7.45 13.70 1.95
1 5.30 0.35 §.05 8.16 1.06
Il 3.60 0.35 3.60 4.80 0.77
IV 5.76. 0.35 8.40 11.00 1.10
palp: 0,18 0.07 0.14 = O15

Genital organ (Figs 38, 39) : genital opening
overshot by a voluminous, extensible lobe with
3-4 deep, transverse folds, distally a small
tongue. This lobe forms, together with the caudal
crescent wall on the abdomen, a ‘vestibulum’ in
the proximal half of which is situated the slitlike
opening into the uterus externus. The whole
organ is practically colourless except for a pair of
dumb-bell shaped ridges on the inner (dorsal) side
of the lobe, apparent on the outside, and the
domed sclerotized locking valves of the anterior
of the uterus externus. Due to different degrees of
sclerotization, the pattern in ventral aspect may
vary. No essential differences were observed
between the specimens from Balikpapan and
those from the Malay Peninsula and Sumaira.

REMARKS

The remarks made for vermiformis apply to
this species too. No webs were visible with the
spiders in the field, but possibly webs of very fine
texture were extended from the leaf margins. As
in vermifornis, elongate egg parcels were held in
front of the head like a stick.

Calapnita subphyllicola nov. spec.
(Figs 40-44)

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Hoiotyre: | 7, RMNH 9575, Davao, Mindanao,
Philippines, outside Langub cave, 7°05'N, 125°32°E, in
woodland, on underside of large palmate leaves,
25.iv.1982, P.R. Deeleman.

Paratyres: 1 », RMNH 9575, 27, 2», im authar’s
collection, same data as Holotype.
DESCRIPTION

HOLoTyPE: 4, whole body whitish, legs pale
yellow green, joints of legs not darkened.
Chelicerae as in Fig. 41. Eyes, sternum and

abdomen as in pAyilicola, Measurements in mm ;
carapace 0.90 x 0.85, abdomen 5.00; leg
measurements are given in Table 9.

TABLE 9: Leg measurements (mm) of Calapnite sub-
phyllicola (Holotype, 7)

Legs femur patella tibia ™*" tarsus
tarsus

I 8.10 0,32 8.20 14.85 1.80

I 6.07 0.32 6.10 10,35 1.20

il 4,05 0.32 3,37 5,40 0.75

IV 6.07 0.32 5.51 8.77 1.24

Palp (Fig. 40) : similar to pAyllicola, but femur
and patella shorter and thicker, embolus and
bulbal apophysis shorter, barely longer than bulb,
embolus lacking the serrations, lines of the
apophysis closer to each other.

FEMALE: similar to the #, chelicerae
unmodified, Measurements in mm : carapace 0,95
x 0.90, abdomen 4.85; leg measurements are
given in Table 10.

TABLE 10: Leg measurements (mm) of Calapnita sub-
pihyllicola (Paratype. »)

ye meta-
Legs femur patella tibia tarsits tarsus
j 7.20 0.33 6.75 12.45 1.80
Il 5.40 (),33 4.95 8.10 1.20
Ht 4.05 0,33 3.51 4.72 0.82
IV 5.85 0.33 5.17 7.87 1.12
palp: 0.26 0,12 0.14 — 0.17

Genital organ (Figs 50, 51) : similar to that of
phyllicola, bat shorter, almost round, folds less
profound, allowing little extension of the lobe;
there is a crescentic transverse ridge on the inner
surface of the lobe, apparent through the
tegument in the otherwise colourless and rather
featureless organ.

Calapnita phasmoides nov, spec.
(Figs 46-51, 59e),

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Howotype; 1 ¢, RMNH 9574, Sepaku, East
Kalimantan, Indonesia, 40 km N. Balikpapan, 1°00°S,
116°54'E, primary lowland dipterocarp rainforest, on
the underside of large leaves, 14-16.vii.1979, P.R.
Deeleman,

PARATYPE; | 2, RMNH 9574, same data as Holotype.

218 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

omm

ee

Fics 40-45: Figs 40-44, Calapnita subphyllicola n.sp., Davao. 40. ¢ right palp, mesal; 41. ¢ chelicerae, front; 42.
epigyne, lateral; 43. epigyne, ventral; 44. internal (dorsal) view of epigynal lip, turned up. Fig. 45. Panjange
mirabilis n.sp., Iron Range, ?, sternum and coxae.

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD: TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE 219

Fics 46-51 : Calapnita phasmoides n.sp, Balikpapan. 46. $, head and chelicerae, front; 47. ¢, carapace; 48. right
palp, mesal; 49. left palp, lateral; 50, epigyne, lateral; 51. epigyne, ventral.

220 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

DESCRIPTION

HOLOTYPE: ¢, colour pale yellow to whitish,
patellae not darkened, only the tibia-metatarsal
joints slightly darkened in some legs. Chelicerae
as in Fig. 46. Eyes, sternum and abdomen as in
phyllicola. Measurements in mm : carapace 0.96
x 0.82, abdomen 3.60. Anterior legs missing;
other measurements given in Table 11.

TABLE Il: Leg measurements (mm) of Calapnita
phasmoides (Holotype, 7)

meta-

Legs: femur patella tibia tarsus
tarsus

Il 3.60 0.30 3.03 5.00 0.72

IV 5.30 0.30 4.80 7.40 1.15

Male palp (Figs 48, 49) : femur and patella
considerably shorter than in phyllicola and
thicker. The very thin embolus is equipped with a
subapical needle, the bulbal apophysis is slightly
shorter, flat and sickle-shaped.

FEMALE: similar to the male, chelicerae not
modified. Measurements in mm : carapace 0.82
x 0.80. Abdomen damaged. Leg measurements
given in Table 12.

TABLE 12: Leg measurements (mm) of Calapnita
Phasmoides (Paratype, °)

inte meta-
Legs: femur patella tibia erg tarsus
I missing
Il 4.80 0.35 4.55 7.05 1.15
Ill 3.60 0.35 2.90 4.20 0.72
IV 5.05 0.35 4.55 7.70 1.10
palp: 0.15 0.10 0.14 — 0.18

Genital organ (Figs 50, 51) : similar in structure
to phyllicola, but lobe with more (5-6) and
shallower folds, distally, the lobe is truncated at
right angles. The organ is colourless except for a
central longitudinal band at the base of the
tongue. See also section Fig. 59e.

REMARKS
See remarks under L. borneensis.

Panjange Deeleman-Reinhold and Deeleman,
1983.

Panjange Deeleman-Reinhold and Deeleman, 1983,
Zool. Mededel 57 (14): 123.

Type species : Panjange lanthana Deeleman-Reinhold,
— Luzon, Philippines (4 2).

DIAGNOSIS

Pale coloured spiders, usually with a pattern on
carapace and spots on abdomen, Six eyes in two
compact groups on the sides of the head, in the ¢
on turrets; carapace flat or somewhat domed.
Abdomen at least three times longer than
carapace, truncated or excavated behind.
Epigynal lip folded like a concertina. Male palpal
femur, patella and tibia cylindrical, tarsal
appendage with transverse ridges, bulb elongate,
with one lanceolate apophysis.

The genus is known to occur in the Philippines,
Sulawesi, Borneo, West Irian and the tip of Cape
York Peninsula, Australia.

Panjange mirabilis nov. spec.
(Figs 45, 52-58, 59g, 60).
MATERIAL EXAMINED
Ho.otyPe: 7, QM S883, Gordon Creek, Iron Range,
NE.Q., in mesophyll vine forest, 24-30.vi.1976, R.
Raven, V. Davies.
PARATYPE: ° QM S884, same data as Holotype

DESCRIPTION

HoLotyPe: 4, pale yellow, with pale brown
pattern on the carapace (Fig. 55); sternum,
ventral side of coxae and trochanters, apical end
of femora, patellae, base and apex of tibiae and
base of metatarsi brown, a few spots on abdomen
brown.

Carapace slightly domed, dorsal plateau flat,
without median groove, 6 eyes in two triads, al
eyes a little larger than the posteriors. Eyes raised
on a stalk (Fig. 52), the mesal margin of which is
prolonged into a spike. Clypeus long and
slanting. Chelicerae with rounded apophysis near
the base, distal apophysis lacking.-Sternum as in
Fig. 45, wider than long, obtusely rounded
behind. Abdomen 3 x length of carapace,
distally widening, obliquely truncated (Fig. 52).
Measurements in mm : carapace 0.77 x 0.81; leg
measurements given in Table 13.

TABLE 13: Leg measurements (mm) of Panjange
mirabilis (Holotype, ¢)

Legs: femur patella tibia ried: tarsus
tarsus

I missing

II 5.45 0.33 4.62 8.08 1.30

Ill 3.46 0.33 3.46 4.62 0.75

IV 5.80 0.33 4.30 7.00 1.15

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD: TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE 221

Fics 52-58: Panjange mirabilis n.sp., Iron Range. 52. 6, from side; 53. ¢, right palp, mesal; 54. ¢ palpal trochanter
and part of femur, lateral; 55. °, carapace and palps dorsal; 56. ?, tip of palp, lateral; 57. epigyne, lateral; 58.
epigyne, ventral.

222

Palp (Figs. 53, 54) : femur, patella and tibia
long and cylindrical, not enlarged. Tarsus with a
long, vermiform prolongation with claviform tip.
Tarsal appendage straight and thin, nearly as long
as femur, patella and tibia together, distally
widening and branching into three apophyses of
various shapes; the middle one is decorated with
three parallel transverse ridges. Bulb twice as long
as Wide, embolus filiform, transparent, as long as
tarsus, bulbal apophysis extremely long, longer
than tarsal appendage, colourless but for the
clawlike tip,

FEMALE: similar to the 7, eyes not raised,
chelicerae unmodified. Distance between the eye
groups about 1.5 d, Abdomen with rectangular
truncation posteriorly. Measurements in mm :
carapace 0.76 x 0.77; leg measurements given in
Table 14.

Fic 59. Diagrammatic longitudinal section of female
genital organ, ventral suface uppermost. a. Calapnita
vermiformis Simon; %. Pholcus phalangioides
Fuesslin; e. Calapnita phyllicola n.sp.; d. Micramerys
daviesae n.sp.; e. Calapnita phasmoides n.sp.; F.
Leptopholeus borneensis n.sp.; g. Panjange mirabilis
n.sp. ue: uterus externus; ui; uterus internus; pp:
porous plate; el: epigynal lip; v: vestibulum; vs:
“Verschluss’.

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

TABLE 14: Leg measurements (mm) of Panjange
mirabilis (Paratype, °)

meta-

Legs: femur patella tibia tarsus
tarsus

I 6.84 0.33 7.10 9.75 =

ll missing

Ml 3.80 0.33 3.00 4.62 0.80

IV 4,65 0.33 4.75 8.00 1,25

Palpal tarsus (Fig. 56) : with four apical claws,
no hyaline cone. Epigynal projection (Figs. 57,
58) very wrinkled over the whole width, YV-
shaped, base only a little wider than tip. A wide,
extensible opening leads into the uterus externus,
at the entrance of which a pair of large porous
plates are apparent.

]

Fic. 60. Locations of Micromerys spp. in Queensland,
Australia. M. gracilis Bradley. 1, Cape York; 2, Iron
Range; 3. Shiptons Flat. M. daviesae n.sp. 4. Brandy
Creek; 5. Finch Hatton; 6. Rundle Range,

KEY TO THE GENERA OF INDO-AUSTRALIAN
LEAF-DWELLING PHOLCIDAE

The following key to the pholcid genera is
based partly on my own unpublished material.
The two genera Belisana Thorell and Uthina
Simon have been rarely discussed in the literature

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD

and have never been well defined — they are
included here for the sake of completeness.

I,

il

Abdomen globular or angular, less than 2 *
carapace length; 6 eyes in two triads, am
ADSEME sscesseseceeneenereees

Abdomen at least 2 x carapace length; 6
eyes in two triads, arn small or absent ........ 3

Peer e cree ee eee ree ce ser

Distance between triads 1-2 d wo... cece ecee eee
si speptyselanecseeetyesqeseesae OpErMaphora Hentz
Distance between triads 3d or more ...........
steteneaveevecssaeteerevecseseeesee B@lisana Thorell

Abdomen truncated posteriorly 2-4 x
carapace length; carapace and abdomen in
most cases with faint pattern or dark spots;
carapace more or less domed; in the ”: eye
groups raised, in the ?: distance between pm
BYES WD esce pas osetrversbarkeyesbasvanasvean

Abdomen worm-shaped, 5 ™* of more
carapace length, distally tapering, spinnerets
in prolongation of it; carapace flat; in the *:
eye groups not or only a little raised, in the =:
distance between pm eyes 3 d or more,.,...
hascaoalasplovcdesdeontecioontesferecstdselecctedsbereces 6

am eyes absent; in the ®: eye groups on
stalks; epigyne posteriorly produced into a
wrinkled ‘trunk’ with apical tongue; male
palpal elements slender, tarsal appendage
with transverse ridges, bulbal apophysis
simple, lanceolate ,....... Panjange Deeleman
am eyes present or absent, in * ocular arca
raised or eyes on stalks; 3 genital area
chitinized, epigyne with tongue; ¢ palp
bulgy, 2 chitinized branches of bulbal
apophysis astride EMBOLUS v.ccsccseeceeeeeeer ered

amb eyes present .......... Pholeus Walckenaer
am eyes absent ......... lad ireecna Uthina Simon

Epigyne posteriorly prolonged and lolded; *
chelicerae with 2 apophyses, ? cy¢ groups.
nOt raised ~... ....ececeeeyeyey Calapnitea Simon
Epigyne posteriorly not prolonged, without
tongue, but with internal valves, chelicerae
with Oor | apophySis ........... 2c. keee 7
Male palpal elements long and_ slender,
embolus large and sclerotized, flat, bulb
elongate, bulbal apophyses reduced...
sy yyryeusnees MMicromerys Bradley

ea REE

Male palp of the Pholcus type : elements
short and bulgy, bulb round, 2 chitinized
branches of apophysis straddling the embolus
vpveesereee Leptopholeus Simon

ees e CS eee Peer ees)

: TROPICAL PHOLCIDAE 224

DISCUSSION

From the study of the material described here,
some interesting points emerge. The species In the
genera Micromerys, Calapnita and Panjange
differ from other pholcids by (he lengthened and
slender male palpal elements and the absence of a
chitinized plate on the epigyne. The first two
genera share profound changes in the body form
and eye position with Leptopholeus. This
transformation is probably related to their mode
of life : they have abandoned residence in near-
ground webs and adopted a_ leat-dwelling
existence in topical rainforests, where they
construct much redyced webs close to the
undersurface of the leaf or attached to the leaf
margin. In the pholcids of the genus Bélisana
Thorell, similar but independent transformations
of carapace shape and eye position have taken
place; these spiders too are found on the
underside of leaves.

1 do not consider slender palps primitive and
suggest that they were derived from pholcid
ancestors having shortened, expanded palpal
elements. The loss of volume would be expected,
considering the tendency of the whole spider to
become cryptic and sticklike. Usually these pale
green or yellow spiders are found in daytime on
the underside of leaves with exposed veins, The
long, thin body tooks like the midrib of a leaf,
with the legs stretched out laterally in pholcid
fashion like side veins, perfectly blending with the
background of the leaf. Rounded swollen palps
would be conspicuous in this situation. The
females’ habit of carrying her eggs in front of her
head in a stringlike bunch reinforces the sticklike
appearance of the animal.

In the genus Micromerys, individuals with and
without vestigial anterior median eyes may occur
within the same species. This means that
reduction of these eyes has occurred recently or is
still in progress in this genus. The same
phenomenon was observed in African
Leptophalcus species by Brignoli (1980). As
Simon's distinction between Leptepholcus and
Micromerys was based on the presence or absence
of these eyes, division on this character is invalid,
However, genital organs in Micromerys and
Calapnita described in this paper differ from
those in Leptopholcus not only by being longer
and thinner, but also in basic structure and
composition of their components. In tropical
Africa and Central America, species with
elongate bodies, flat carapaces and a shifted eye
position, which have been placed in the genus

224 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Micromerys, must have evolved from local
lineages.

In conclusion, evidence is accumulating that
the taxonomic unit ‘Leptopholceae’ based on
body form, rests on convergence as an adaptation
to a particular way of life. On the basis of genital
organs, Micromerys is quite distinct from both
Leptopholcus and Calapnita and unrelated to
Central American species incorrectly placed in
Micromerys. Panjange is not so strongly adapted,
but in this genus some remarkable novelties in the
genital organs of both males and females were
developed.

LITERATURE CITED

BRIGNOLI, P.M., 1980. Recherches en Afrique de
l'Institut de Zoologie de |’ Aquila (Italie). III. Sur le
genre Leptopholcus Simon, 1893. Rev. Zool. afr.
94 (3): 649-55.

DEELEMAN-REINHOLD, C.L. and DEELEMAN, P.R.,
1983. Studies on tropical Pholcidae I. Panjange, a
new genus of Indo-Australian leaf- and rock-
dwelling pholcid spiders. (Araneae). Zod/. Meded.
57 (14): 121-30.

MELLO-LEITAO C. de 1946. Notas sobre os Filistatidae e
Pholcidae. An. Ac. Bras. Ci. 18 (1): 39-83.

PETRUNKEVITCH, A., 1929. The spiders of Porto Rico.
Part One. Trans. Conn. Ac. Arts Sci. 30: 1-158.

PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. 1895. Arachnida. Araneida.
In Biol. Centr.-Amer. Zool., 1: 145-160.

TIMM H., 1976. Die Bedeutung von Genitalstrukturen
fiir die Klaérung systematischer Fragen bei
Zitterspinnen. Ent. Germ. 3: 69-76.

WIEHLE, H., 1967. Meta — eine semi-entelegyne
Gattung der Araneae (Arachnida). Senck. Biol. 48
(3): 183-196.

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Qd Mus. 22(2): 225—236. [1986]

TYPE SPECIMENS OF SPIDERS (ARANEAE) IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

VALERIE TODD DAVIES
JULIE A, GALLON

Queensland Museum

ABSTRACT

The type collection of spiders comprises 64 species of mygalomorphs and 70 species of
araneomorphs. Four new synonymies and 3 new combinations are recognised. Cyrfephara
albopunctata Rainbow and Cyrtophora simoni Rainbow are synonymised with Cyrtophora
moluccensis (Dolesch.), Uloborus flavolineatus Rainbow with Psechrus argentatus (Dolesch.),
and the " syntype of Araneus transversus Rainbow with Gea theridioides (L. Koch). Argyredes
argentiopunctata Rainbow and Argyrodes nigrinodosa Rainbow are transferred to Thwaitesia
and Meta argentiopunciata Rainbow is transferred to Mesida .

INTRODUCTION

Ninety-eight new type specimens have been
added to the collection since Monroe’s (1972) list
of 36 species. As he indicated, many of the early
types are in a poor condition. Some of Rainbow’s
types which were designated mature have been
found to be immature. The species are arranged
alphabetically by specific name within families
and sub-orders. The senior author takes full
responsibility for the new synonymies and
combinations. -

MYGALOMORPHAE
BARYCHELIDAE

sordida Rainbow

1898 Idiommata sordida Rainbow — Proc, Linn.
Soc, N.S, W. 23: 330-1.

QM W3503 (1 + holotype) — Neneba, New

Guinea.

CTENIZIDAE

babindaensis Main

1969 Cataxia babindaensis Main — J. Aust, Ent.
Soc. 8: 203-5. Figs 6, 27.

QM W3125 (1 3 holotype) — 'The Boulders’ Nat.

Pk, Babinda, Qld.

eungellaensis Main

1969 Cataxia eungellaensis Main — J. Aust. Ent.
Soc. 8: 205-6. Figs 7, 28.

QM W3126 (1 © holotype) — Eungella Nat. Pk,

Clarke Ra., Qld.

QM W3127 (1 2 paratype) — Eungella Nat. Pk,

Clarke Ra., Qld.

spinipectoris Main

1969 Cataxia spinipectoris Main — J. Aust. Ent.
Soc. 8: 201-3. Figs 2, 8.

QM W2876 (1 = holotype) — Toowoomba, Qld.

DIPLURIDAE

afoveolata Raven

1984 Carrai afoveolata Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 93: 25-7. Figs 4, 9, 19, 37, 40,
113-21. Table 9.

QM 8581 (1 4 holotype) — Carrai State Forest,

N.S.W.

QM 8582 (1 2 paratype) — Carrai State Forest,

N.S.W.

australiensis Raven

1984 Stenygrocercus australiensis Raven — Aust.
J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 93: 63-5. Figs 6, 12, 30,
32, 37, 215-24. Table 26,

QM $591 (5 paratype) — Cann River Valley

Forest, East Gippsland, Vic.

QM $592 (4 § paratypes) — Cann River Valley

Forest, East Gippsland, Vic.

barina Raven

1982 Jxamatus barina Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
30: 1041-44. Figs 1, 9-11, 12, 19, 28, 38, 39,
52, 61, 72. Tables 1, 2.

QM S600 (1 2 holotype) — Baldy Mt., Qld.

QM S602 (1 2 paratype) — Majors MLt., Qld.

QM S860! (2 4, 1 > paratypes) — Baldy Mt., Qld.

226 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

QM S603 (4 2 paratypes) — Majors Mt., Qld.
QM S604 (1 2 paratype) — Boonjee, Qld.

QM S605 (6 ° paratypes) — Malaan State Forest,
Qld.

QM S606 (1 & paratype) — Mt Fisher, Qld.

bicuspidata Raven

1984 Australothele bicuspidata Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. Suppl. Ser. 93: 10-11. Figs 14, 40, 47,
62, 94. Table 3.

QM S578 (1 2 holotype) — Point Lookout, New

England Nat. Pk, N.S.W.

brisbanensis Raven

1984 Namea brisbanensis Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 12-5. Figs 4, 26, 36, 48, 71,
91, 104. Table 2.

QM 8767 (1 ¢ holotype) — Brookfield, Brisbane,

Qld.

QM S768 (1 &

Brisbane, Qld.

QM 8210 (1 ° paratype) — Rochedale, Brisbane,

Qld.

QM S769, 8770 (2 ¢,

Brookfield, Brisbane, Qld.

QM S771 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Ashmore Village,

near Southport, Qld.

QM S772 (1 ¢ paratype) — Booloumba Ck,

Conondale Ra., Qld.

QM S773 (1 ¢ paratype) — Colvin Scrub, via

Canungra, Qld.

QM 8774 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mt Glorious, Qld.

QM 8775 (1 & paratype) — Mt Mee, Qld.

QM 8776 (1 2 paratype) — Mt Nebo, Qld.

QM S777 (1 4 paratype) — Palmwoods, Qld.

QM S778, S779 (2 ° paratypes) — Rochedale

State Forest, Qld.

bulburin Raven

1981 Xamiatus bulburin Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
29: 349-52. Figs 21, 25, 31, 37, 39. Table 4.

QM $714 (1 ¢ holotype) — Bulburin State Forest,

Qld.

QM S715 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mt Bauple, Qld.

bunya Raven

1984 Namea bunya Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 15-6. Figs 57, 81. Table 3.

QM 8780 (1 ¢ holotype) — Bunya Mts, Qld.

QM S781 (1 ¢ paratype) — Bunya Mts, Qld.

QM S782 (1 ¢ paratype) — Deer Reserve, via

Kilcoy, Qld.

QM S785 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Mt Mee, Qld.

QM S786 (1 ¢ paratype) — The Palms, via

Cooyar, Qld.

QM S787 (1 2 paratype) — Ravensbourne Nat.

Pk, Qld.

paratype) — Mt Coot-tha,

1 2 paratypes) —

QM S788 (1 ¢ paratype) — Upper Yarraman
State Forest, Qld.
QM S789 (1 ¢ paratype) — Wrattens Camp, Qld.

calcaria Raven

1984 Namea calcaria Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 16-9. Figs 10, 21, 38, 43, 68,
79, 103, 108, 120, 124, 127. Table 4.

QM S790 (1 ¢ holotype) — Bulburin State Forest,

Qld.

QM S791 (1 2 paratype) — Bulburin State Forest,

Qld.

QM $792 (1 ¢ paratype) — Amamoor Ck, Qld.

QM S793 (1 ¢ paratype) — Brooyar Fire Tower,

via Glastonbury, Qld.

QM 8794 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Eurimbula Ck, Qld.

caldera Raven

1982 Ixamatus caldera Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
30: 1049-51. Figs 2, 11, 15, 21, 29, 34, 47, 50, 54,
60, 71. Tables 1, 3.

QM S626 (1 ¢ holotype) — Bar Mt., N.S.W.
QM S627 (1 2 paratype) — Bar Mt., N.S.W.
QM S628 (2 2 paratypes) — Bar Mt., N.S.W.
QM S629, S630 (6 ¢, 1 2 paratypes) — Tweed
Lookout, N.S.W.

QM S631 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mt Bithongabel, Qld.
QM S632, S633 (2 ¢, 1 2 paratypes) — Repeater
Stn, Springbrook, Qld.

QM S634 (1 ? paratype) — Lamington Nat. Pk,
Qld.

QM S635 (1 ¢& paratype) — Cedar Ck, Mt
Tamborine, Qld.

QM S645 (2 2 paratypes) — Whian Whian State
Forest, N.S.W.

callemonda Raven :

1984 Namea callemonda Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 19-22. Figs 7, 27, 34, 51, 61,
89, 96, 109, 121, 126, 131. Table 5.

QM 8795 (1 ¢ holotype) — Bulburin State Forest,

Qld.

QM S796 (1 & paratype) — Bulburin State

Forest, Qld.

candidus Raven

1982 Ixamatus candidus Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
30: 1051-4. Figs 11, 14, 22, 30, 35, 42, 51, 55,
63, 68, 73. Tables 1, 4.

QM S640 (1 ¢ holotype) — Poverty Point,
N.S.W.
QM S642 (1 2 paratype) — Poverty Point,
N.S.W.
QM S641 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Poverty Point,
N.S.W.

QM S643 (1 ¢ paratype) — Victoria Pk, N.S.W.
QM S644 (1 ¢ paratype) — ‘The Head’, nr
Killarney, Qld.

DAVIES AND GALLON: SPIDER TYPES 227

capricornia Raven

1984 Namea capricornia Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 10-2. Figs 15, 25, 31, 45, 56,
72, 73, 102, 114, 123. Table 1.

QM S760 (1 ¢ holotype) — Crediton, Qld.

QM S761 (1 2 paratype) — Crediton, Qld.

QM S762, S763 (6 3, 2 2 paratypes) — Crediton,

Qld.

QM 8764 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mt Macartney, Cathu

State Forest, Qld.

curcurbita Raven

1984 Namea curcurbita Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 22-4. Figs 13, 39, 69, 88, 119.
Table 6.

QM S797 (1 ¢ holotype) — Wrattens Camp, via

Widgee, Qld.

QM S798 (1 ¢ paratype) — Chevallum, Qld.

QM S799 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mt Tenison Woods,

Qld.

daemeli Raven

1984 Cethegus daemeli Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 93: 37-9. Figs 24, 122, 128, 133,
144, 153, 160, 163, 164. Table 14.

QM S456 (1 ¢ holotype) — Line Hill, nr Lockhart

R. Mission, Cape York, Qld.

QM S457 (1 2 paratype) — Line Hill, nr Lockhart

R. Mission, Cape York, Qld.

QM S458, S460, S461, S463, S465-469,

S$472-475, S477 (3 ¢, 19 ° paratypes) — Line

Hill, nr Lockhart R. Mission, Cape York, Qld.

dahmsi Raven

1984 Namea dahmsi Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 24-6. Figs 17, 20, 40, 50, 62,
90, 99, 110. Table 7.

QM S800 (1 ¢ holotype) — Calamvale, Brisbane,

Qld.

QM S801 (1 2 paratype) — Calamvale, Brisbane,

Qld.

QM S802 (1 ¢ paratype) — Cabarlah, Crows

Nest, Qld.

QM S803, S804 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Mt Nebo, Qld.

QM S805 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Teviot Brook, nr

Boonah, Qld.

dicalcaria Raven

1984 Namea dicalcaria Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 26-9. Figs 9, 23, 41, 46, 53,
65, 80, 86, 87, 92, 106, 118. Table 8.

QM S806 (1 ¢ holotype) — Mt Nardi, N.S.W.

QM S807 (1 2 paratype) — Mt Nardi, N.S.W.

QM S808 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Mt Nardi, N.S.W.

QM S809, S810 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Rotary Park,

Lismore, N.S.W.

QM S811 (1 ¢ paratype) — Tregeagle, 10 km SE

Lismore, N.S.W.

QM S812 (1 ¢ paratype) — Whian Whian State
Forest, N.S.W.

earthwatchorum Raven

1984 Aname earthwatchorum Raven — J.
Arachnol. 12: 184-7. Figs 1, 2, 6, 10, 17, 23,
26, 32, 38, 39. Table 2.

QM S1207 (1 ¢ holotype) — Mt Bellenden Ker,

Qld.

QM S1208 (1 2 paratype) — Mt Bellenden Ker,

Qld.

QM S1209 (1 2 paratype) — Mt Bellenden Ker,

Qld.

QM S1210 (1 ¢ 2 2 paratypes) — Mt Bellenden

Ker, Qld.

QM S1211 (1 ¢ 1 & paratype) — Mt Bellenden

Ker, Qld.

QM S1212 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Mt Bellenden Ker,

Qld.

QM S1213 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mt Bellenden Ker,

Qld.
QM S1214 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mt Bellenden Ker,
Qld.
QM S1215 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mt Bartle-Frere,
Qld.

QM S1216 (1 ? paratype) — Mt Bartle-Frere,
Qld.

QM S1217 (1 ? paratype) — Mt Lewis, Qld.
QM S1218 (1 2 paratype) — Mt Fisher, Qld.
QM S1219 (2 ° paratypes) — Malaan State
Forest, Qld.

QM S1220 (1 ? paratype) — North Bell Park,
Qld.

elegans Raven

1984 Cethegus elegans Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 93: 40-2. Figs 26, 123, 125, 130,
141, 147, 157, 172, 173. Table 15.

QM S495 (1 ¢ holotype) — Forty Mile Scrub, SW

of Mt Garnet, Qld.

QM S496 (1 2 paratype) — Forty Mile Scrub, SW

of Mt Garnet, Qld.

QM S755 (2 2 paratypes) — Forty Mile Scrub,

SW of Mt Garnet, Qld.

eungella Raven

1984 Namirea eungella Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 93: 56-7. Figs 38, 190, 194, 212.
Table 22.

QM $523 (1 ° holotype) — Homevale, Qld.

QM S524 (1 ° paratype) — Finch Hatton, Qld.

QM S531 (1 2° paratype) — Eungella Nat. Pk,

Qld.

excavans Raven

1984 Namea excavans Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 29-31. Figs 16, 29, 58, 59, 82,
83, 111. Table 9.

228 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

QM 8813 (1 ¢ holotype) — Mt Glorious, Qld.
QM S814, S815 (2 4 paratypes) — Mt Glorious,
Id.

OM §830 (1 ¢ paratype) — Neurum Ck, Mt Mee,

Qld.

Jischeri; Rayen

1982 Ixamatus fischeri Raven — Austr. J, Zool.
30; 1055-8, Figs 3, 7, 11, 16, 23, 31, 36, 43,
44, 56, 65, 70. Tables 1, 5.

QM $727 (1 4 holotype) — Mt Banda Banda

Beech Res., N.S.W.

QM 8728 (1 2 paratype) — Mt Banda Banda

Beech Res., N.S.W.

giraulti Rainbow

1914 Chenistonia giraulti Rambow — Rec, Aust,
Mus. 10: 243-7. Figs 52-7.

QM W22, W23 (2 4 paratypes) — Nelson, Qld. =

Selenocosmia sp. - Y.T,D.

Aanni Raven

1984 Ceihegus hanni Raven — Aust, J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 93; 45-6. Figs 122, 134, 150, 178.
Table 17.

QM 5483 (1 2 holotype) — Near Hann R., Qld.

hickmani Raven

1984 Anaine hickmani Raven — J. Arachnol, 12:
187-9. Figs 5, 8, 18, 19, 27, 35,42. Table 3.

QM $1221 (1 ¢ holotype) — Bruxner Park,, near

Coffs Harbour, N,S.W-

QM $1222 (2 7 paratypes) — Bruxner Park, near

Coffs Harbour, N.S.W,

ilara Raven

1982 Xamiatus ilara Raven — Mem. Qd Mus. 20
(3); 475-8. Figs 1, 5-12. Table 2.

QM 8741 (1 ¢ holotype) — Blackdown
Tableland, Qld.
QM 8742 (i ¢ paratype) — Blackdown
Tableland, Qld.
QM 8743 (5 paratypes) — Blackdown

Tableland, Qld,

insularis Raven

1984 Namirea insularis Raven — Ausi. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 93: 59-61, Figs 40, 186, 187, 192,
193, 200, 203, 204, 208, 213. Table 24.

QM 3519 (J * holotype) — Burleigh Heads, Qld.

QM 8520 (1 © paratype) — Burleigh Heads, Qld.

QM $521, $522 (1 4, 1 » paratypes) — Burleigh

Headland, Qld.

Jamiesoni Raven

1984 Ausrralothele jamiesoni Raven — Aust. J.
Zool, Suppl. Ser. 93: 11-5. Figs 1, 2, 7, 33,
34, 39, 40, 44, 46, 53, 59, 69, 75, 81-91. Table
4

QM $550 (1 * holotype) — Little Yabba Ck,
Conondale Ra,, Qld.

QM $55] (1 © paratype) — Amamoor, Qld.

QM 8552 (1 = paratype) — Blackbutt, Qld.

QM $553, 8554 (2 4, 2 © paratypes) — Foot of

Blackbutt Ra., Qld.

QM $555 (1 2 paratype) ~ Boombana Nat. Pk,

Qld.

QM $556 (4 ¥

Brisbane, Qld.

QM S557-560, S750 (2 ¢, 19 © paratypes) —

Bunya Mtns, Qld.

QM $561 (1 2 paratype) — Conondale Ra., Qld.

QM $562, $566 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Little Yabba

Ck, Conondale Ra., Qld.

QM $563, 5564 (2 7 paratypes) — Cunninghams

Gap, Qld.

QM 8565 (1 ¢ paratype) — Jimna State Forest,

Old.

QM $567, S568 (3 4, 5 © paratypes) — Mistake

Mins, Qld.

QM 8569 (1 = paratype) — Cedar Ck Falls Rd,

Mt Nebo, Qld.

QM S570 (1 = paratype) — Mt Nebo, Old.

QM 8571 (1 4, 1 © paratypes) — Toonumbar

State Forest, N.S.W.

QM $753 (3 » paratypes) — Mt Brisbane, Qld.

jimna Raven

1984 Namea jimma Rayen — Aust, J. Zool.
Suppl, Ser. 96: 35-7, Figs 6, 22, 35, 52, 54,
55, 77, 78, 100, 113, 122. Table 11,

paratypes) — Newmarket,

QM S821 (1 4 holotype) — Mt Cabinet. via
Jimna, Qld.
QM $822 (1 = paratype) — Mt Cabinet, via
Jimna, Qld.

QM S828, $829 (2 © paratypes) — Mt Cabinet,

via Jimna, Qld.

QM 8823 (4 * paratypes) — Booloumba Ck,

Conondale Ra., Qld.

QM 5824, S825 (1 7, 1

Conondale Ra., Qld.

QM $826 (1 2 paratype) — Little Yabba Ck,

Conondale Ra., Qld.

QM 8827 (5 ¢, | 2 paratypes) — Mt Bauple, Qld.

QM S831-3 (6 *, 5 ¥ paratypes) — Tungi Ck,

Jimna, Qld,

kia Raven

1981 Xamiatus kia Raven — Aust. J. Zool, 29;
358-61. Figs 20, 26, 32, 36, 40. Table 6.

QM 8719 (1 4 holotype) — Newee Ck Rd, via

Macksville, N.S.W.

kirrama Raven

1984 Aname kirrama Rayen — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 47-9. Figs 18, 30, 67, 85, 107,
125, Table 16.

QM 81186 (1 ¢ holotype) — Kirrama, via

Kennedy, Qld.

paratypes) —

DAVIES AND GALLON; SPIDER TYPES

macgregori Rainbow

1898 Antrochares macgregori Rainbow — Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 23: 332-3, Pl. vii. Figs 2,
2a.

QM W3575 (1 2

Guinea.

1979 Masleria macgregori (Rainbow) Rayen —
Aust. J. Zool, 27: 629-30. Figs. 6. 7, 11, 15,

holotype) — Neneba, New

maculata Raven

1984 Australothele maculata Raven — Aust, J,
Zool, Suppl, Ser. 93: 7-10. Figs 13, 39, 40,
42,45, 54, 58, 64, 70, 79, 80, 95-7, 110, 111.
Table 2,

QM S541 (1 2 holotype) — Nr Lamington Nat,

Pk, Qld.

QM 8752 (1 # paratype) — Nr Lamington Nat.

Pk, Qld.

QM S542-6 (7 2 paratypes) — Nr Lamington

Nat. Pk, Qld.

QM 8547 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mt French, Qld.

OM S548, $549 (2 © paratypes) — Flinders Peak,

Qld.

magna Raven

1984 Ausiralothele magna Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. Suppl. Ser, 93; 15-7. Figs 3, 8, 15, 39,
43, 50, 55, 57, 67, 72, 78, 101-5. Table 5.

QM 8572 (1 # holotype) — Wrattens Camp, via

Widgee, Old,

QM S573 (1 ¢ paratype) — Yarraman, Qld.

QM $574 (1 2 paratype) — Yarraman, Qld.

QM S575 (1 2 paratype) — Yarraman State

Forest, Qld.

QM $576 (1 = paratype) — Nanango Hospital

excavation, Qld,

QM $577 (2 © paratypes) — Marlaybrook, Qld.

QM 8754 (1 * paratype) — Junction View, Qld.

magnificus Raven

1981 Xamiatus magnificus Raven — Aust, J.
Zool. 29: 352-8. Figs 9, 23, 28, 33-5, 42, 52.
Table 5.

QM 8717 (1 4 holotype) — Crater Nat. Pk, Qld.

QM 8718 (I © paratype) — Majors Mt., Qld.

montana Rayen

1984 Aname moniana Raven — J. Arachnol, 12:
189-90. Figs 7, 11, 12, 28, 29, 31, 40, 43,
Table 4,

QM 81223 (1 ¢ holotype) — 13 km from

Beechwood, N.S.W.

QM $1224 (1 © paratype) — 13 km from

Beechwood, N.S.W.

QM $1225 (4 4 paratypes) — Bruxner Park,

N.S.W.

QM 81226 (3 @ paratypes) — Never Never,

Dorrigo National Park, N.S.W.

229

montana Raven

1984 Australothele montana Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. Suppl. Ser. 93: 17-9. Figs 16, 40, 49,
61, 98-100. Table 6.

OM S579 (1 © holotype) — New England Nat,

Pk, N.S.W.

QM $580 (I penult, 7 paratype) — New England

Nat. Pk, N.S.W.

montislewisi Raven

1984 Namirea montislewisi Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. Suppl. Ser. 93: 61-3. Figs 29, 31. 38,
123, 188, 191, 214. Table 25,

QM $527 (1 ? holotype) ~ Mt Lewis, Qld.

QM $528 (2 © paratypes) — Mt Lewis, Qld.

QM $529, $530 (3 © paratypes) — Mt Finnigan,

Qld.

multispinosus Raven

1984 Cethegus multispinosus Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. Suppl. Ser, 93; 46-8. Figs 122, 132,
151,177. Table 18.

ot S481 (1 = holotype) — 80 km N of Musgrave,

Qld.

musgrayei Raven

1982 /xamatus musgravei Raven — Aust, J. Zool.
30: 1058-61. Figs 4, 11, 17, 25, 32, 37, 45, 46,
57, 62, 66, 74. Tables |, 6.

QM $729 (| 7 holotype) — Point Lookout, New

England Nat. Pk, N.S.W.

QM 8730 (1 4,1 = paratypes) — Point Lookout,

New England Nat. Pk, N.S.W.,

nebilosa Raven

1984 Naniea nebulosa Raven — Aust, J, Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96; 38-41. Figs 11, 19, 47, 60, 76,
98, 101, 117, 128. Table 12.

QM 8834 (1 4 holotype) — Cable Tower 3, Mt

Bellenden-Ker, Qld.

QM 8835 (1 © paratype) — Mt Bellenden-Ker,

Qld.

QM 8836-9 (18 2, 1

Bellenden-Ker, Qld.

nothofagi Raven

1984 Australothele nothofagi Raven — Aust, J.
Zool. Suppl. Ser. 93; 21-4. Figs 18, 39, 41,
48, 56, 63, 65, 66, 71, 76, 92, 93, 109, 112.
Table 8.

QM $532 (1 ¢ holotype) — Mt Bithongabel,

Lamington Nat. Pk, Qld.

QM $533 (1 ¢ paratype) — Mr Bithongabel,

Lamington Nat. Pk, Old,

QM $534 (1 © paratype) — Mt Hobwee, Qld.

QM 8535, $536 (3 » paratypes) — Nr Lamington

Nat. Pk, Qld.

QM $537 (1 2 paratype) — Lower Albert River,

Qld.

paratypes) — Mt

230

QM $538 (1 = paratype) — Springbrook, Qld.
QM $539 (1 7, 1 ° paratypes) — Border Fence,
Levers Plateau, N.S.W.

QM S540 (1 > paratype) — Border Fence, Philp
Farm, Levers Plateau, N.S.W.

olympus Raven

1984 Namea olympus Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 96: 41-2. Figs §, 37, 63, 94, 115.
Table 13.

QM 81163 (J * holotype) — Mt Bartle-Frere,

Qld.

QM S1164 (1 4 paratype) — Mt Bartle-Frere,

Qld.

pallipes Raven

1984 Cethevus pallipes Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser. 93; 48-9, Figs 23, 122, 135, 154,
182, 183, Table 19.

QM 8484 (1 © holotype) — Mt Cook, Cooktown,

Qid,

QM S485 (1 © paratype) — Mt Cook, Cooktown,

OM S486 (4 © paratypes) — Amos Bay, or
Cooktown, Qld.

planipes Raven

1984 Namirea planipes Raven — Aust, J, Zool,
Suppl. Ser. 93; 52-5. Figs 5, 11, 28, 39, 40,
108, 185, 189, 196, 197, 199, 202, 206, 207,
209-11, Table 21,

QM S498 (1 4 holotype) — Rochedale State

Forest, Qld.

QM S515 (1 5 paratype) — Mt Nebo, Qld.

QM S499, S500 (1 4,3 = paratypes) — Rochedale

State Forest, Qld.

QM $501 (1 © paratype) — Amamoor, Qld.

QM §502 (1 * paratype) — Deer Reserve, via

Kileoy, Qld.

QM $503 (1 2 paratype) — Hotham Ck Rd, nor

Pimpama, Qld.

QM $504, S505 (1 ¢, 1 % paratypes) — ML

Cainbable, Lamington Nat. Pk, Qld.

QM S506 (1 © paratype) — Lamington Nat. Pk,
Qld.

QM S$507-9 (@ 2 paratypes) — Mt Coot-tha,
Brisbane, Qld,

QM S510 (1 © paratype) — Mt Gillies, Qld.

QM S511 (1 © paratype) — Mr Lindsay, Qld.

QM 8512-4, 5516, S517 (4 7, 4 ©

Mi Nebo, Qld.

QM $8518 (1 % paratype) — Mt Tamborine, Qld.

robustus Raven

1984 Cethegus robustus Raven — Aust. J. Zoal.
Suppl, Ser. 93: 50-1. Figs 27, 123, 138, 152,
175, 176, 179-81. Table 20.

QM S489 (1 © holotype) — Chillagoe, Qld.

QM S490 (4 © paratypes) — Chillagoe, Qld.

paratypes) —

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

nibrifrans Raven

1981 Xamiatus rubriJrons Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. 29: 344-9. Figs 17, 18, 24, 29, 38, 41,
43, 51, 57, 62, 66-8. Table 3.

QM 8704 (1 * holotype) — Conondale Ra., Qld.

QM $706 (1 © paratype) — Conondale Ra., Qld,

QM $8705 (2 4, 1 2, 1 juv. paratypes) —

Conondale Ra., Qld.

QM 8707 (1 + paratype) — 6 km NW Mt Nebo,

Id.

QM 8708-10 (2 #, 1 '
Qld.

salanitri Raven

1984 Namea salanitri Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
Suppl. Ser, 96: 42-5. Figs 3, 28, 33, 42, 66,
84, 97, 116, 129. Table 14,

QM S1166 (1 4 holotype) — Mt Mee, Qld.

© paratypes) — Mt Nebo,

QM 81167 (i 2 baratyph) — Mt Mee, Qld.
QM §1175-7 (3 2, 2 2 paratypes) — Mt Mee,
Qld.

QM $1168, S!169 (2 4,
Mt., via Emuvale, Qld.

QM SI1170 (J 4 paratype) — Border Fence,
Levers Plateau, Qld.

QM $1171 (1 ¢ paratype) — Philp Farm, Levers
Plateau, Qld,

QM 81172, 51173 (1 “, 1 © paratypes) — Mistake
Mins, Qld.

QM $1174 (3 4 paratypes) — Mt Bithongabel,
Old.

QM S1178 (1 4 paratype) — Mt Superbus, Qld.

QM $1179 (4 # paratypes) — Mt Tenison Woods,

Qld.

QM 81180-82 0 4,1 2 paratypes) — Plateau S of
‘The Head’, via Killarney, Qld.

QM 81183 (2 ¢ paratypes) — Mt Clunie, N.S.W.

saundersi Raven
1984 Namea saundersi Raven — Aust. J. Zool.

1 = paratypes) — Bald

Suppl. Ser. 96: 45-7. Figs 5, 32, 64, 74, 75.
Table 15,
QM 51184 (1 * holotype) — Mt Spec Nat. Pk,
Qld.

QM $1185 (1 ¢@ paratype) — Mt Spec Nat. Pk,

Qld.

toddae Raven

1979 Masteria toddae Raven — Aust. .J. Zool,
27: 630-5. Figs 2, 8, 9, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18-29.

QM $198 (1 4 holotype) — Home Rule, Qld.

QM S199 (5 4, 1 2 paratypes) — Home Rule,

Qld.

QM 8200 (1 ¢ paratype) — Shiprons Flat, Qld.

QM §201 (1 4, 1 2, 4 juv. paratypes) — Twelve

Mile Scrub, Qld.

QM 8202 (1 «, 1 juv. paratypes) — Spear Ck,

Qld.

DAVIES AND GALLON: SPIDER TYPES 231

QM $8203 (1 2, 2 juv. paratypes) — Mt Finlay,

Qld.

QM 8204 (4 juy. paratypes) — Gordon Ck, lron

Ra., Qld.

QM 8206 (2 2,

Qld.

trepica Rayen

1984 Aname tropica Raven — J. Arachnol. 12;
192. Figs 13, 30. Table 5.

QM 81227 (i © holotype) — Lamond Hill, Iron

Range, Qld.

webbae Raven

1982 Ixamatus webbae Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
30: 1062-6. Figs 6, 8, 11, 18, 26, 27, 48, 49,
58, 59, 75. Tables |, 7.

QM $731 (1 7 holotype) — Lamington Nat. Pk,

Qid.

au $732 (1 7 paratype) — Lamington Nal. Pk,

| 2 paratypes) — Majors Mt.,

ov $734 (1 4 paratype) — Lamington Nat. Pk,
Qld.

QM 8733 (i ¢ paratype) — Mt Bithongabel, Qld.
QM 8735 (1 2 paratype) — Springbrook, Qld.
QM 8736 (3 * paratypes) — Mt Hobwee, Qld.
OM $8737 (i © paratype) — Binna Burra, Qld.
QM 8738 (6 4 paratypes) — Broken Head,
N.S.W.

HEXATHELIDAB

boycei Raven

1978 Bymainiella boycei Raven — Aust. J. Zool,
Suppl. Ser. 65: 16-22. Figs I, 6, 13, 14, 19,
20, 44, 52, 53, 66-8.

QM W4869 (1 # holotype) — Boyce Reserve,

Toowoomba, Qld,

QM W4870, W6008 (2 °

Reserve, Toowoomba, Qld.

QM W6006 (1 ¢ paratype) — Bunya Mis Nat. Pk,

Qld.

cannoni Raven

1978 Bymainiella cannoni Raven — Aust. J.
Zool, Suppl. Ser. 65; 34-9. Figs 1, 10, 35-8,
48, 49, 60, 61.

paratypes) — Boyce

QM W6014 (i # holotype) — Lamington Nat.
Pk, Qld.

QM W6015 (1 juv. 2? paratype) — Mt Cainbable,
Qld.

lugubris Raven

1978 Bymiuiniella lugubris Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. Suppl. Ser. 65: 56-2. Figs 1, 93, 94,
99-101, 110, 113, 114, 120.

QM W6016 (1 2 holotype) — New England

Plateau, N.S.W,

QM W6017-6023 (7 © paratypes) — New England

Plateau, N.S.W.

QM W6024-6027 (4 © paratypes) — New England
Plateau, N.S.W.

monteithi Raven

1978 Bymainiella monteithi Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. Suppl, Ser. 65: 62-6. Figs 1, 95, 96,
102-5, 111, 115, 116, 121.

QM W6029 (1 4 holotype) — Cunninghams Gap,

Qld.

QM W6030 (1 2

Qld.

ri W6031-33 (2 “, 1 © paratypes) — Lower Ck,

N.S.W

paratype) — Cunninghams Gap,

OM W6034 (1 © paratype) — Mistake Mts, Qld.

montisbossi Raven

1978 Bymainiella montisbossi Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. Suppl. Ser. 65: 42-6, Figs 1, 12, 18,
41-3, 51, 64, 65, 74.

QM W6036 (1 ¢ holotype) — Mt Banda Banda

Beech Res., N.S.W,

QM W6037, W6038 (2 4 paratypes} — 2.8 km

from Beechwood, N.S.W.

QM W6039, W6040 (2 = paratypes) — Nr summit

Mt Bass, N.S.W.

QM W6041-3 (3 © paratypes) — Mt Boss region,

N.S.W.

terraereginae Raven

1976 Hexathéle terraereginae Raven — Proc. R.
Soc, Qd 87: 53-7. Figs. 1A-H, 2A-D, G-L.
Tables 1-3.

QM W4849 (1 ¢ holotype) — Lamington Plateau,

Qld.

QM W4850-8 (2 4, 7 © paratypes) — Lamington

Plateau, Qld.

OM W4859-65 (3 penult. ¢, 4 © paratypes) —

Lamington Nat. Pk, Qld.

1978 Bymainiella terraereginae Raven — Aust. J.
Zool. Suppl. Ser. 65: 72-4. Type species of
gen. nov.

MIGIDAE

cunicularius Main

1983 Homogona cunicularius Main — J, Aust.
Ent. Soc. 22: 89-91. Figs 6, 13-6, 20-3.

QM W2472 (1 = holotype) — North Cedar Ck,

Qid.

QM W5654 (1 * paratype) — Mt Finlay, Qld.

terraereginae Raven

1984 Hereromigas terraereginae Raven — Aust,
J. Zool. 32: 386-9. Figs 14-22, Table 2.

QM 81232 (1 2? holotype) — Mt Goonaneman,

Id.

QM $1233 (1 ° paratype) — Mt Goonaneman,
Qld.

QM S1234 (3 4 3 2
Goonaneman, Qld.

paratypes) — Mt

232 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

variapalpus Raven

1984 Migas variapalpus Raven — Aust. J. Zool.
32: 381-5. Figs 1-10. Table 1.

QM S1228 (1 ¢ holotype) — O’Reilly’s Guest

House, Lamington Nat. Pk, Qld.

QM S1229 (1 2 paratype) — O’Reilly’s Guest

House, Lamington Nat. Pk, Qld.

ARANEOMORPHAE
AMAUROBIIDAE

agrestis Davies

1976 Dardurus agrestis Davies — Mem. Qd Mus.
17 (3): 407-8. Figs 19f, 21.

QM W4900 (1 2 holotype) — Black Duck Ck, nr

Junction View, Qld.

QM W4901 (1 penult. ¢, 2 juv. paratypes) —

Black Duck Ck, Qld.

nemoralis Davies

1976 Dardurus nemoralis Davies — Mem. Qd
Mus. 17 (3): 405-7. Figs 16-8, 19d.

QM W4896 (1 £° holotype) — Mt Tamborine,

Qld.

QM W4897 (2 ¢, 2 2

Tamborine, Qld.

saltuosus Davies

1976 Dardurus saltuosus Davies — Mem. Qd
Mus. 17 (3): 407. Figs 19e, 20.

QM W4898 (1 2° holotype) — Yabbra State

Forest, Richmond Ra., N.S.W.

QM W4899 (i ¢, 1 juv. paratypes) — Yabbra

State Forest, Richmond Ra., N.S.W.

silvaticus Davies

1976 Dardurus silvaticus Davies — Mem. Qd
Mus. 17 (3): 403-4. Figs 11-3, 19c. Pl. 59B,
60A.

QM W4890 (1 2 holotype) — Mt Glorious, Qld.

QM W4891, W4892 (2 ¢, 2 2 paratypes) — Mt

Glorious, Qld.

spinipes Davies

1976 Dardurus spinipes Davies — Mem. Qd Mus.
17 (3): 400-3. Figs 1-10, 19a. Pl. 59A, 60B.

QM W4877 (1 2 holotype) — Fig Tree Pocket,

Brisbane, Qld.

QM W4878-4887 (8 3, 1 penult. ¢, 17 ¢, 3 juv.

paratypes) — Fig Tree Pocket, Brisbane, Qld.

QM W4888, W4889 (1 ¢, 10 2, 2 juv. paratypes)

— Conondale Ra., Qld.

tamborinensis Davies

1976 Dardurus tamborinensis Davies — Mem. Qd
Mus. 17 (3): 404-5. Figs 14, 15, 19b.

QM W4893 (1 2 holotype) — Mt Tamborine,

Qld.

QM W4894, W4895 (3 ¢, 1 ° paratypes) — Mt

Tamborine, Qld.

paratypes) — Mt

woolowa Davies

1984 Pitonga woolowa Davies — Mem. Qd Mus.
21 (2): 261-269. Figs 1-17.

QM S1300 (1 ° holotype) — Flying Fox Is., East

Alligator R., N.T.

QM $1301, $1302 (1 ¢, 2 juv. paratypes) — East

Alligator R., N.T.

QM S1303 (1 juv. paratype) — Port Farewell,

East Alligator R., N.T.

ANAPIDAE

burra Forster

1959 Pseudanapis burra Forster — Trans. R. Soc.
N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 309-10. Figs 82-7.

QM S897 (1 ¢ holotype) — Binna Burra, Qld.
QM 898 (1 2 paratype) — Binna Burra, Qld.

darlingtoni Forster

1959 Pseudanapis darlingtoni Forster — Trans.
R. Soc. N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 312-3. Figs 92-7.

QM 899 (1° paratype) — Mt Spurgeon, Qld.
grossa Forster

1959 Pseudanapis grossa Forster — Trans. R.
Soc. N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 313-5. Figs 98-105.

QM S100 (1 ¢ holotype) — Ramu-Purari Divide,
Gomanigu Valley, New Guinea.

octocula Forster

1959 Pseudanapis octocula Forster — Trans. R.
Soc. N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 310-1. Figs 88-91.

QM S101 (1 ¢ holotype) — Binna Burra, Qld.

QM S102 (1 £ paratype) — Sunnybank, Brisbane,

Qld.

ARANEIDAE

albopunctata Rainbow

1898 Cyrtophora albopunctata Rainbow — Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 23: 339-40. Pl. vii. Fig. 5.

QM W3516 (1 ¢? holotype) — Neneba, Mt

Scratchley, New Guinea. = Cyrtophora

moluccensis (Dolesch.) n. syn. — V.T.D.

biapicata Koch

1980 Eriophora biapicata (Koch) — Davies, V.
Todd. Mem. Qd Mus. 20 (1): 128.

QM S361 (1 ¢ neotype) — 64 km W of Westmar,

Qld.

bituberculata Lamb

1911 Dolophones bituberculata Lamb — Ann.
Qd Mus. 10: 172-3. Fig. 3.

QM W2121 (1 ¢ holotype) — Stafford-on-

Kedron, Brisbane, Qld.

depressus Rainbow

1898 Araneus depressus Rainbow — Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W. 23: 340-2. Pl. vii. Figs 6, 6a.

QM W3517 (1 °, 1 juv. syntypes) — Neneba, New

Guinea.

DAVIES AND GALLON: SPIDER TYPES 233

1942 Aranéus depressatulus Roewer — Katalog
der Araneae. 1: 826; depressus praeocc.,
nom. nov, for depressus Rainbow.

katherina Levi

1983 Argiope katherina Levi — Bull, Mus. comp.
Zool, 150 (5): 300-2. Figs 211-6. Map 4.

QM 8904 (1 ? holotype) — Katherine Gorge,

N,T.

QM 8905 (1 2, | juv. paratypes) — Katherine

Gorge, N.T.

loricata Davies

1980 Malkara loricata Davies — Proc. 8 Int.
Congr. Arach. Vienna: 377-82, Figs 1-4,
7-17.

QM S682 (1 + holotype) — Mt Coot-tha, Qld.

QM 8683-9 (5 2, 2 © paratypes) — Mt Coot-tha,

Qid,

maculata piscatorum De Vis

1911 Nephila maculata piscaterum De Vis —
Ann, Od Mus. 10: 167-8.

QM W2120 (1 © holotype) — Dunk Is., Qld,

1958 Nephila maculata (Fabricius) — Bonnet, P.
Bibliographia Araneorum 1: 3077.

notandus Rainbow

1912 Araneus notandus Rainbow — Mem. Qd
Mus. 1: 196. Figs 7-9.

QM W2122 (1 & holotype) — Blackall Ra., Qld.

quadrispina Lamb

1911 Gasteracantha quadrispina Lamb — Ann.
Od Mus. 10: 171. Fig. 2.

QM W2118 (i © holotype) — Eumundi, Qld.

1942 Guasteracanthe quadrispinosa Cambridge —
Roewer, C.F., Katalog der Araneae, 1: 947.

radon Levi

1983 Argiope radon Levi — Bull. Mus. comp.
Zool. 150 (5): 318-20, Figs 317-23. Map 5.

QM $906 (1 § holotype) — Radon Ck, N.T.

QM §907 (i 2, 2 ¢, 2 juv. paratypes) — Radon

Ck, N.T.

simoni Rainbow

1898 Cyrtophora simoni Rainbow — Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S,W. 23: 337-9. Pl. vii. Figs 4, 4A.

QM W3508-15 (6 3, 2 juv, syntypes) — Mt

Scratchley, Neneba, New Guinea, = Cyriophora

moluccensis (Dolesch.) n. syn. — ¥.T.D.

transversus Rainbow

1912 Araneus transversus Rainbow — Mem. Qd
Mus. 1: 197-8. Figs 10-14.

QM W2)23, W2126 (1 7, 1 2 syntypes) —

Blackall Ra., Qld. ¢ = Gea theridioides (L. Koch)

n. syn, — V_T,D.

ARCHAEIDAE

daviesae Forster & Platnick

1984 Austrarchaea daviesae Forster & Platnick —
Am. Mus, nat. Hist. 178 (1); 22-3, Figs 66-8,
70-5.

QM S109! (1 @ holotype) — Majors Mt.,

Atherton Tbld, Qld.

QM 81092 (1 © paratype) — Malaan State Forest,

Atherton Tbld, Qld.

nodosa Forster

1956 Archaea nodosa Forster — Mem. Od Mus.
13; 151-4, Figs 1-7.

QM W1955 (1 ? holotype) — Tallawallal, Qld.

1984 Austrarchaea nodosa (Forster) — Forster,
R.R. & Platnick, N.J. Am. Mus, nat. Hist.
178 (1): 21. Type species for gen. nov.

CLUBIONIDAE

giulianetti Rainbow

1898 Clubionea giulianetti Rainbow — Proc. Linn.
Soc, N.S. W. 23: 348-50. Pl. vii. Figs 11, lla.

QM W3527 (4 4, 1 penult. 4, 1 © syntypes) —

Neneba, New Guinea.

CTENIDAE

devisi Rainbow

1898 Argoctenus devisi Rainbow — Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W 23; 350-1. Pl. vii. Fig. 12.

QM W3525 (1 # holotype) — Mambare R.,

Tamatava Stn, New Guinea.

QM W3526 (1 juvy. paratype) — Mambare R.,

Tamatava Stn, New Guinea.

CYATHOLIPIDAE

silvestris Davies

1978 Teemenaarus silvestris Davies — Symp.
zool. Soc. Lond. 42: 293-302. Figs 1-20.

QM SI (1 © holotype) — Bulburin State Forest,

Qld.

QM $2-11 (7 ¢, 4 2, 3 juv. paratypes) —

Bulburin State Forest, Qld.

GNAPHOSIDAE

beattyi Platnick

1977 Prodidomus beattyi Platnick — Bull. Br.
arach. Soc. 4 (2): 72-3, Figs 1-4.

QM S5i (1 ¢@ holotype) — Shoal Bay Rd, NE of

Darwin, N.T.

QM S52 (1 ? paratype) — Shoal Bay Rd, NE of

Darwin, N.T.

234 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

HETEROPODIDAE

similaris Rainbow

1898 Sarotes similaris Rainbow — Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W. 23: 346-7. Pl. vii. Fig. 10.

QM W3522, W3523 (1 penult. 2, 1 juv. syntypes)

— Mt Scratchley, Neneba, New Guinea.

1957 Heteropoda similaris (Rainbow) — Bonnet,
P., Bibliographia Araneorum. 2: 2195.

LINYPHIIDAE

montanus Rainbow

1912 Bathyphantes montanus Rainbow — Mem.
Od Mus. 1: 194-5. Figs 5, 6.

QM W2125 (1 juv. holotype) — Blackall Ra.,

Qld. = Argiope sp. — V.T.D.

LYCOSIDAE

glarea McKay

1979 Trochosa glarea McKay — Mem. Qd Mus.
19 (3): 296. Figs 4H, 4J.

QM S825 (1 ? holotype) — Big Tuan Ck, nr

Boonooroo, Hervey Bay, Qld.

lapidosa McKay

1974 Lycosa lapidosa McKay — Mem. Qd Mus.
17 (1): 13-5. Figs 3 a,b,e-j.

QM W3865 (1 ? holotype) — Black Duck Ck, nr

Junction View, Qld.

QM W3864 (5 ¢, 6 2, 4 penult. 2 paratypes) —

Black Duck Ck, nr Junction View, Qld.

QM W3866 (3 4, 6 2 paratypes) — Blackfellows

Ck, Junction View, Qld.

QM W3867 (1 ° paratype) — Booloumba Ck,

Kenilworth State Forest, Qld.

QM W3868 (2 ¢, 6 2, 3 penult. 2 paratypes) —

Pike Ck Dam, Texas, Qld.

QM W3869 (1 2 paratype) — Clarence R., 30

miles down from Tabulam, N.S.W.

snelli McKay

1974 Lycosa snelli McKay — Mem. Qd Mus. 17
(2): 313-6. Figs la-g, 2a-e.

QM W4021 (1 penult. ¢, 1 ? paratypes) — 18 km

S Barradale, W.A.

QM W4022 (1 penult. ¢, 1 2, 3 juv. paratypes) —

Marilla Stn, W.A.

QM W4023 (2 penult. ¢, 1 2 paratypes) —

Yannarie R., nr Barradale, W.A.

woonda McKay

1979 Lycosa woonda McKay — Mem. Qd Mus.
19 (3): 269-71. Figs 10C,D,E, 11A-E, 12I.

QM S34 (1 ¢ holotype) — Albion Downs,

Wiluna, W.A.

QM 835-37 (5 ? paratypes) — Albion Downs,

Wiluna, W.A.

QM 838 (1 2 paratype) — Moorine Rock, W.A.
QM $39 (1 penult. ¢, 1 2, 2 penult. 2 paratypes)
— Kalgoorlie, W.A.

wundurra McKay

1979 Trochosa wundurra McKay — Mem. Qd
Mus. 19 (3): 296-7. Figs 41, 4J.

QM S896 (1 & holotype) — Hyden Lake, Hyden,

W.A.

yalkara McKay

1979 Lycosa yalkara McKay — Mem. Qd Mus.
19 (3): 271-3. Figs 12A-H, 12J, 12K.

QM S40 (1 ¢ holotype) — 40 km S Mt Magnet,

W.A.

QM S41 (1 ¢, 1 2 paratype) — Paynes Find,

W.A.

QM S42, S44 (1 ¢, 2 2 paratypes) — Mt Gibson,

W.A.

QM S43 (1 ¢ paratype) — 2 km S of Cue, W.A.

METIDAE

argentiopunctata Rainbow

1916 Meta argentiopunctata Rainbow — Rec.
Aust. Mus. 11: 85-6. Pl. xxi. Figs 6-8.

QM W24 (1 ¢, 3 2 syntypes) — Gordonvale, Qld.

= Mesida argentiopunctata (Rainbow) n. comb.

— V.T.D.

MIMETIDAE

bulburinensis Heimer

1984 Arcys bulburinensis Heimer — Ent. Abh.
Mus. Tierk. Dresden. 47 (9): 162-4. Figs 4-6.

QM S859 (1 2 paratype) — Binna Burra,

Lamington Nat. Pk, Qld.

gracilis Heimer
1984 Arcys gracilis Heimer — Ent. Abh. Mus.
Tierk. Dresden. 47 (9): 166-7. Figs 10, 11.

QM S857 (1 ¢ holotype) — Nagarigoon,
Lamington Nat. Pk, Qld.
QM S858 (1 ° paratype) — Nagarigoon,

Lamington Nat. Pk, Qld.

MYSMENIDAE

woodwardi Forster

1959 Mysmena woodwardi Forster — Trans. R.
Soc. N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 306. Figs 167-71.

QM S103 (1 2 holotype) — Nondugl, Al Valley,

New Guinea.

PISAURIDAE
amicabilis Davies
1982 Inola amicabilis Davies — Mem. Qd Mus.
20 (3): 479-80. Figs 1-9, 18-20. Table 1.
QM S860 (1 2 holotype) — The Granites Track,
nr Home Rule, Qld.

DAVIES AND GALLON: SPIDER TYPES 235

QM S861-868 (3 ¢, 5 2% paratypes) — The

Granites Track, nr Home Rule, Qld.

QM S870-873 (7 4, 5 2 paratypes) — Intake

Falls, nr Home Rule, Qld.

QM S881 (3 ¢, 1 2, 4 juvs. paratypes) — Mt

Finlay, Qld.

QM S882 (1 ¢,2 2, 4juv. paratypes) — Mt Cook,

Qld.

cracentis Davies

1982 Inola cracentis Davies — Mem. Qd Mus. 20
(3): 480-2. Figs 10-2, 16-7, 21-2.

QM 8874 (1 2 holotype) — Boonjee, Qld.

QM S875-877 (2 4, 1 2, 1 juv. paratypes) —

Boonjee, Qld.

subtilis Davies

1982 Inola subtilis Davies — Mem. Qd Mus. 20
(3): 482. Figs 13-S.

QM S878 (1 2 holotype) — Redlynch, Qld.

QM S879 (1 2, 1 juv. paratypes) — Redlynch,

Qld.

QM S880 (1 2, 5 juv. paratypes) — Crystal

Cascades, Qld.

trux Lamb

1911 Dolomedes trux Lamb — Ann. Qd Mus. 10:
173-4. Fig. 4.

QM G55 (1 £ holotype) — Ithaca Ck, Brisbane,

Qld.

1980 Megadolomedes australianus (Koch) —
Davies, V.T. & Raven, R.J., Mem. Od Mus.
20: 136.

SALTICIDAE

acuminatus Rainbow

1912 Menemerus acuminatus Rainbow — Mem.
Qd Mus. 1: 201-2. Figs 15, 16.

QM W2127 (1 2 holotype) — Blackall Ra., Qld.

albopilosus Rainbow

1898 Attus albopilosus Rainbow — Proc, Linn.
Soc. N.S.W. 23: 352-4. Pl. vii. Fig. 13.

QM W3524 (1 ¢ holotype) — Tamatava Stn,

Mambare R., New Guinea.

JSerreus Griswold

1984 Coccorchestes ferreus Griswold — Bull. Br.
arachnol. Soc. 6 (4): 147-8.

QM S1355 (1 2 holotype) — Iron Ra., Qld.

gibbosus Wanless

1981 Cocalus gibbosus Wanless — Bull. Br. Mus.
nat. Hist. (Zool.) 41 (5): 258. Figs 4A-D.

QM S846 (1 ¢ holotype) — Lockerbie, Qld.

jucunda Rainbow

1912 Mollika jucunda Rainbow — Mem. Qd
Mus. 1: 208-9. Fig. 3.

QM W2129-32, W2139 (1 ¢, 4 juv. syntypes) —

Roper R., N.T.

SEGESTRIIDAE

octospinata Lamb

1912 Macedonia octospinata Lamb — Ann. Qd
Mus. 10: 169-170. Fig. 1.

QM W2119 (1 2? holotype) — Stafford-on-

Kedron, Brisbane, Qld.

1916 Ariadna octospinata (Lamb) — Rainbow,
W.J., Rec. Aust. Mus. 11: 39.

SYMPHYTOGNATHIDAE

australia Forster

1959 Anapistula australia Forster — Trans. R.
Soc. N.Z. 86 (3,4): 321. Figs 128-32.

QM S104 (1 2 holotype - slide) — Camp Mt.,

Qld.

marplesi Forster

1959 Patu marplesi Forster — Trans. R. Soc.
N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 320-1. Figs 124-7.

QM S105 (1 ¢ holotype) — Upolu, Malololelei,

Western Samoa.

woodwardi Forster

1959 Patu woodwardi Forster — Trans. R. Soc.
N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 318-20. Figs 118-23.

QM S106 (1 ¢ holotype) — Lae, New Guinea.

QM S107 (1 ¢ paratype- 2 slides) — Benaga, New

Guinea.

TETRAGNATHIDAE

lepida Rainbow

1916 Tetragnatha lepida Rainbow — Rec. Aust.
Mus. 11: 81-3. Pl. xxi. Figs 1-3.

QM W20 (1 2, 1 2 syntypes) — Gordonvale, Qld.

TEXTRICELLIDAE

complexa Forster

1959 Textricella complexa Forster — Trans. R.
Soc. N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 277-9. Figs 4-9.

QM S108 (1 ¢@ holotype) — Royal Nat. Pk,

N.S.W.

QM S108 (1 2 paratype) — Royal Nat. Pk,

N.S.W.

hickmani Forster

1959 Textricella hickmani Forster — Trans. R.
Soc. N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 280-1. Figs 14-9.

QM 109 (1 ¢ holotype) — Mt Wellington,
Tasmania.
QM 109 (1 2 paratype) — Mt Wellington,
Tasmania.

lamingtonensis Forster

1959 Textricella lamingtonensis Forster — Trans.
R. Soc. N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 281-3. Figs 20-2.

QM S110 (1 2, + 1 abdomen paratypes) —

Lamington Nat. Pk, Qld.

236 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

tropica Forster

1959 Textricella tropica Forster — Trans. R. Soc.
N.Z. 86 (3, 4): 295-7, Figs 58-63.

QM 8111 (1 ¢ holotype) — Daulo Pass, Central

Highlands, New Guinea.

QM Sill (1 2 paratype) — Daulo Pass, Central

Highlands, New Guinea.

THERIDILDAE

argentiopunclata Rainbow

1916 Argyrodes argentiopunctata Rainbow —
Rec. Aust. Mus. 11: 51-2. Pl, xv. Figs 25-7.

QM WI18 (i penult. ¢, 1 # syntypes) —

Gordonvale, Qld. = Thwaitesia argentiopunctata

(Rainbow) n. comb. — V.T.D.

flavipes Rainbow

1916 Argyrodes flavipes Rainbow — Rec. Aust.
Mus. 11: 53. Pl. xv, Figs 29, 30.

QM W19(1 4, 1 2 syntypes) — Gordonvale, Qld.

nigronodosa Rainbow

1912 Argyrodes nigronodosa Rainbow — Mem.
Qd Mus. 1: 193-4. Figs 3,4.

QM W2124 (1 penult. 4 holotype) — Blackall

Ra., Qld. = Thwaitesia nigronodosa (Rainbow)

n, comb. — V.T.D.

wau Levi, Lubin & Robinson

1982 Achaearanea wau Levi, Lubin & Robinson
— Pacif, Insects 24 (2): 110-1. Figs 14-9.

QM 8908 (2 2 paratypes) — Morobe Prov., Wau,

New Guinea.

THOMISIDAE

bipunctata Rainbow

1898 Misumena bipunctata Rainbow — Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 23: 342-3. Pl. vii. Fig. 7.

QM W3519 (1 2 holotype) — Neneba, New

Guinea.

colcloughi Rainbow

1912 Diaea colcloughi Rainbow — Mem. Qd
Mus. 1: 205, 206. Figs 1, 2,

QM W2192 (1 2 holotype) — Roper R., N.T.

obscurus Rainbow

1898 Xysticus obscurus Rainbow — Proc. Linn.
Soc. 23; 345-6. Pl. vii. Fig. 9.

QM W3521 (1 £ holotype) — Neneba, New

Guinea.

1901 Xysticus rainbowi Strand — Zool. Anz. 24:
66; obscurus praeocc., nom. nov. for
obscurus Rainbow.

ocellata Rainbow

1898 Diaea ocellata Rainbow — Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. W. 23: 344. Pl. vii. Figs 8, 8a.

QM W3520 (1 % holotype) — Neneba, New

Guinea.

ULOBORIDAE

congregabilis Rainbow

1916 Uloborus congregabilis Rainbow — Aust.
Zool, 1: 59-60. Figs 1, 2.

QM W12 (2 ®° syntypes) — Parramatta, N.S.W,

flavolineatus Rainbow

1898 Uloborus flavolineatus Rainbow — Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 23: 333-4. Pl. vii. Figs 3,
3a.

QM W3504 (1 2 holotype) — Boirave, New

Guinea,

QM W3505-7 (3 © paratypes) — Boirave, New

Guinea. = Psechrus argentatus (Dolesch.) n. syn.

— V.T.D.

ZODARIIDAE

variepes Rainbow

1912 Storena variepes Rainbow — Mem. Qd
Mus. 1: 192-3. Figs 1,2.

QM W2128 (1 £ holotype) — Blackall Ra., Qld.

1985 Supunna picta (L. Koch) — Davies, V.
Todd, Zoological Catalogue of Australia. 3.
Araneae: 117.

LITERATURE CITED

Monroe, R., 1972. Chelicerate type-specimens in the
Queensland Museum. Mem. Qd Mus, 16: 291-307.

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Od Mus. 22(2): 237—251. [1986]

NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF OTIRA FORSTER & WILTON, 1973 AND
STORENOSOMA HOGG, 1900 (ARANEAE ; AMAUROBIIDAE)

VALERIE TODD DAYIES
Queensland Museum

ABSTRACT

Two new Otira species from the high altitude rainforest on Mr Bellenden Ker, NE.Q. are
described; previously the only known species were from New Zealand and Tasmania.
Sitorenosoma lycosoides Hoge, 1900 is redescribed and figured; two new species of
Storenosoma from Lamington National Park, SE.Q. and one from northern N.-S.W. are
described. Males of all species have stridulatory elements located on the palpal trochanter and

prolateral surface of coxa 1.

INTRODUCTION

Otira was established and 6 species described
from New Zealand by Forster & Wilton (1973). It
is confined to the west coast of the South Island
and the Wellington region of the North Island.
Hickman. (1981) extended its range when he
described O. a/ffinis from southwestern
Tasmania. Two Ofira spp. from the high altitude
rainforest on Mt Bellenden Ker Range, in
northern Queensland (Fig. 1) are described here.
They are examples of species of Gwondanan
origin surviving in the moist relict rainforest
above 1000m on mountains of tropical
Queensland. Ofira has been found nowhere else in
Queensland. In SE.Q. and further south its place
appears to be taken by closely allied
Storenosoma, first described by Hogg (1900)
from Victoria. The type species, S. /ycosoides , is
redescribed and figured. Two species from the
Lamington Plateau in southern Queensland and
one from northern New South Wales are
described. Forster & Wilton (1973) illustrated
(Figs, 816, 820-23) but did not describe or name a
species from the Blue Mountains N.S.W., calling
it only an ‘Australian ecribellate amaurobiid’. As
well as this, there are probably several more
species to be described.

Otira Forster & Wilton, 1973

O, satura Forster and Wilton, 1973, type sp.
Small ecribellate spiders, Both rows of eyes
strongly procurved. Tarsal rod on all tarsi.

Posterior spinnerets reduced, Colulus. present.
Legs 4123. Preening combs on metatarsi I-IV.
Retroventral stridulatory spur(s) on 2 palpal
trochanter. Palpal bulb with median tegular
process.

Otira summa sp. nov.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Hovotyet: Litter, mossy microphyll forest, 1560m
Bellenden Ker Ra., NE,Q. Earthwatch/Queensland
Museum Expedition, 1-7.xi,1981, 1 >, QM 81365,

PARATYpEes: Same locality and collectors,
25-31.x.1981, | oo, QM $1366; 17-24.x.1981, 1 +, QM
$1347.
DESCRIPTION

FEMALE

CL = 2,3, CW = 13, AL = 2.3, AW = 1.4.

Brownish yellow carapace with black between
eye rows (Fig, 2), abdomen with indistinct
cheyron pattern. Eyes, 2.4.2. (Fig. 3). Ratio
AME:ALE:PME:PLE is = 2:7:10:16. Two
retromarginal teeth and 2 promarginal teeth on
chelicera. Serrula on maxillae. Labium wider than
long 1:0.73. Sternum truncated anteriorly,
pointed posteriorly, slightly longer than wide
1:0.93. Dorsal spines on all femora and on
posterior tibiae and metatarsi; ventral and lateral
spines on all tibiae and metatarsi. Preening combs
with 4-5 tines. Dorsal tarsal rod about 1/3
distance from base of all tarsi (Figs. 27, 28, 38).
Four trichobothria of increasing length distal to
rod: bothrium grooved (Fig. 39). Epigynum (Figs.
4, 5).

238 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

4 OTIRA SPP

® STORENOSONA SPP

o

New
q °, Hebrides
%

aq
a
Q

6
4

0
New 8
Caledonia ©

t

°* Norfolk Is.

New Zealand

Fic. 1: Map showing distribution of Otira spp. and Storenosoma spp.

MALE

CL = 2.3, CW = 1.4, AL = 1.7, AW = 1.1.

Metatarsi I sparsely scopulate and _ slightly
swollen ventrally. Palpal trochanter with a
retroventral spur (Fig. 6). Complex tibial
apophysis (Fig. 7); sclerotised median apophysis,
small membranous conductor, stout rigid
embolus (Figs 8, 29, 30). Cymbial border
asymmetrical with angular bulge retrolaterally.

Otira aquilonaria sp. nov.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Ho.otyPe: Litter, simple notophyll forest, 1054m
Bellenden Ker Ra., NE.Q. Earthwatch/Queensland
Museum Expedition, 17-24.x.1981. 1 2, QM $1368.

PARATYPES: Same data. 2 2, QM S1369, 1 ?,12¢,QM
$1370; pitfall traps, 1054m. Bellenden Ker Range,
NE.Q. Earthwatch/Queensland Museum Expedition,
25-31.x.1981, 1 2, 1 ¢, QM S137].

DAVIES: NEW OTIRA AND STORENOSOMA 239

12

Fics 2-8: Otira summa sp. nov. Fig. 2, °, carapace. Fig. 3, eyes from front. Figs 4-5, epigynum. Fig. 4, external.
Fig. 5, internal. Fig. 6, stridulatory spur on ¢ palpal trochanter. Fig. 7, ¢ tibial apophysis, retrolateral. Fig. 8, ¢
palp, ventral. Fics 9-12: Otira aquilonaria sp. nov. Figs 9-10, epigynum. Fig. 9, external. Fig. 10, internal. Fig.
11, ¢ tibial apophysis, retrolateral. Fig. 12, ¢ palp, ventral.

240

DESCRIPTION

FEMALE

CL = 1.7, CW = 1.1, AL = 2.0, AW = 1,4,

Small. Eyes, chelicerae, spines similar to Q.
summa Preening combs with 3-5 tines.
Epigynum (Figs 9, 10).

MALE

CL = 1.7, CW = 1.1, AL = 1.3, AW = 1.0,

Metatarsi 1 scopulate and slightly swollen
ventrally. Paipal trochanter with a retroventral
spur. Complex tibial apophysis (Fig. 11). Palp
(Figs 12, 31).

REMARKS

O. aquilonaria is smaller than O, summa and
may be distinguished from it by the shape of #
tibial and median apophyses.

The tarsal rod is distal in the New Zealand
spécies and proximal in all the Australian species,
[f itis homologous with the tarsal organ the distal
position must be considered plesiomiorphic, There
are 2 trochanteral spurs on the * palp in the New
Zealand and Tasmanian species, a single spur in
the Queensland species. The latter is considered to
be the derived state.

Storenosoma Hogg, 1900

S.. lycosoides Hogg, 1900, type sp.

Medium-large ecribellate spiders. Both rows of
eyes strongly procurved, Anterior spinnerets
largest. Colulus present. Legs 4123. Preening
combs on metatarsi II-[¥, Two retroventral
stridulatory spurs on + palpal trochanter.
Cymbial border asymmetrical with angular bulge
retrolaterally, Epigynum with lateral teeth, There
is a photograph (Fig. 816) of Storenosoma sp. in
Forster & Wilton (1973).

Storenosoma lycosnides , Hoge, 1900
MATERIAL EXAMINED

LectotyPe: Macedon, Victoria, | BMNH
1907.2.24.34-37 (part).
PARALECTOTYPES: Macédon, Victoria. | ¢, 2 °,

BMNH 1907.2.24.34-37 (part).

OTHER MATERIAL: Macedon, Victoria, ! penull. ¢.
British Museum 1924,3.1.1425.
DESCRIPTION

FEMALE

CL = 4.3, CW = 3.0, AL = 5.5, AW = 3.8.
Large spider. Carapace brown with darker brown
outlines of cephalic and thoracic regions.
Abdomen grey brown with indistinct chevron
pattern. Dark pigmented bands on femurs
ventrally. Ratio AME:ALE;PME;:PLE is
5:10:10:17. Clypeus is narrow, less than diameter
ALE. Chelicerae geniculate, 2 retromarginal and

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

2 promarginal teeth. Serrula on maxillae. Labium
wider than long 1:0.94. Sternum truncated
anteriorly, pointed posteriorly, longer than wide
1:0.88. Anterior spinnerets largest and longest.
Dorsal spines on all femora and on posterior
tibiae and metatarsi, strong paired ventral spines
and lateral spines on tibiae and metatarsi.
Preening combs on metatarsi Il and paired combs
on metatarsi If and IV; tines 5-7. Epigynum with
lateral teeth (Fig. 13).

VARIATION; The females examined varied in
length between 7.3-9.0.

MALE

Legs I and £1 on right side and leg I on left side
entire; rest missing or detached. Palp on right side
missing.

CL = 3.5, CW = 2.5, AL = 3.0, AW = 1:7.
(abdomen shrivelled).

Medium-sized spider. Similar in colouring to
female, Chelicerae not geniculate. Clypeus less
than diameter ALE. Palpal trochanter with 2
distal retrolateral spurs. Complex tibial apophysis
(Fig. 14) and median apophysis. Small
membranous conductor, stout rigid embolus and
small tegular process (Fig. 15), In the other ¢
Storenosoma sp. with Hogg’s syntypes_ the
elypeus is more than x |.5 ALE and the palp is
less complex.

REMARKS

Hogg had 5 syntypes, 3 = and 2 4 from
Macedon, Victoria. He described and gave
measurements for only the largest of the females.
This specimen has several of the legs detached so
one of the other females has been chosen as the
lectotype. The two males are not con-specific,
One is S. /ycosoides , the other ¢ Storenosoma sp.
is not described here,

Storenosoma terranes sp. nov.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Houotyre: Litter, complex notophyll vine forest,
Binna Burra, 860m, Lamington National Park, SE.O.,
R. Raven, 10.vii.1977, 1°, QM.S1372.

PARATYPES; same data, | %, QM $1373; | 1, OM
$1374; same locality, R. Raven, 13.iv.1974, 1 =, QM
$1375; same locality, R. Raven, 22.vi.1973, 1 », QM
$1376; same locality R. Raven, V. Davies, 6.iv.1976, 1
S, QM $1377.

DESCRIPTION

FEMALE

CL = 4.7, CW = 3.8, AL = 7.7, AW = 5.7.

Large spider. Similar in colouring to S.
lycosoides with dark pigmented bands on legs.
Ratio AME:ALE:PME:PLE is 5:10:10:17.
Clypeus marrow, less than ALE. Two

DAVIES: NEW OTIRA AND STORENOSOMA 241

23 | if

C25

Fics 13-15: Storenosoma lycosoides Hogg. Fig. 13, epigynum, external. Fig. 14, ¢ tibial apophysis, retrolateral.
Fig. 15, ¢ palp, ventral. Fias 16-19: Storenosoma terranea sp. nov. Fig. 16, distal, retroventral, stridulatory spurs
on ¢ palpal trochanter. Figs 17-18, epigynum. Fig. 17, external. Fig. 18, internal. Fig. 19, ¢, tibial apophysis,
retrolateral. FiGs 20-23: Storenosoma superna sp. noy. Fig. 20, spurs on ¢ palpal trochanter. Figs 21-22,
epigynum. Fig. 21, external. Fig. 22, internal. Fig. 23, 7, tibial apophysis, retrolateral. Fias 24-26: Storenosoma
alta sp. nov. Figs 24-25, epigynum. Fig. 24, external. Fig, 25, internal. Fig. 26, ¢ tibial apophysis, retrolateral.

242 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

retromarginal and 2 promarginal teeth on
geniculate chelicerae. Labium wider than long
1:0.88. Sternum truncated anteriorly, pointed
posteriorly, longer than wide 1:0.94. Anterior
spinnerets largest. Dorsal spines on all femora
and On posterior tibiae and metatarsi, strong
paired ventral spines and lateral spines on all
tibiae and metatarsi. Preening combs on
metatarsi I] and paired combs on metatarsi III
and IV; tines 3-7. Four-5 tarsal trichobothria of
increasing length distally; bothrium grooved (Fig.
41). Tarsal organ (Fig. 40) distal to trichobothria.
Epigynum with tiny lateral teeth (Fig. 17, 18).

MALE

CL = 4.3, CW = 3.3, AL = 3.8, AW = 2.8.

Palpal trochanter with 2 _ retroventral
stridulatory spurs (Fig. 16, 33, 34) opposed to
prolateral grooved area on coxa I (Fig. 32).
Complex tibial apophysis (Fig. 19). Cymbium
extended proximally into a swelling bearing 2-3
long spines (Fig. 35). Complex sclerotised median
apophysis, membranous conductor, stout rigid
embolus. Tegular process very reduced.

Storenosoma superna sp. nov.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Ho.otyee: Pitfall traps, mossy microphyll forest
with Nothafogus , Mt Hobwee, 1140m, Lamington
National Park, SE.Q. R. Raven, V. Davies, 7,)v, 1976, |
+, QM $1378,

Paratype: Same dala, | *, QM $1379; 3", 3 juvs,
OM 51380; litter, same locality, | 9, 9 juvs, OM S138];
if, QM Si382.

DESCRIPTION

FEMALE

CL = 3.3, CW = 2.3, AL. = 3.5, AW = 2.3.

Medium-sized spider otherwise similar to 8.
terranea . Epigynum (Figs 21, 22).

MALE

CL = 3.0, CW = 2,3; AL = 2.6, AW = 2.7.

! Palp (fig. 36). Trochanter with 2 retroventral
spurs (Fig, 20), Tibial apophysis (Fig. 23).
Cymbium normal shape; no tegular process.

Storenosoma alta sp, nov,

MATERIAL EXAMINED
Hovoryee: Pitfall wap, litter, Poverty Point, 1160m,
or Temerfield, N.S.W, 29.085 x I52,17E, G.B.
Monteith, 2.x.1978 - 21.11.1979, 1 2, OM 51383.
PARATYPES! Same data, | *, QM $1384, L +, QM
Si28S, | 2) OM 51386,

DESCRIPTION

FEMALE

CL = 3.5, CW = 2.7, AL = 4.9, AW = 3.5,

Legs with contrasting dark pigmented bands.
Posterior spinnerets reduced, Epigynum with well
defined lateral teeth (Figs. 24,25).

MALE
CL = 3.6, CW = 2.7, AL = 3.1, AW = 2.2.
Palpal trochanter with 2 _ retroventral

stridulatory spurs. Tibial apophysis complex;
long spine on patella (Fig. 26). Large median
apophysis with long posterior extension (Fig. 37).

DISCUSSION

The strongly procurved rows of eyes, the
presence of metatarsal preening combs, the
complex ¢ tibial apophysis, the large sclerotised
median apophysis, the small membranous
conductor and the trochanteral stridwlatory spurs
on the 2 palps link the ecribellate genera, Otira
(New Zealand and Australia), Storenosoma
(Australia), and Pakeha (New Zealand). Forster
& Wilton (1973) placed these genera with several
others in the family Amaurobiidae, the diagnostic
characters of which were a simple tracheal system
and a sclerotised, plate-like median apophysis.

Amaurobius fenestralis , the only Amaurobius
sp. examined, has a complex ¢ tibial apophysis,
tegular process (present in Orira and reduced in
Srorenosoma ), membranous conductor, preening
combs on legs JIT and [V and a simple epigynum
with lateral teeth (present in Storenosama and
Pakeha) so that Forster and Wilton’s placement is
justified,

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

1 should like to thank Mr P. Hillyard who sent
specimens on loan from the British Museum of
Natural History. | acknowledge the help given by
‘Earthwatch’ and the Centre for Field Research,
Boston, Mass. U-.S.A., for supporting the
expedition to Bellenden Ker and I wish to thank
the volunteers for their funds and labours in the
field, | am vrateful for the support of the Interim
Council of the Australian Biological Resources
Study which funded the survey of rainforests
during which some of the Lamington National
Park material was collected. I am indebted to
Robert Raven and Gudrun Sarnes for scanning
electron micrographs and to other members of the
Queensland Museum for their ready co-
operation,

DAVIES: NEW OTIRA AND STORENOSOMA 243

LITERATURE CITED

ForsTER, R.R. and WILTON, C.L., 1973. The Spiders of and Micropholcommatidae. Pap. Proc. R. Soc.
New Zealand. Part IV. Otago Museum Bulletin 4. Tasm. 115 : 47-68.
309 pp. Hoag, H.R., 1900. A contribution to our knowledge of
HICKMAN, V.V., 1981. New Tasmanian spiders of the the spiders of Victoria, including some new species

families Archaeidae, Cycloctenidae, Amaurobiidae and genera. Proc. R. Soc. Vict. 13 : 69-123.

244

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Plate 1

Fics 27-30: Otira summa sp. nov. Fig. 27, tarsus, tarsal rod, scale line
63 um. Fig. 28, tarsal rod, short scale line 6.3 um. Figs 29-30, ¢
r. palp. Fig. 29, scale line 63 um. Fig. 30, scale line 47 um. c,
conductor; e, embolus; m.a., median apophysis; t.p., tegular
process.

w
7
Ww

DAVIES: NEW OTIRA AND STORENOSOMA

246 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Plate 2

Fic. 31: Otira aquilonaria sp. nov. ¢ |. palp.

Fics 32-34: ¢ Storenosoma terranea sp. nov. Fig. 32, ¢ coxa I,
prolateral, stridulatory surface. Figs 33-34, stridulatory spurs on
palpal trochanter, scale lines 50 um.

DAVIES: NEW OTIRA AND STORENOSOMA 247

248

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Plate 3

Fics 35-37: 1. ¢ palps. Fig. 35, Storenosoma terranea sp. nov. c,
conductor; cy, cymbium; e, embolus; m.a., median apophysis.
Fig. 36, Storenosoma superna sp. nov. Fig. 37, Storenosoma alta
sp. nov. Scale lines 50 um.

DAVIES: NEW O7IRA AND STORENOSOMA 249

250 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Plate 4

Fics 38-39: Oftira summa sp. nov. Fig. 38, tip of tarsal rod. Fig. 39,
trichobothrial base. Short scale lines 5.25 um.

Fics 40-41: Storenosoma terranea sp. nov. Fig. 40, tarsal organ. Fig.
41, trichobothrial base. Short scale lines 5.25 um.

=x
=
0)
S
§
S
KR
wn
z
:
S
=
Ww
Zz
a
fel
>
<
Qa

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem, Qd Mus, 22(2): 253—263. [1986]

A REVIEW OF THE OPHIDIID FISH GENUS SIREMBO WITH A NEW SPECIES
FROM AUSTRALIA

DANIEL M. COHEN
Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History
900 Exposition Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA

and

C. RICHARD ROBINS
Rosensteil School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences
University of Miami, Miami, FL 33149, USA

ABSTRACT

A revised diagnosis is presented for the Indo-West Pacific fish genus Siremibo, and three
species are recognised. S. setachroma n.sp. from Queensland and Western Australia has
about 12 oblique scale rows between the dorsal fin and the lateral line and has the lateral line
marked by a bold to faint brown line. The previously unreported young stage of the Australian
ophidiid Dannevigia tusca is superficially similar in color pattern to Sirembo metachroma. S.
Jerdoni (junior syn. Umalius philippinus) has been caught [rom the E. China Sea to the Red
Sea (including Western Australia) and has 6-7 oblique scale rows between the lateral line and
the dorsal fin and three or four broad, oblique bands on the head and anterior part of the
body. S. iniberbis (junior syn. S. everricufi) found from Japan to Western Australia (including
Queensland) has 6-8 oblique scale rows between the lateral line and dorsal fin and one or more
rows of spots or horizontal bands along the body,

INTRODUCTION

Fishes assigned to the Indo-West Pacific
ophidiid genus Sirembo may be divided into three
groups based on well-marked colour patterns,
which we treat as species or possible species
groups. In this paper, we describe one new species
and present synonymies for the other two, as well
as discussing variation.

Sirembo Bleeker

The following diagnosis is an emendation of
the one presented by Cohen and Nielsen (1978).
Pelvic fins immediately adjacent to each other,
each with a single ray inserted beneath or
immediately behind the level of the eye. No spines
on preopercle. Spine on opercle short, not
reaching rear margin of opercle. Eyes well
developed. Deepest part of fish well posterior to
head. Developed gill rakers on first arch 4.
Pseudobranch large, with 15-28 or more
filaments. A single median basibranchial tooth
patch. Abdominal vertebral centra 13-15.
Developed gill rakers 0+ 1+3. Branchial cavity
and palate dusky to quite dark,

KEY TO SPECIES OF S/REMBO

1, Three or four broad oblique bands on head and
anterior part of body, which connect over
predorsal and head to similar marks on
OPPoSite Side 1.0... ec eee eee ee eeeee eee S, jerdoni

No oblique bands on fore part of body.......... 2

2, Ground color light brown or yellow-brown.
Lateral line marked by a bold to faint brown

Ve ee sid Pie wees ciclo Me gem eft eo ne S. metachroma
Body usually with one or more horizontal
stripes or rows of blotches............. 8. imberbis

Sirembo metachroma sp. nov.
Plate 1A, IB

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Ho.LotyPe: QM No. 13005; 171 mm SL; Queensland,
7 miles NW off Cape Moreton, 60 fms; 27 Feb, 1975;
coll. R.J. McKay.

PARATYPES: QM 1.19500 (4 spec.), data as for
holotype; WAM P25739-005 (1 spec.), data as for
holotype.

Non-Tyre: All from Western Australia; WAM
P22339 (1 spec.), Cape Cuvier; WAM 25836-003 (1

254 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

apec.), Off Bernier Id; USNM 226483 (1 spec.),
22°52'S, 113°26'E, 136-178 mi,
DIAGNOSIS

Ground colour pale brown or yellow-brown.
Lateral line marked by a dark-brown line or a
pale line. Scale rows between lateral line and

dorsal fin about 12. Anal lin rays 72-74.
Abdominal centra 14 or 15,
DESCRIPTION

Counts are summarized in Table 1,

measurements in Table 2.

Body compressed, relatively long, but not
attenuate. Head about one-half preanal length.
Snout bluntly rounded, lower jaw included.
Upper jaw terminating near level of rear margin
of eye. Rear of maxillary expanded, partly
sheathed dorsally, Eye with an elliptical spectacle,
about equal in horizontal diameter to the snouth
Jength, Posterior nostril a simple pore close to
mid-level of anterior margin of cye; anterior
nostril with a raised rim, located near mid-length
of snout.

Small cycloid scales cover the entire body. The
median fins are covered with thick, scaleless skin.
The pectoral has a fleshy, scale-covered patch
near lis base, There are at least |2 rows of scales
in an oblique line between the dorsal fin and the
lateral line and about 115-135 rows of scales
along the side of the body {difficult to count at
rear of tail),

Head pores present along the supraorbital,
in!ra-orbital, lateral, and = preoperculo-
mandibular canal series; consistent counts not
possible, Second pore in the mandibular series
near lower jaw Up a larger, median, apparently
fused structure. Lips, snout tip and lower jaw tip
covered with densely distributed papillae.

Branchiostegal rays 8. Granular teeth in bands
on dentary and palatines, Premaxillary with
somewhat larger teeth along ouler margins.
Vomerine tooth patch with a rounded anterior
margin and flaring arms.

Pectoral fin broadly rounded, reaching about
one-half the distance from its own origin to anal
fin origin. Ventral fins originate close to level of
rear margin of eye and of upper jaw:

The color pattern is different in the five smaller
specimens from Queensland and the three larger
ones from Western Australia. The smaller fish
have a light brownish-yellow ground color,
beneath which lie three or four very faint, darker
transverse areas. The lateral line is marked by a
narrow, dark brown fine that stops short of the
end of the tail section of the body. In the largesi
of the small specimens (holotype, 171 mini), the

lateral line alternates very dark segments over the
durker, transverse areas with paler seginenits.
Median fins darker, set off by narrow pale
margins; three or four darker blotches along the
dorsal, Bottom of head, pelvics and snout tip
pale. Western Australian specimens with a light-
brown ground color over faint remnants of
slightly darker transverse areas. Lateral line
marked by a faint brown line, A bold dark band
extends obliquely across the cheek from the rear
margin of the preopercle to the posteroventral
segment of the eye; a narrow extension outlines
the ventral margin of the eye. Median fins about
same color as body, with remnants of narrow pale
margin. Dorsal fin with two dark blotches. Belly,
bottom of head, and snout rip pale. In lish [rom
both regions, the branchial chamber is dusky, and
the entire palate is dark brown and contrasts with
the pale area distal to the palatines and yomer.

DISTRIBUTION AND VARIATION

Known from five Queensland specimens (SL
134-171 mm) taken at one locality, which have
the color pattern shown In Fig. 1A and three
Western Australian specimens (SL 236-317 mm)
taken at three localities, and with the color
pattern shown in Fig. 1B and described above, In
addition to having a different color pattern, the
Queensland lish have smaller heads, shorter jaws,
narrower mazxillaries, slenderer bodies and
shorter ventral fins (data for all of these are
summiarized in Table 2). We interpret these
differences in color pattern and proportions as
size-related and consider the two samples
conspecific. Only the study of specimens
intermediate in size will verify our interpretation,
We note, however, thal in the largest Queensland
fish, segments of the darkbrown line of pigment
over the lateral line are slightly faded, Perhaps
this condition represents the onset of color
pattern transition,

We call attention to another difference, not size
related, Western Australian specimens have 72
anal fin rays; Queensland ones have 73 or 74, The
sample size is too small to recognize separate
species on the basis of the character.

ETYMOLOGY
The name metachrumea is laken from the Greek
meta, implying change, and ¢hrama, color, in
reference fo the apparent onlogenetic change in
color pattern in this species.
SIMILARITY IN ‘COLOR PATTERN OF S&S.
METACHROMA AND. YOUNG DANNEVIGIA TUSCA
A related genus and species, Dannevigia tusca,
which is caught along the southern shores of

COHEN AND ROBINS: REVIEW OF GENUS SIREMBO 255

TABLE 1: SELECTED COUNTS FOR THREE SPECIES OF SIREMBO.

imberbis metachroma Jerdoni
Jap. Phil. Qld. W.A. Qld. W.A. Phil. Thai. RedSea W.A.

Dorsal fin rays

\o

—
aa
NNNNNY

\o
&

el eRe ee
=_

Anal fin rays
64

= nn
So lon
mewl
Are N
rvs)
J -
NWNN WwW
_
=

Pectoral fin rays
21
22

Nw
Neen | =
a,
RaW
an

Pseudobranch
filaments

x
|v]
N

NNW
Neo
[ [es

-

nN
w
meee |
i)
eee Neb

256

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

TABLE 2: PROPORTIONS, EXPRESSED AS PERCENT OF STANDARD LENGTH, FOR THREE SPECIES OF S/REMBO.

Standard Head Length Snout Eye Jaw
Length N, x (Range) Length Diameter Length
mm
imberbis
Japan 126-164 5, 20.0(19.0-20.8) 5, 4.1(3.5-4.4) 5, 5.9(5.2-6.1) 5, 9.7(9.3-10.2)
Philippines 79.4-200 6, 22.8(21.7-24.0) 6, 4.6(4.0-5.3) 6, 6.2(5.7-6.7) 6, 11.2(10.6-12.0)
Queensland 143-169 5, 20.7(19.9-21.7) 4, 4.8(3.8-5.3) 5, 5.4(4.9-5.8) 5, 9.9(9.1-10.8)
W.A. 158-167 2, 21.9, 22.5 2, 4.6, 5.3 2.503557 2,:10:1, 11.2
metachroma
Queensland 134-171 4, 22.5(22.1-22.8) 4, 5.9(5.3-6.9) 4, 5.6(5.4-6.0) 4, 11.3(10.8-11.5)
W.A. 160 1, 23.4 1, 5.8 1, 6.1 1. L102
W.A. 236-317 3, 24.7 (24.4-24.9) 3, 6.5(6.0-7.4) 3, 5.6(5.6-5.7) 3, 12.6(12.5-12.7)
Jerdoni
Philippines 101-143 11, 22.0(20.9-23.4) 11, 4.8(3.8-5.4) 11, 5.8(4.9-6.3) 11, 10.7(9.5-11.9)
Red Sea 139-167 2, 22.9, 23.2 2, 4.7, 5.0 2°5235°519 2, 10.9, 11.4
Maxillary Predorsal Preanal Body Depth
Width Length Length at Vent
imberbis
Japan Dy 3635, 315, 5, 21.6(19.7-23.9) 3, 43.3(41.3-45.1) 4, 14.9(13.7-16.6)
Philippines 6, 4.3(3.9-4.9) 6, 24.8(23.9-27.0) 6, 45.4(43.6-49.1) 6, 16.1(14.2-17.2)
Queensland 5, 3.7(3.6-4.0) 5, 23.0(22.0-24.6) 4, 44.4(43.0-46.6) 5, 16.3(15.3-17.1)
W.A. 2, 4.3, 4.4 2, 24.1, 25.6 2, 46.0, 47.0 2, 16.9, 18.5
metachroma
Queensland 4, 4.0(3.9-4.1) 4, 23.1(22.2-23.7) 4, 44.4(43.6-45.2) 4, 18.5(17.1-20.3)
W.A. 1, 4.5 1, 22.0 1, 45.7 1, 18.2
W.A. 3, 4.9(4.8-5.1) 3, 24.2(22.3-25.2) 3, 46.2(43.5-49.2) 3, 22.1(20.2-24.4)
Jerdoni
Philippines 10, 4.1(3.5-4.6) 11, 22.4(19.3-23.7) 11, 46.0(43.5-50.1) 10, 17.5(15.5-19.9)
Red Sea — 2;.22,0;, 23.2 2, 44.9, 46.9 2, 16.5, 16.8
Pectoral Fin Ventral Fin
Length Length
imberbis
Japan 5, 12.4(12.0-12.9) 5, 13.1(11.5-14.0)
Philippines 6, 11.6(9.5-14.4) 5, 14.7(12.0-17.3)
Queensland 4, 11.9(10.8-12.4) 5, 12.9(12.2-14.7)
W.A. 2,112 ,12;3 2, 11.5, 15.4
metachroma
Queensland 4, 11.4(10.7-12.1) 4, 14.7(14.2-15.3)
W.A. 1, 11.1 1, 14.4
W.A. 3, 11.2(11.1-11.4) 3, 16.6(15.5-17.5)
Jerdoni
Philippines 11, 11.2(9.7-12.6) 11, 14.5(12.2-16.7)
Red Sea 2, 11.2, 11.2 2, 12.0, 13.2

COHEN AND ROBINS: REVIEW OF GENUS SIREMBO 257

Australia and grows large enough ro be landed
commercially, has a previously unreporied young
stage with a color pattern that might be confused
with Western Australian S$. metachroma. The
ground color is pale brown, and there are several
indistinct transverse dusky bars across the body
and dark blotches on the dorsal fin, and one on
the anal fin as well (Plate 1C), Several obvious
ways in which the two species differ are the
Presence in Dannevigia of two rays rather than
one in each ventral fin and of short spines at the
lower angle of the preopercle rather than no
spines, and of the absence of an oblique band
across the cheek and of a prominent median-
fused pore near the tip of the lower jaw. The
above account is based on USNM 227946, 205
min SL, 33°38°S, 125°38°E, 114-120 m. The
Statement by Cohen and Nielsen (1978) that
Dannevigia has, ‘No dark spots on dorsal fin’
applies to adults only.

Sirembo imberbis (Temminck and Schlegel)
Plate 24

Brovda imberbis Temminck and Schlegel, 1846, p. 253
(original description, Japan),

Sirenbo iniberbis; Bleeker,
combination)

Bratella maculata Kaup, 1858, p. 92 (nomen nova for
Brotila inberbis Temminck and Schlegel),

Sirembo everriculi Whitley, 1936, p. 47 (original
description, Queensland).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

JAPAN; RNHL 3469a (Holotype), RNHL 3469b-c (2
Puratypes), Bay of Oomura; USNM 174750 (2 spec.),
Wakanoura; USNM 71220 (1 spec.), Nagasaki market.
PHILIPPINES: USNM 99060 (1 spec.), Tacbus Pt.;
USNM 226477 (I spec,), Visayan Sea, vicinity of Samar
and Leyte; USNM 226485 (1 spec.), 11°38'N, 123°S7°E,
‘90m; USNM 226484 (23 spec,),, (11°29°N, 123°46°E, 70
m, QUEENSLAND: QM 1.16390 (4 Spec.), Torres Straits
near Keats Islet; OM 12546 (1 spec.), off Cairns; QM
1.16475 (1 spec,), Torres Straits N of Sand Cay; OM
T1639! (1 spec.), Torres Straight near Aureed Island.
AM LA, 6564 (Holotype of S. everriculi, off Shaw
(sland, Cumberland Group, N Queensland, 10 fms-
WESTERN AUSTRALIA! WAM P26294-005 [1 spec.),
18°0S’S, 119°45°E; USNM 226479 (1 spec.}, 26°397'S,
112°42'E, 170-175 m; CSIRO unear, (1 spec.), 19°44'S,
[16°E, 100 m.
DIAGNOSIS

Body with one or more rows of spots or
horizontal stripes (sometimes faded). Oblique
scale rows between lateral line and dorsal fin 6-8,
Anal fin rays 67-73. Abdominal centra 13.

DESCRIPTION
Counts are summarized in Table 1,
measurements in Table 2, About 80-95 rows of

1858, p. 22 (new

scales along the side of the body (difficult to
count along rear of tail).

Branchiostegal rays 7 (4 specimens) or 8 (8
specimens). Premaxillary teeth evenly ygrauular,
outer series not enlarged. Dentition otherwise
similar to that of §. metachroma.

The color pattern is variable and apparently
fades readily, even in specimens that are not
abraded; however, it may be best characterized as
having one or more horizontal rows of dusky
blotches along the side, the most dorsal of which,
immediately beneath the dorsal fin, is in some
fused info a poorly defined stripe. The anal fin
usually bears a dark stripe along all or part of its
length, The dorsal in carries a series of blotches
Which may be more or less coalesced. Variation in
color pattern seems not to be co-ordinated with
size or geographical distribution. The branchial
chamber and the rear (only) of the palate are
dusky.

DISTRIBUTION AND VARIATION

S, imberbis is apparently widely distributed in
the tropical western Pacific from Japan, the Rast
China Sea, the Philippines, Queensland (as S.
everricyli), and Western Australia (new record).
Measurements and counts presented in Tables |
and 2, which are based on rather small samples,
show differences between Philippine and
Queensland samples in anal fin ray counts, head
length, eye diameter, and jaw length, Japanese
and Philippine fishes differ in jaw length and
predorsal length. On the basis of our limited
material, however, there is insufficient reason for
recognizing more than a single species,

Sirembo jerdont (Day)
Plate 2B

Brotula jerdont Day, 1888, p. 804 (original deseription,
Madras).

Sirembo imberhis; Rahimullah (nor Temminck and
Schlegel), 1943, p. 55 (misident.).

Sirentbo jerdoni; Menon and Ruma Rao, L970, p. 47
(new combination),

Umalius philippinus Herre and Herald, 1951, p, 312
{original description, Philippines),

Umalius herald) Herre, 1953, p. 818 (new name
proposed for misident. of this species as
Lepophidium marmoratum by Umall, 1935),

Sirembo. philippinus; Cohen and Nielson, 1978, p. 20
(new combination).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Puitappines; USNM 22648 (8 spec), [1°29'N,
123°46°E, 70 m; USNM 112107 (holotype of Usitalius
philippinus), Manila market, USNM 226478 (1 spec.),
LL°28'N, 123°24°E; USNM 226480 (3 spec.), 11°38'N,
125°S'E, 0 m; USNM 226481 (2 spec.) 11°98'N,

258 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

(23°56°E, 75 m. WesteERN AUSTRALIA! SNM 226482
(1 spec), 19°30°S, 116°34"E, 90-99 m; CSIRO uncait. (1
spec.), 19°44'S, 116°38'E, 57-60 m, GULF OP
THAILAND: CAS uneat. (1 spec.), Naga stat. 60-340.
Rep SEA: USNM 216444 (1 spec.), Gulf of Suez;
MNHN 1966-466 {1 spec.), Gulf of Suez,
DIAGNOSIS

Three or four broad, oblique bands on the head
and anterior part of the body; bands horizontal
posteriorly. Scale rows between lateral line and
dorsal fin 6 or 7, Anal fin rays 64-68.

DESCRIPTION

Counts are summarized in Table 1,
measurements in Table 2. About 80-95 rows of
seales along side of body (difficult to count along
rear of tail).

Branchiostegal rays 7 (1 specimen) or 8 (8
specimens). Premaxillary teeth slightly larger
along outer margin of band. Vomerine tooth
patch triangular.

The color pattern is highly distinctive, and even
though it tends to fade, the anterior oblique
bands that meet over the top of the head are
unique and readily perceived. Several dark
blotches on the dorsal fin and dark bands on the
rear of the dorsal fin and on the anal fin. Good
illustrations have been published by Herre and
Herald (1951), Menon and Rama Rao (1970), and
Visweswara Rao (1972), The branchial chamber is
dusky, as is the entire palate posterior to the head
of the vomer.

DISCUSSION

Although Day’s original description of S.
Jjerdoni was based on an unpublished illustration
by Jerdon rather than on a specimen, the written
description of the color pattern leaves no doubt as
to the identity of specimens of this species, no
matter what name by which they are called. The
dorsal and anal ray counts of 126 and 95
respectively given in the original description are
far higher than those of any known Sirembo.,
Inasmuch as they were taken from an illustration,
we consider them to be incorrect.

DISTRIBUTION AND VARIATION

§, jedoni is known from the East China Sea,
the Philippines, Western Australia (new record),
the Gulf of Thailand (new record), the Bay of
Bengal, and the Red Sea (new record). Although
our samples are limited, we find mo reason to
recognize more than a single species.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We thank all of the following for the loan or
gift of specimens or for help in various other
ways. Australian Museum (AM), J. Paxton;
California Academy of Sciences (CAS), P.
Sonoda; CSIRO, P. Kailola; Museum National
d’Histoire Naturelle (MNHN), M.L. Bauchot;:
Queensland Museum (QM), R.J. McKay;
Rijksmuseum yan Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden
(RNHL), M. Boeseman; U.S. National Museum
of Natural History (USNM), L. Knapp; Western
Australian Museum (WAM), G. Allen, B.
Hutchins. We are particularly grateful to J. Russo
for the photographs illustrating this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Bureker, P., 1858. Vierde bijdrage tot de kennis der
ichthyologische fauna van Japan. Act. Sec. Sei.
Indo-Neerlundicae, 3: \-46,

Couen, D.M. and Nissen, J.G., 1978. Guide ta the
identification of genera of the fish order
Ophidiiformes with a tentative classification of the
order. U.S. Dept. Commerce, NOAA Tech, Rept.,
NMFS Cire. 417; 1-72.

Day, F., 1888. Fishes of India. Suppl. (London).

Herre, A.W.C.T., 1953, Checklist of Philippine fishes,
U.S. Dept. Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Res.
Rept., We: 1-977,

Herre, <A.W.C.T, and HERALD, E.S., 1951.
Noteworthy additions to the Philippine fish fauna
with descriptions of a new genus and species.
Philip. J. Sci., T9: 309-89,

Kaur, J., 1858. Uebersicht der Familie Gadidae. Arch.
Naturgesch,, 24: 85-93,

Menon, A,G.K, and Rama Rao, K.V., 1970.
Systematic position of Brotula jerdont Day, a
shallow water brotulid fish from the Bay of Bengal.
J, Zool. Suc. India, 22; 47-40.

RAHIMULLAH, M,, 1943, Report on the oceurrence of
Sirembo imberbis Tem. and Schl. from Indian
waters logether with 4 note an its. pyloric caeea,
Curr. Sci., 122 55-6.

Temminek, C.J. and Scutecht, H., 1846. Pisces.Jn
PF. yon Siebold (edii.), Fauna Japonica, pr. 5:
173-269,

UMALL, A.F,, 1935, Litthe Known fishes trom the
Philippines. Philip. J. Sei., 56: 319-25.

VISWESWARA RAQ, V., 1972. A redescription of Sirembo
Jjerdoni (Day): (Pisces : BROTULIDAE). J. Bamb.
Nat. Hist. Sae,, 67: 114-7,

Wnit.ey, G.P., 1936. More ichthyological miscellanea.
Mem. Od Mus., 11; 23-51.

260 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

PLATE 1
A. Sirembo metachroma, QM 1.19500, Paratype, 160
mm SL.
B. S. metachroma, WAM P22339, 255 mm SL.
C. Dannevigia tusca, USNM 227946, 205 mm SL.

COHEN AND ROBINS: REVIEW OF GENUS SIREMBO 261

262 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

PLaTE 2

A. Sirembo imberbis, WAM P26294-005, 167 mm SL.
B. Sirembo jerdoni, USNM P226486, 130 mm SL.

COHEN AND ROBINS: REVIEW OF GENUS SIREMBO

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Qd Mus, 22(2): 265—288. [1986]

CATALOGUE OF TYPE, FIGURED AND MENTIONED FOSSIL FISH,
AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES HELD BY THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

TEMPE LEES
Queensland Museum

ABSTRACT

A taxonomically arranged list of the type, figured and mentioned fossil fish, amphibians and
reptiles held by the Queensland Museum is presented. For each specimen the following
information is provided: reference list; age; formation; and locality of collection,

INTRODUCTION

The Queensland Museum holds a substantial
collection of fossil fish, amphibians and reptiles,
and many papers have been published on this
material. This catalogue has the dual purpose of:
(a) collating the literature to provide readily
accessible information about our specimens; and
(b) to clarify the identity of some specimens which
have previously not had registration numbers
cited.

The foundations of this list were ‘A Catalogue
of Fossil Fish in Queensland’ (Turner 1982b) and
‘A Catalogue of Fossil Amphibians and Reptiles
in Queensland’ (Molnar 1982), These catalogues
had the shortcoming of not making clear in which
papers specimens were described. This is clarified
here by providing each type, figured or mentioned
specimen with chronological references. In
addition material collected from other states and
therefore not mentioned in the catalogues of
Turner (1982b) and Molnar (1982) is. included
here.

Those papers from which specimens could not
be identified with certainty have been omitted,
but otherwise the reference lists provided are as
complete as possible. Information about casts is
listed if they represent material in private
collections cr important Queensland material
held overseas,

The age, locality, and formation from which
material was collected are stated for each
specimen. Where several specimens of the same
species have been collected from one locality this
information is given only once, following the
references for the last specimen listed, More
detailed locality information (e.g. grid references)

is available for some specimens, but has not been
included in order to protect valuable fossil sites
from indiscriminate collecting. Such information,
where available, can be obtained from the
Queensland Museum,

An alphabetically arranged index containing all
published names is provided for each part of the
catalogue.

1 would like to thank Dr A. Bartholomai,
Director of the Queensland Museum; Dr R.B.
Molnar, Curator of Mammals, Queensland
Museum; Mr P, Davie, Curator of Crustacea,
Queensland Museum; Dr S. Turner and Dr A.
Kemp, Research Fellows, Queensland Museum,
and Mr A. Rozefelds, Geology Section,
Queensland Museum, for their help and advice.

ABBREVIATIONS

AM — Australian Museum; BM(NH) —
British Museum (Natural History); GSQ —
Geological Survey Queensland; Lst. —
Limestone; Mdst. — Mudstone; QM —
Queensland Museum; Ss. — Sandstone.

SPECIES INDEX
FISH

Belonastomus sweeti 267
Carcharias sp. 267

Ceratodus forsteri 270
Ceratodus palmeri 269, 270
Ceratodus wollastoni 269
Cladacyclus sweeri 268
Deltodus australis 267
Ebenaqua ritchiei 267
Epiceratodus denticulatus 270
Flindersichthys denmeadi 268

266 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Gyracanthides murrayi 267
Hybodus incussidens 267
Ichthyodectid 268

Lamna daviesi 267
Maccullochella macquariensis 269
Neoceratodus denticulatus 270
Neoceratodus eyrensis 270
Neoceratodus forsteri 269, 270
Neoceratodus gregoryi 270
Neoceratodus palmeri 270
Notogoneus parvus 268
Oligorus macquariensis 269
Pachyrhizodus marathonensis 268
Percalates sp. 269

Percalates antiquus 269
Phareodus queenslandicus 268
Phareoides queenslandicus 268
Saurichthys sp. cf. 8. gigas 267
Tandanus sp. 269

Theraponid 269

Xiphactinus australis 267

AMPHIBIANS

Arcadia myriadens 271
Australobatrachus ilius 272
Austropelor wadleyi 270
Brachyops allos 270

Kolane amphibian 271
Keratobrachyops australis 271
Limnodynastes archeri 272
Parotosuchus gunganj 27)
Parotosuchus rewanensis 271
Plagiobatrachus australis 271
Rewana quadricuneata 271
Siderops kehli 271
temnospondyl 271
Xenobrachyops allos 270

REPTILES

Agamidae 275

Agrosaurus macgillivrayi 281
Amphibolurus sp, 275
Ankylosaur 284
Austrosaurus sp. 282
Austrosaurus nickillapi 281
Changpeipus barthalomaii 282, 283
Chelidae 272, 273

Chelodina sp. 272, 274
Chelodina insculpta 272
Chelymys antiqua 274
Chelymys arata 272
Chelymys uberrima 273
Coelurosaur (footprint) 283
Cratochelone herneyi 274

Crocodilus nathani 279, 281
Crocodilus selaslophensis 280
Crocodylus nathani 279
Crocodylus porosus 279
Elapidae 275

Emydura sp. 272

Emydura uberrima 273
Fulgurotherium australe 284
Gavialis papuensis 280
Hypsilophondont (cast) 284
Ichthyosaurus australis 278
Ichthyosaurus marathonensis 278
Kadimakara australiensis 275
Kalisuchus rewanensis 279
Kannemeyeri sp. 284
Kronosaurus queenslandicus 278
Kudnu mackinlayi 275
Leptocleidus sp. 278
Megalania sp. 275, 276
Megalania prisca 275, 276
Meiolania oweni 274

Minmi paravertebra 284
Morelia sp. 275
Muttaburrasaurus langdoni 284
Myopterygius ausiralis 278
Notiosaurus dentatus 275
Notochelane sp. 273
Notochelone costata 273
Ornithacheirus sp. 281
Ornithopod 284

Orphidian 276

Pallimnarchus sp. 281
Pallimnarchus pollens 279, 280, 281
Pelocomastes ampla 274
Platypterygius australis 278, 279
Plectropterna sp. 282
Plesiosaur 277

Plesiosaurus sp. 277
Procolophonid 272

Quinkana sp. 281

Rapator ornitholestoides 282
Rhaetosaurus brownei 282
Rhoetosaurus brownei 282
Sauropod 283

Skartopus australis 283
Stegosaurian (footprint) 283
Theropod (tracks) 282, 283
Tiligua sp. 275

Trionychidae 274

Trionyx australiensis 274
Tyrannosauropus sp. 283
Varanus sp. 276

Varanus dirus 276

Varanus emeritus 276
Walgettosuchus woodwardi 282
Wintonopus latomorum 283

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 267

Woolungasaurus sp. 277

Woolungasaurus glendowerensis 277
Woolungasaurus cf. W. glendowerensis 277
Ziphodont crocodile 281

FISH
SC. ACANTHODII
O. CLIMATIIDA
F, GYRACANTHIDAE
Gyracanthides murrayi Woodward, 1906
QM F6663

Gyracanthides murrayi : Olgers, 1972, p. 42; Turner,
1982b, p. 601.

Loc.: N. of Bogantungan, Qld.
Fm.: Star Beds, Ducabrook Fm. Age: L.
Carboniferous,

SC. ELASMOBRANCHI ?
O, BRADYODONTI
F. COCHLIGDONTIDAE
Deltodus ? australis Etheridge jun., 1892

HOLOTYPE

Deltodus ? australis Etheridge, in Jack & Etheridge,
1892, pp. 93, 296, pl. 39, Fig. 11; Turner, 1982b. p.
602.

? Deltodus australis : Chapman, 1914, p, 261.

Deltodus australis : Hills, 1958, p. 93.

Loe.; Rockhampton Distr., Qld.

Fm.: Gympie Series. Age: Permian.

Remarks: This unregistered specimen is believed

to be in the Queensland Museum as it was

collected by De Vis, during his time as Director

(Turner 1982b). It could not however, be located.

O. HYBODONTIFORMES ?
F. HYBODONTIDAE ?
Hybodus ? incussidens De Vis, 1911
QM F12194 HOLOTYPE
Hybodus incussidens De Vis, 1911, p. 18, pl 2, fig. 3;

Wade, 1931, pp. 121, 142; Hills, 1958, p. 99,
Hybodus ? ineussidens : Turner, 1982b, p. 603.

Loc.: O’Connell Ck, nr Richmond, Qld.

Fm.: Rolling Downs Gp, Age: L, Cretaceous.
Remarks: Turner (1982b, p. 603) states ‘This
tooth probably belongs to a modern shark genus.’

O. GALEJFORMES (LAMNIFORMES)
F. CARCHARIIDAE (ODONTASPIDIDAB)
Carcharias sp.

QM F2265
Carcharias sp. : Hill, Playford & Wood, 1968, pl.
K12(4);. Turner, 1982b, p. 603.

Loc.; Aramac, Qld.
Fm.: Toolebuc Fm.? Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

F. IURIDAE
Lamna daviesi Etheridge jun,, 1888

QM F1021 HOLOTYPE

Lamna daviesii Etheridge jun,, 1888, p. 159, pl. 4, fig.
2-3; Woodward, 1889, p. 410; 1894, p. 44d;
Etheridge & Woodward, 1892, p. 2; Jack &
Etheridge, 1892, p. 503; Chapman, 1909, p. 452;
1914, p, 267; David, 1914, p. 284; Howchin, 1928,
p. 317; Wade, 1931, p. 121; Hills, 1958, p. 99; Hill,
Playford & Woods, 1968, pl. K12(5).

Lamna daviesi : Turner, 1982b, p. 603,

Loc,: Flinders R., Richmond Downs Stn, Qld.
Fm.: Toolebuc Fm.? Age: L, Cretaceous, Albian,

SC. ACTINOPTERYGIL
©. POLYPTERIFORMES
F, SAURICHTHYIDAE
Saurichthys sp. cf, 8. gigas (Woodward, 1890)

OM F11942
Saurichthys sp. ef. S. gigas: Turner, 1982a, pp. 545-51,
Tig. 2, pl. 1; 1982b, p. 602.

Loc.: N.E, flank of The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.
Fm.: Arcadia Fm, Age: L. Triassic.
O. ASPIDORHYNCHIFORMES
F. ASPIDORHYNCHIDAE

sweeti Etheridge
Woodward, 1892

Belonostomus jun. &

QM F5660
Belonostomus sweeti : Hill, Playford & Woods, 1968,
pl. K12(3); Turner, 1982b, p. 604,

Loc.: Pelican bore, W. of Dunraven Stn, nr
Hughenden, Qld.
Fm.: Toolebuc Fm, Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

O,. BOBASTRANIFORMES
F. BOBASTRINIDAE
Ebenaqua ritchiei Campbell & Phuoc, 1983

QM FI0135 PARATYPE

Ehenaqua ritchiei : Campbell & Phuoc, 1983, pp. 38,
43, 46, 54, fig. 1-2,

Loe.: Utah coal mine, Blackwater, Qld.

Fm.: Rangal Coal Measures. Age: L. Permian.

O. ICHTHYODECTIFORMES
F. ICHTHYODECTIDAE
NXiphactinus australis (Woodward, 1894)

QM F1016
Niphactinus australis : Hill, Playford & Woods, 1968,
pl, K12(1); Turner, 1982b, p. 605,

268 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Loc.: 9.6 km NE. of Richmond, Qld.
Fm.: Toolebuc Fm, Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

Ichthyodectid gen. et. sp. indet.

QM F6139
vertebrae of small teleost : Etheridge, 1885, p. 8.
Teleostean vertebrae, Cladocyclus sweeii?:

Woodward, 1894, p. 447, pl. 10, fig. 7.
Chirocentridian : De Vis, 1911, p. 11.
tunnamed vertebrae ; Longman, 1932, p. 95,
Ichthyodectid gen. el sp, indet. : Turner, 1982b, p. 605.
Loc.: Station Ck, Afton Downs Stn, or
Richmond, Qld.
Fm.: Rolling Downs Gp? Age: L. Cretaceous,

O. ELOPIFORMES
F. PACHYRHIZODONTIDAE
Pachyrhizodus marathonensis (Etheridge jun.,
1905)
QM F355
Pachyrhizodus marathonensis Hill, Playford &

Woods, 1968, pl. K12(2); Bartholomai, 1969, p.
259, pl. 15; Turner, 1982b, p. 605,

Loc.: Flinders R., nt Hughenden, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm, Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian,

QM F3349

Pachyrhizodus marathonensis : Bartholomai, 1969, p.
250, fig. 47-8; Turner, 1982b, p. 605.

Loc.: Springvale Stn, nr Boulia, Qld,

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

QM F5687

Pachyrhizodus marathonensis : Bartholomai, 1969, p.
250, pl. 14; Turner, 1982b, p. 605.

QM F5688-90

Pachyrhizodus marathonensis : Bartholamai, 1969, p,
250; Turner, 1982b, p. 605.

Loc.: Boree Park Stn, nr Richmond, Qld.

Fm,; Toolebuc Fm. Age; L. Cretaceous, Albian.

QM F5691

Pachyrhizodus marathonensis ; Bartholomai, 1969, p.
240; Turner, 1982b, p, 605.

Loc,; Sylvania Stn, nr Hughenden, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

QM F5692

Pachyrhizodus marathonensis : Bartholomai, 1969, p.
250; Turner, 1982b, p. 605,

Loc.: Astell’s tank, Dinga Ding Stn, nor

McKinlay, Qld,

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous.

QM F5705

Pachyrhizodus marathonensis : Bartholomai, 1969, p.
250; Turner, 1982b, p, 605.

Loc.: Boree Pk, nr Richmond, Qid.
Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

F. ELOPIDAE ?
Flindersichthys denmeadi Longman, 1932

QM F2210 HoLotyPF

Flindersichthys denmeadi Longman, 1932, p. 89, figs
1-3, pls 10-11; Hills, 1958, p, 99; Bardack, 1962, p.
388; Turner, 1982b, p. 605.

Loc.: Old golf links, Richmond, Qld.

Fm.: Tambo Series. Age: L. Cretaceous, U.

Albian.

O. OSTEOGLOSSIFORMES
F, OSTEOGLOSSIDAE
Phareoides queenslandicus (Hills, 1934)
QM F2357 HOLOTYPE
Phareodus queenslandicus Hills, 1934, pp. 160-4, pl.
18; Hill, Playford & Woods, 1970, pl, CZ7(2),
Phareoides queenslandicus : Taverne, 1973, p. 497;
1978, pp. 25-32, figs 15, 17-19; Turner, 1982b, p.
607.
QM F2358

Phareodus queenslandicus ; Hills, 1934, pp. 160-4, fig.
7b

Phareoides queenslendicus ; Turner, 1982b, p. 607.
QM F2359

Paureodis queenslandicus : Hills, 1934, pp. 160-4, figs
Phareovides queenslandicus : Turner, 1982b, p. 607.
Loc.; Redbank Plains, Qld.
Fm.: Redbank Plains
Eocene/Oligocene?

Series. Age: U.

O, GONORHYNCHIFORMES
F. GONORHYNCHIDAE
Notogoneus parvus Hills, 1934
QM F2364 HOLOTYPE
Notogoneus parvus Hills, 1934, pp, 164-6, pl. 20, figs
8c-9; Hill, Playford & Woods, 1970, pl. CZ7(3);
Turner, 1982b, p. 607-
QM F2362
Notogoneus parvus : Hills, 1934, p. 165, fig. 8b;
Turner, 1982b, p. 607,
QM F2365

Notogoneus parvus : Hills, 1934, p. 165, fig, 8a;
Turner, 1982b, p. 607.

Loc.: Redbank Plains, Qld.
Fm.; Redbank Plains
Eocene/Oligocene?

Series. Age: U.

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 269

O. SILURIFORMES
F, PLOTOSIDAE
Tandanus sp.

QM F1180

Tandanus sp. ct. T. tandanus : Longman, 1929, p. 249;
Turner, 1982b, p. 607,

Loc.: Chinchilla, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile
Pleistocene?

QM F2120

Tandanus sp. cf. T. tandanus : Longman, 1929, p. 249;
Turner, 1982b, p. 607.

Loc.; Brigalow, Qld.
Fm,; Unnamed; recovered while sinking a well.
Age: Pleistocene?

deposit. Age:

O. PERCIFORMES
F, PERCICHTHYIDAE (MORONIDAE)

Maccullochella =macquariensis Cuvier &
Valenciennes, 1829

QM F2122

Oligorus macquariensis ; Longman, 1929, p, 249.

Maccullochella maecquariensis (?) ; Turner, 1982b, p.
607.

Loe.: Brigalow, Qld.
Fm.; Unnamed; recovered while sinking a well.
Age: Pleistocene?

QM F2732
Maccullochella macquariensis : Hills, 1946, pp. 381-5,

Loc.: Baradine, Warrumbungle Mts., N.S.W.
Fm.,: Diatomaceous earth. Age: Tertiary.
Remarks: The author was unable to locate QM
F2122.

‘Percalates * antiquus Hills, 1934

QM F2370 HOLOTYPE

Percalates antiquus Hills, 1934, pp. 166-8, pl. 21;
Turner, 1982b, p. 607.

QM F2366, 2374-80

Percalates antiquus Hills 1934; Turner 1928b.

QM F2366 : Hills, 1934, pl. 24, fig. A, text fig. 11¢;
Turner, 1982b, p. 607.

QM F2374 : Hills, 1934, pl. 23, fig. B, text fig. 10;
Turner, 1982b, p. 607.

QM F2375 : Hills, 1934, text fig. 13; Turner, 1982b, p.
607.

QM F2376 : Hills, 1934, pl. 22; Turner, 1982b, p, 607.

QM F2377 : Hills, 1934, text fig. 12b; Turner, 1982b, p.
607.

QM F2378 : Hills, 1934, pl. 24, figs B, C, text fig. 11b;
Turner, 1982b, p. 607.

QM F2379 : Hills, 1934, text figs 12a, c; Turner, 1982,
p. 607.

QM F2380 : Hills, 1934, pl. 23, fig. A, text fig, Ila;
Turner, 1982b, p. 607.

Loe.: Redbank Plains, Qld.
Fm.; Redbank Plains
Eocene/Oligocene?
Remarks: ‘The generic status is uncertain
modern species of Percalates are now referred to
Macquaria .’ (Turner 1982b, p. 607).

Series. Age: U.

“Percalates ’* sp.

QM F6565

Percalates sp. : Hill, Playford & Woods, 1970, pl. CZ
7(1); Turner, 1982b, p. 607.

Loc.: Brittain's Quarry, Darra, Qld.

Fm.; Darra Fm, Age: L. Tertiary.

F. THERAPONIDAE
Theraponid gen. et. sp. undet.

QM F12060
Theraponid : Turner, 1981, p. 40; 1982b, p. 608.

Loc.; Rundle, Qld.
Fm.: Rundle Oil Shale Fm, Age: Eocene.

SC. SARCOPTERYGII
O. DIPNOI
F. CERATODONTIDAE
Ceratodus wollastoni Chapman, 1914.

QM F10313

Ceratadus wollastoni : Kemp & Molnar, 1981, p. 212,
fig. 6; Turner, 1982b, p. 604.

Loc,; Winton, Qld.

Fm,; Winton Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous.

Neoceratodus palmeri (Krefft, 1874)? = N.
Jorsteri (Krefft, 1870)

QM F10537 HOLOTYPE

Ceratodus palmeri Krefft, 1874, p. 293; Kemp &
Molnar, 1981, p. 212,

Ceratodus forsteri : De Vis, 1884, p. 42, 2 pls;
Woodward, 1891, p. 274; Jack & Etheridge, 1892,
p.646-7.

Neoceratodus palmeri ? = N. forsteri : Turner, 1982b,
p- 606,

Loec.: Darling Downs, Qld,

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

ot Pleistocene.

QM F1146

Cerutodus palmeri : De Vis, 1884, p. 42-3; Kemp &
Molnar, 1981, p. 212, pl. 1, fig. 2.

Neoceratodus palmeri ? = N, forsteri : Turner, 1982b,
p, 606,

QM F1147

Ceratodus palmeri : De Vis, 1884, p. 42-3; Kemp &
Molnar, 1981, p. 212.

Neoceratodus palmeri ? = N. forsteri: Turner, 1982b,
p. 606.

270 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Loc.: King Ck, Darling Downs, Qld.
Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

QM F1148

Ceratodus forsteri : Jack & Etheridge, 1892, p. 647.

Neoceratodus palmeri ? = N. forsteri : Turner, 1982b,
p. 606.

Loc.: Eight Mile Plains, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

QM F6564

Neoceratodus forsteri : Hill, Playford & Woods, 1970,
pl. CZ7(4).

Loc.: Adjacent to Chinchilla rifle range, Qld.

Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

QM F10540

Ceratodus palmeri : Kemp & Molnar, 1981, p. 212.

Neoceratodus palmeri ? = N. forsteri : Turner, 1982b,
p. 606.

Loc.: Darling Downs, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

Neoceratodus denticulatus (Hills, 1934)

QM F2347 HOLOTYPE

Epiceratodus denticulatus Hills, 1934, p. 157, figs 1-2.

Epiceratodus : Hills, 1958. p. 103; Hill & Denmead,
1960, p. 346.

Neoceratodus denticulatus : Turner, 1982b, p. 606.

Loc.: Redbank Plains, Qld.

Fm.: Redbank Plains

Eocene/Oligocene?

Series. Age: U.

Neoceratodus forsteri Krefft, 1870

QM F10237-9 — casts

Neoceratodus forsteri : Kemp & Molnar, 1981.

QM F10237 : pp.211, 213, 215, pl. 1, figs 17, 20.

QM F10238 : pp. 211, 213, pl. 1, figs 19, 21.

QM F10239 : pp. 211, 213, pl. 1, fig. 13.

Loc.: Lars Forsberg mine, 3-mile field, Lightning
Ridge, N.S.W.

Fm.: Griman Creek Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous.
Remarks: The original material is held in a private
collection.

Neoceratodus eyrensis (White, 1925)

QM F10312

Neoceratodus eyrensis : Kemp & Molnar, 1981, p. 213,
pl. 1, figs 9-10.

Loc.: Frome Downs Stn., Lake Pinpa, S.A.

Fm.: Etadunna Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous.

Neoceratodus gregoryi (White, 1925)
QM F11024
Neoceratodus gregoryi : Kemp & Molnar, 1981, p. 212,
pl. 1, fig. 8.
QM F12866
Neoceratodus gregoryi : Kemp & Molnar, 1981, p. 212,
pl. 1, fig. 4.
Loc.: Frome Downs Stn, Lake Pinpa, S.A.
Fm.; Etadunna Fm. Age: Miocene.

AMPHIBIA
O. TEMNOSPONDYLI
F. BRACHYOPIDAE
Xenobrachyops allos Howie, 1971

QM F6572 HOLOTYPE

Brachyops allos Howie, 1971, pp. 268-77, figs 1-3, pls
14-15; Warren, 1972, p. 281, fig. (second); 1981,
pp. 278-80, 283-4, 286, figs 8-9; 198la, pp. 285-9,
fig. 1, pl. 1; 1982, p. 150, fig. 1; 1984, p. 300, fig. 2;
Molnar, 1982, p. 614.

Xenobrachops allos : Warren & Hutchinson, 1983, pp.
25, 57, 59.

QM F10118

Brachyops allos : Warren, 1981, figs 8B-D, 9B-D;
198la, pp. 285-7; 1982, p. 150.

Xenobrachops allos : Warren & Hutchinson, 1983, p.
59.

QM FI0119

Brachyops allos : Warren, 1981, table 1; 198la, pp.
285-9, fig. 1, pl. 1; 1982, p. 150.

Xenobrachops allos : Warren & Hutchinson, 1983, p.
59.

Loc.: Duckworth Ck, nr Bluff, Qld.
Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

Austropelor wadleyi Longman, 1941

QM F2628 HOLOTYPE

Austropelor wadleyi Longman, 1941, pp. 29-32, pl. 5;
de Jersey, 1960, in Cameron et al. p. 291; Hill,
Playford and Woods, 1966, pl. J15(3); Colbert,
1967, pp. 35-42, pl. 6; Warren, 1977, p. 437;
Molnar, 1980a, p. 131; 1982, p. 616-7; Warren &
Hutchinson, 1983, pp. 49-5, fig. 32.

Australopelor : von Huene, 1956, p. 97.

Austrapelor : Konzhukova, 1964, p. 63; Tatarinov,
1964. p. 57.

Austropelor : Laseron & Brunnschweiler, 1969, p. 177;
Molnar, 1980c, p. 50; 1984, p. 333; Warren, 1982,
p. 158.

Loc.: Brisbane R. about 1 ml SW of Lowood
Railway Stn, Qld.
Fm.: Marburg Ss. Age: Jurassic.

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 271

F. CHIGUTISAURIDAE
Keratobrachyops australis Warren, 1981

QM F10115 HOLOTYPE

Keratobrachyops australis Warren, 1981, pp. 272-88,
figs 1, 2, Sa, 6a, 7, 10, 11; 1984, p. 300; Molnar,
1982, p. 614; Warren & Hutchinson, 1983, pp. 19,
25, 40-41.

QM FI10116

Keratobrachyops australis Warren, 1981, pp. 273-88,
figs 3, 4, 5b, 6b; 1982, p. 156, fig. 5.

QM FI10117

Keratobrachyops australis Warren, 1981, pp. 273-88,
figs 8a, 9a; 1982, p. 156, fig. 5.

Loc.: Duckworth Ck, nr Bluff, Qld.

Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

Siderops kehli Warren & Hutchinson, 1983

QM F7882 HOLOTYPE

Kolane amphibian : Warren, 1977, pp. 436-7, fig. 1;
1982, p. 156, fig. 6.

labyrinthodont : Milner, 1977, p. 402.

brachyopid labyrinthodont : Molnar, 1980a, p. 131.

Kolane labryinthodont : Molnar, 1980c, p. 50; 1982, p.
617; 1984, p. 333.

labyrinthodont :‘Thulborn & Warren, 1980, p. 224.

Siderops kehli Warren & Hutchinson, 1983, p. 2-60, pl.
1, 2, figs 1-23, 28-31, 33-34.

Loc.: Kolane Stn, nr Wandoan, Qld.

Fm.: Evergreen Fm. Age: Jurassic, U. Liassie.

Remarks: Warren & Hutchinson (1983) p. 3 give

the following number QM F7822 when refering to

Siderops kehli . This is thought to be a typing

error as the correct number is QM F7882.

F. CAPITOSAURIDAE
Parotosuchus gunganj Warren, 1980

QM F10114 HOLOTYPE
Parotosuchus gunganj Warren 1980, pp. 29-32, figs
3-7; 1984, p. 300; Molnar, 1982. p. 614.

Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.
Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

Parotosuchus rewanensis Warren, 1980

QM F6571 HOLOTYPE
Parotosuchus rewanensis Warren, 1980, pp. 26-9, figs
1-2, 5; 1984, p. 300; Molnar, 1982, p. 614.

Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.
Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

F, INDOBRACHYOPIDAE
Rewana quadricuneata Howie, 1972

QM F6471 HOLOTYPE

Rewana quadricuneata Howie, 1972, pp. 50-64, figs
1-6, pl. 1.; Warren, 1972, p. 281; 1982, p. 150;

1984, p. 300; Cosgriff & Zawiskie, 1979, pp. 20-1,
fig. llc; Molnar, 1980c, p. 48, fig. 3; 1982, p. 614.
Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.
Fm.: Acadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

F, PLAGIOSAUROIDAE
Plagiobatrachus australis Warren, 1985
QM F12267-70

Plagiobatrachus australis Warren, 1985.
QM F12267 : HOLOTYPE, pp. 236-241, figs 1(1),
2(1).

QM F12268 : pp. 236-241, figs 1(2), 2(2).

QM F12269 : pp. 236-241, figs 3(2), 4(2).

QM F12270 : pp. 236-241, figs 3(1), 4(1).

Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.

Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Traissic.

F, RHYTIDOSTEIDAE

QM F10121 Holotype

Arcadia myriadens Warren & Black, 1986, pp. 303,
314-24, figs 1-9, 10B, 11.

Loc: Duckworth Ck, nr Bluff, Qld.

Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age. L. Triassic.

F. TEMATOSAURIDAE
Incertae sedis

QM F12271

long snouted temnospondyl, incertae sedis : Warren,
1985a, pp. 293-5, figs 2, 3.

Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.

Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

QM F12272

long snouted temnospondyl, incertae sedis
1985a, pp. 293-5, fig. 1.

Loc.: Moolayember Dip, Canarvon Range,

halfway between Injune and Rollestone, Qld.

Fm.: Glenidal Fm., Clematis Gp. Age: L. Triassic

- M. Triassic.

: Warren,

Indeterminate & unidentified labyrinthodont and
thecodont material.

QM F1342

Crocodilia : Jensen, 1926, p. 144.

unident. labyrinthodont and thecodont material
Molnar, 1982, p. 614.

QM F6734

labyrinthodont : Bartholomai & Howie, 1970, p. 1063,
fig. 1.

Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.

Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

QM F10122

Indet. labyrinthodont : Warren & Hutchinson, 1983, p.
41-3, fig. 25.

272 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

QM F10123

Indet. labyrinthodont : Warren & Hutchinson, 1983, p.
42-3, fig. 26.

Loc.; Kolane Stn, nr Wandoan, Qld,

Fm.: Evergreen Fm. Age: Jurassic, U. Liassic.

Remarks: Molnar (1982, p. 614) states ‘This

material (QM F1342) is referable to
labyrinthodont amphibians (not further
identifiable) and a thecodont (probably
Kalisuchus ).*

O, ANURA

F. HYLIDAE

Australobatrachus ilius Tyler, 1976

QM F9150
Australobatrachus ilius : Tyler, 1982, p. 102.
QM F915]

Australobatrachus ilius : Tyler, 1982, p. 102, fig. la.
Loc.; L, Palankarinna, Etadunna Stn, 8.A.
Fm.: Etadunna Fm. Age: Tertiary.

F, LEPTODACTYLIDAE
Limnodynastes archeri Tyler, 1982

QM F9148 PARATYPE
Limnodynastes archeri ; Tyler, 1982, pp. 101-3.
QM F9149 PARATYPE
Limnodynastes archeri : Tyler, 1982, pp. 101-3.
Loc.: L. Palankarinna, Etadunna Stn, S.A.
Fm.: Etadunna Fm. Age: Tertiary.

REPTILIA

O, COTYLOSAURIA
F. PROCOLOPHONIDAE
Procolophonid
QM F6735
? paliguanid reptiles : Bartholomai & Howie, 1970, p.
1063, fig. 2.
Procolophonid : Molnar, 1982, p. 614.
Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.
Fm.: Arcadia Fm, Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

O,. CHELONIA
F, CHELIDAE
Chelodina sp. (Chelodina insculpta De Vis, 1897)
QM F1107
Chelodina insculpta De Vis, 1897, pp. 5-6, fig. 5.
Chelodina : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 16-7.

Chelodina sp. (‘Cheladina insculpta’) : Molnar, 1982,
p. 623.

QM F1109 LECTOTYPE

Chelodina insculpta De Vis, 1897. pp. 5-6, fig. 6.

Chelodina : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 16-7, fig. 13B.
(Lectotype proposed)

Chelodina sp. (‘Chelodina insculpta): Molnar, 1982, p.
623.

Loc.: Darling Downs?, Qld.

Fm,; Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

Chelodina sp.

QM F1510

Chelodina insculpta Longman,
(Questionable reference).

Chelodina sp. : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 12-14, fig. 8;
Molnar, 1982, p. 623.

Loc.: Head of Tara Ck, tributary of Clarke R., nr

Maryvale Ck,

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

(?)

1924, p. 26

Emydura sp.

QM F7034

Emydure sp. : Gaffney, 1981, p. 11, fig. 6; Molnar,
1982, p. 623.

QM F7035

Emydura sp. ; Gaffney, 1981, p. 11; Molnar, 1982, p.
623.

QM F9038

Emydura sp. : Gaffney, 1981, p. 12, fig. 7B; Molnar,
1982, p, 623.

QM F9039

Emydura sp. : Gaffney, 1981, p. 12, fig. 7A; Molnar,
1982, p. 623.

Loc.: Chinchilla Rifle Range, Qld.

Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

Remarks; The author was unable to locate QM

F9038 and QM F9039.

Chelid (Chelymys arata De Vis, 1897)

QM F1099

Chelymys arata De Vis, 1897, p. 5, pl. 4, figs B, C, D,
E; 1907, p. 6.

Chelidae : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 15-6, fig. 12A, B, E& F.

Chelid (= ‘Chelymys arata’): Molnar, 1982, p. 623.

Loc.: Darling Downs, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene,

QM F1100 Lectotype

Chelymys arata De Vis, 1897, p. 5, pl. 4, figs A & F;
1907, p. 6.

Chelidae : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 15-6, fig. 12C-D,
(Lectotype proposed)

Loc.: Warburton R. Qld.

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 273

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene
or Pleistocene.

Remark: The caption to Fig. 12, Gaffney (1981) is
incorrect. The specimen labelled E is QM F1099,
not QM F1100. No caption is given for Fig. 12F,
which is in fact QM F1100. The number 16
quoted by Gaffney (e.g. QM F16 1100) refers to
the year of registeration.

Chelid (Chelymys uberrima De Vis, 1897)

QM F1104

Chelymys uberrima De Vis, 1897, pp. 3-4, pl. 1.

Chelidae : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 14-5, fig. 9.

Chelid (= ‘Chelymys uberrima’) : Molnar, 1982, p.
623.

QM F1105

Chelymys uberrima De Vis, 1897, pp. 3-4, pl. 2.

Chelidae : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 14-5, fig. 13A.

Chelid (= ‘Chelymys uberrima’): Molnar, 1982, p. 623.

Loc.: Darling Downs, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

QM F2119

Emydura uberrima : Longman, 1929, p. 248.

Chelid (= ‘Chelymys uberrima’) : Molnar, 1982, p.
623.

Loc.: Brigalow, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

QM F9040 LECTOTYPE

Chelymys uberrima De Vis, 1897, pp. 3-4, pl. 1.

Chelidae : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 14-5, figs 9-10.
(Lectotype proposed).

Chelid (= ‘Chelymys uberrima’) : Molnar, 1982, p.
623.

Loc.: Darling Downs, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposits. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

Remarks: Gaffney (1981) p. 15 designates QM

F9040 as the lectotype for Chelymys uberrima.

However on p. 17 in the caption for figure 13 he

names QM F1105 as the lectotype. Gaffney (pers.

comm. 1984) intends the specimen mentioned in

the text, QM F9040, to be the lectotype, the

caption for figure 13 showing QM F1105 as the

lectotype is an error.

Chelid
QM F1108
Chelidae : Gaffney, 1981, p. 31; Molnar, 1982, p. 623.
Loc.: Warburton R, Qld.
Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene
or Pleistocene.

Remarks: Gaffney (1981, p. 21) gives QM F10569
as a specimen of Chelidae. This number is
incorrect; the museum does not have a turtle
specimen bearing this number.

F. CHELONIIDAE
Notochelone costata (Owen 1882)

QM F2174

Notochelone costata : Longman, 1935, p. 239; Gaffney,
1981, p. 7; Molnar, 1982, p. 619.

Loc.: Wyangarie Stn, nr Hughenden, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm (?) Age: L. Cretaceous,

Albian.

QM F2249

Notochelone costata : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 6-7, fig. 3;
Molnar, 1982, p. 619.

Loc.: Parish of Hilton, nr Julia Ck, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous.

QM F5793
Notochelone costata :
1982, p. 619.
Loc.: Boree Park Stn, nr Richmond, Qld.
Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous.

QM F6587

Notochelone costata : De Vis, 1911, pl. 4; Zangerl,
1960, p. 309; Gaffney, 1976, p. 326; 1981, p. 7;
Molnar, 1982, p. 619.

QM F12816

Notochelone costata : De Vis, 1911, pl. 3.

Loc.: O’Connell Ck, Wyangarie

Hughenden, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm (?). Age: L. Cretaceous.

Remarks: QM F12816 is a previously unregistered

specimen which was found to match pl. 3, De Vis,

1911 and consequently was registered. Gaffney

(1981) gives the following numbers QM FI1555,

QM F5469, QM F12994, QM F24132 when

referring to N. costata. These numbers are

incorrect. The Queensland Museum does not hold

any specimens of N. costata bearing these

numbers.

Gaffney, 1981, p. 7; Molnar,

Stn, nr

cf. Notochelone

QM F10619
cf. Notochelone : Gaffney, 1981, p. 8; Molnar, 1982, p.
619,

Loc.: Warra Stn, nr Boulia, Qld.
Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

274 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

F. MEIOLANIIDAE
Meiolania oweni Woodward, 1888
QM F2553

Meiolaniidae ; Gaffney, 1981, p. 19; Molnar, 1982, p.
623.

Loc.: Sandhurst Ck, nr Fernless Rlwy Stn, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

QM F9034

Meiolaniidae ; Gaffney, 1981, p. 19; Molnar, 1982, p.
623.

Loc.: Armour Stn, Condamine R., nr Macalister,

Qld,
Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age:
Pleistocene.

F. TRIONYCHIDAE
Trionychid (7rionyx australiensis De Vis, 1894)

QM F1101 HoLotypre

Trionyx australiensis De Vis, 1894, pp. 125-7, pl. 1;
Hill, Playford & Woods, 1970, pl. CZ7(8).

Trionychidae : Gaffney & Bartholomai, 1979, pp.
1354-9, pl, 1; Gaffney, 1981, pp. 18-9.

Trionychid (= ‘Trienyx australiensis’) » Molnar, 1982,
p. 624,

Loc.: Darling Downs, Qld,

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

Trionychids

QM F2324

Trionychidae : Gaffney & Bartholomai, 1979, p. 1356,
pl. 2, figs 1-2; Molnar, 1982, p. 624.

QM F2326

Trionychidae : Gaffney & Bartholomai, 1979, p. 1356;
Molnar, 1982, p. 624.

QM F2566

Trionychidae : Gaffney & Bartholomai, 1979, p. 1356;

Molnar, 1982, p. 624.

QM F9035

Trionychidae : Gaffney & Bartholomai, 1979, p. 1356,
pl. 2, figs 3 & 4; Molnar, 1982, p. 624.

Loc.: Boat Mt., nr Murgon, Qld.

Fm.: Oakdale Ss. (?) Age: Tertiary.

QM F9036

Trionychidae : Gaffney & Bartholomai, 1979, p. 1359;
Gaffney, 1981, p. 20; Molnar, 1982, p. 624.

Loc.; Leichhardt R., Floraville crossing (?), Qld.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: Pliocene or Pleistocene.

QM F9037

Trionychidae : Gaffney & Bartholomai, 1979, p. 1359,
pl. 2, fig. 5; Gaffney, 1981, p. Ll; Molnar, 1982, p.
624.

Loc.: Fairy Meadow, Chinchilla, Qld.
Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

F. TESTUDINIDAE

Testudines Indeterminate

QM F7796

Chelodina ; Archer & Wade, 1976, p. 384,

Testudines Indet : Gaffney, 1981, p, 11; Molnar, 1982,
p. 624.

Loc.: Bluff Downs Stn, nr Charters Towers, Qld.

Fm.: Allingham Fm, Age: Pliocene.

QM F9041

Testudines Indet : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 9-11; Molnar,
1982, p, 624.

Loc.: Epimoff’s property, Runcorn, nr Brisbane,

Old.
Fm.: Corinda Fm. Age; Tertiary,

F, UNCERTAIN
Chelymys antiqua De Vis, 1897

QM F1106A-D HOLOTYPE

Chelymys antigua De Vis, 1897, pp. 4-5, pl. 3.
Testudines indet : Gaffney, 1981, p. 15, fig. 11.
‘Chelymys antiqua’ : Molnar, 1982, p. 624,

Loc.: Darling Downs, Qld.

Fm.; Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene
or Pleistocene.

Pelocomastes ampla De Vis, 1897

OM F1102 LEcToTyPE

Pelocomastes anipla De Vis, 1897, pp. 6-7, pl. 7; 1907,
p. 6.

Testudines Indet : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 17-8, fig. 14.
(Lectotype proposed).

‘Pelacomastes atnpla’ : Molnar, 1982, p. 624.

QM F1103

Pelocomastes ampla De Vis, 1897, pp. 6-7, pl. 8; 1907.
p. 6.

Testudines Indet : Gaffney, 1981, pp. 17-8.

‘Pelecomasies anpla’ : Molnar, 1982, p. 624.

Loc.: Darling Downs, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

Cratachelone berneyi Longman, 1915

QM F550 HOLOTYPE

Cratochelone berneyi Longman, 1915, pp. 24-9, figs
1-2, pls 12-3; Zangerl, 1960, p. 309; Gaffney,
1981, pp. 4-5; Molnar, 1982, p. 618.

Cratochelone ; Bergounioux, 1955, p. 515.

Loc.: Sylvania Stn, nr Hughenden, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm? Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 275

Unidentified chelonian material
QM F12413
turtle shell : Molnar, 1984a, p. 334.
Loc.: Ayrshire Downs, nr Winton, Qld.
Fm.: Winton Fm. (?) Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian

O. SQUAMATA
F. AGAMIDAE
? Amphibolurus sp.

QM F8342
? Amphibolurus sp. : Archer, 1978, p. 69; Molnar,
1982, p. 624.

Loc.: Russenden Cave, Texas Caves, Qld.
Fm.: Unnamed cave breccia. Age: Pleistocene.

Unidentified Agamid

QM F7812

Agamidae : Archer & Wade, 1976, p. 384, pl. 541.

? Agamid : Molnar, 1982, p. 626.

Loc.: Bluff Downs Stn, nr Charters Towers, Qld.
Fm.: Allingham Fm. Age: Pliocene.

F. BOIDAE
? Morelia sp.

QM F7775

? Morelia sp. : Archer & Wade, 1976, pp. 383, 385, fig.
54K; Molnar, 1982, p. 626.

Loc.: Bluff Downs Stn, nr Charters Towers, Qld.

Fm.: Allingham Fm. Age: Pliocene.

Remarks: The author was unable to locate this

specimen.

F. ELAPIDAE
Unidentified Elapid

QM F7826

Elapidae : Archer & Wade, 1976, p. 385, fig. 54g.

? Elapid : Molnar, 1982, p. 626.

Loc.: Bluff Downs Stn, nr Charters Towers, Qld.
Fm.: Allingham Fm. Age: Pliocene.

Remarks: The author was unable to locate this
specimen.

F, PALIGUANIDAE
Kudnu mackinlayi Bartholomai, 1979

QM F9181 HOLOTYPE

Kudnu mackinlayi Bartholomai, 1979, pp. 231-3, figs
5-6; Molnar, 1980c, p. 48, fig. 4; 1982, p. 615;
1982b, p. 176, fig. 10; 1984, p. 332; Warren, 1984,
p. 300.

QM F9182
Kudnu mackinlayi : Bartholomai, 1979, p. 231.

Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.
Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

F. PROLACERTIDAE
Kadimakara australiensis Bartholomai, 1979

QM F6710 HOLOTYPE

Kadimakara_ australiensis Bartholomai, 1979, pp.
226-31, figs 1, 3, 4; Molnar, 1980c, p. 48, fig. 5;
1982, p. 615; 1982b, p. 176, fig. 11; 1984, p. 332.

QM F6676

Kadimakara australiensis : Bartholomai, 1979, p. 226,
fig. 2.

Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.

Fm.: Arcadia Fm., Rewan Gp. Age: L. Triassic.

F. SCINCIDAE
Tiliqua sp.
QM F10178
Tiliqua sp. : Molnar, 1978b, p. 157; 1982, p. 625.

Loc.: Tea Tree Cave, Chillagoe, Qld.
Fm.: Unnamed cave breccia. Age: Pleistocene.

F. VARANDIAE
Megalania prisca Owen, 1858

QM F865

Notiosaurus dentatus : De Vis, 1885, pp. 25-32. pl. 1,
fig. 1, pl. 2, fig. 1; Howchin, 1930, p. 658.

Megalania prisca : Fejervary, 1918, pp. 445-6; 1935, p.
4; Hecht, 1975, p. 242; Molnar, 1982, p. 625.

QM F866

Notiosaurus dentatus : De Vis, 1885, pp. 25-32, pl. 3,
fig. 1; Howchin, 1930, p. 658.

Megalania prisca : Fejervary, 1918, pp. 445-6; 1935, p.
4; Molnar, 1982, p. 625.

Loc.: Unknown.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: Pleistocene (?)

QM F867

Megalania prisca : Owen, 1860, pp. 43-8; Hecht, 1975,
p. 243; Molnar, 1982. p. 625.

Megalania : De Vis, 1889, pp. 94-6, pl. 4.

Loc.: Pilton, Darling Downs, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit.

Pleistocene.

QM F870

Megalania prisca : Hecht, 1975, p. 241; Molnar, 1982,
p. 625.

QM F871

Megalania prisca : Hecht, 1975, p. 242; Molnar, 1982,
p. 625.

QM F872

Notiosaurus dentatus : De Vis, 1885, pl. 3, fig. 2;
Howchin, 1930, p. 658.

Age:

276 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Megalania prisca : Fejervary, 1918, pp. 445-6; 1935, p,
4; Molnar, 1982, p, 625.

Loc.; Darling Downs?, Qld.

Fm,: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

QM F873 HOLOTYPE

Varanus dirus De Vis, 1889, p, 98, pl, 4: Howchin,
1930, p. 658.

Megalania prisca : Fejervary, 1918, pp. 359-61, 412-3,
fig. 15; Hecht, 1975, p. 245; Molnar, 1982, p. 625,

Loc.: King Ck, Darling Downs, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit.

Pleistocene.

QM F874

Varanus dirus : De Vis, 1900, p. 6, pl. 3; Fejervary,
1918, pp. 412-6, fig. 16; Hill, Playford & Woods,
1970, pl. CZ7(10).

Megalania prisca : Hecht, 1975, p. 245; Molnar, 1982,
p. 625,

Loc.: Chinchilla, Darling Downs, Qld

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene.

QM F877

Megalania prisca > Hecht, 1975, p. 243; Molnar, 1982,
p. 625,

QM F886

Megalania prisca : Hecht, 1975, p. 243: Molnar, 1982,
p. 625.

QM F2477

Megalania prisca :
1982, p. 625.

QM F6562

Megalania prisca : Hill, Playford & Woods, 1970, pl.
CZ7(9); Hecht, 1975, p. 246, pl. 17, fig, 3; Molnar,
1982, p. 625.

Loc.: Darling Downs, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene

or Pleistocene.

Remarks: Hecht (1975) mentions QM F2947 (p.

243, 246); this number is incorrect: the

Queensland Museum does not hold a specimen of

M. prisca bearing this number. Hecht also refers

to QM F870, QM F877 and QM F886 as QM

F14/870, QM _ FI4/877 and QM _ F14/886

tespectively. The 14 refers to the year 1914 in

which these specimens were registered.

Age:

Hecht, (975, p. 244-5; Molnar,

Megatlania sp.

QM C20

the Pliocene species : Hecht, 1975, p. 246,
Megalania sp, : Molnar, 1982. p. 625.
Loc.: Chinchilla, Qld.

Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age; Pliocene,

QM C106

the Pliocene species. : Hecht, 1975, p. 246.

Megalania sp. : Molnar, 1982, p. 625.

Loc.: Chinchilla, Qld.

Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

Remarks: These numbers refer to bulk
registrations. As Hecht did not figure the
specimens he referred to it is difficult to
determine the exact specimens in question.

Varanus emeritus De Vis, 1889

QM F875 HOLOTYPE

Faranus emeritus De Vis, 1889, pp. 98-9, pl, 4; Jack &
Etheridge, 1892, p, 651; Fejervary, 1918, pp.
416-8; Howchin, 1928, p. 658; Molnar, 1982, p.
625.

Loc.; King Ck,, Darling Downs, Qld

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age:
Pleistocene.

Varanus sp,
QM F7774

Varanus sp. ; Archer & Wade, 1976, pp. 384-5, fig. 54);
Tyler, 1979, p. 85; Molnar, 1982, p. 626,

QM F7777

Varanus sp. : Archer. & Wade, 1976, pp. 384-5; Tyler,
1979, p. 85; Molnar, 1982, p. 626.

QM F7813

Varanus sp. ; Archer & Wade, 1976, pp. 384-5, fig. 54h;
Tyler, 1979, p. 85; Molnar, 1982, p. 626.

Loc.; Bluff Downs Stn, nr Charters Towers, Qld.

Fm.: Allmgham Fm, Age: Pliocene.

Remarks: The author was unable to locate these

specimens.

indeterminate
material

Unidentified — or squamatan

QM F1733

aphidian : Longman, 1925, pp. 111-2.

extinct python : Chapman, 1934, p. 55.

snake : David, 1950, p. 644,

unident. or indet. squamatan : Molnar, 1982, p. 626.
Loc.; Marmor, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed cave breccia. Age; Tertiary,

QM F8363

snake indet : Archer, 1978, p. 70.

unident, or indet. squamatan : Molnar, 1982, p. 626,
Loc.: Russenden Cave, Texas Caves, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed cave breccia. Age: Pleistocene.
Remarks: The author was unable to locate F1733.

LEES; FOSSIL TYPES 277

O. SAUROPTERYGIA
F, ELASMOSAURIDAR

Woolungasaurus glendowerensis Persson, 1960
QM F3567 HOLOTYPE

Woolungasaurus glendowerensis Persson, 1960, pp.
11-6, pls 1-3; Welles, 1962, pp. 47-8; Hill,
Playford & Wood, 1968, pl. K12(6-7); Molnar,
1982, p. 619.

Woolungasaurus : Persson, 1963, p. 22.

QM F3568

Woolungasaurus glendowerensis : Persson, 1960, p. 12.

Loc.; Glendower Stn, nr Prairie, Qld.

Fm.: Wallumbilla Fm., probably Doncaster

Mem. Age: L. Cretaceous, Aptian.

Woolungasaurus cf. W. glendowerensis Persson,
1960

QM F11050, QM F 12216-19

Woolungasaurus cl. W. glendowerensis : Persson, 1982,

QM FI1050 : pp. 647-55, pl. I.

QM F12216-19 : pp. 647-55.

Loc.: Yamborra Ck, nr Nelia, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm, (?) Age: L. Cretaceous,

Albian.

Remarks: The specimens listed above were not

collected by the Queensland Museum but were

obtained from other institutions. The following is

a list of their previous registeration numbers. QM

F11050: anterior portion of skull, previously AM

F60056, posterior portion of skull, previously

GSQFI10552; QM_ F12216 previously GSQ

F10550b; QM F12217 previously GSQ F10551;

QM F12218 previously GSQ F10550a. The author

was unable to locate QM F12217.

Woolungasaurus sp.

QM F2634
Woolungasaurus sp. : Persson, 1960, pp. 16-17; 1963,
p. 39; Molnar, 1982, p- 620,

Loc.: Rainscourt Stn., nr Richmond, Qld.
Fm.: Not recorded, Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian,

Unidentified or indeterminate plesiosaur material

QM F983
Plesiosaurus : Etheridge, 1889b, pp. 410-13,
Molnar, 1982. p. 620.

Loc.: Walsh R., Qld.
Fm,: Toolebuc Fm? Age: L. Cretaceous.
QM F2085

Plesiosaur : Longman, 1935, p. 238; Persson, 1963, p.
39; Molnar, 1982, p. 620.

Loc.: Flinders R., Richmond, Qld.

pl. 8;

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm? Age: L. Cretaceous.

OM F2100

Plesiosaur ; Longman, 1935, pp. 238-9; Malnar, 1982,
p. 620,

Loc.: Caithness Stn, nr Dartmouth, Qld.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: L, Cretaceous. -

F2176

Plesiosaur : Longman, 1935, pp. 238-9; Molnar, 1982,
p. 620,

Loc: Mt Abundance, nr Muckadilla, Qld.

Fm.: Wallumbilla Fm, Age: L. Cretaceous,

Albian

QM F2178

Plesiosaur : Longman, 1935, p. 238.

Loc.: Ashgrove Stn, nr Barcaldine. Qld.

Fm.: Allaru Mdst. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

QM F2329

Plesiosaur : Longman, 1935, pp. 238-9: Molnar, 1982,
p. 620.

Loe.: Baneda Stn, nr Augathella, Qld.

Fm.: Wallumbilla Fm, Age: L. Cretaceous,

Albian.

QM F2386

Plesiosaur : Persson, 1963, p. 39; Molnar, 1982, p. 620.

Loe.: Amby Stn, nr Roma, Old.

Fm.:. Wallumbilla Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous.

QM F2448

Plesiosaur = Longman, 1935, pp. 238-9; Molnar, 1982,
p. 620.

Loc.: Telemon Stn, nr Muckadilla, Qld.

Fm,: Unknown, Age: L. Cretaceaus.

QM F3307

Plesiosaur ; Persson, 1963, p. 39; Molnar, 1982, p. 620.

Loc.: Wetherby Stn, nr Richmond, Qld,

Fm.: Mackunda Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous,

QM F10440

Plesiosaur : Thulborn & Warren, 1980, pp. 224-5, fig
ja; Molnar, 1982, p. 617; Warren & Hutchinson,
1983, p. 3.

QM FI10441

Plesiosaur ; Thulborn & Warren, 1980, pp. 224-5, fig.
Ib; Molnar, 1982, p. 617; Warren & Hutchinson,
1983, p. 3.

Loc.: Kolane Stn, nr Wandoan, Qld

Fm.: Evergreen Fm, Age: Jurassic, U. Liassic.

Remarks: Molnar (1982) gave an incorrect

number (QM F2086) for QM F2085. He also

quotes QM F2299 in error as a_ plesiosaur

mentioned by Longman (1935). This specimen is

an ichthyosaur: the plesiosaur mentioned by

Longman (1935) is QM F2178. OM F2176 was

originally numbered QM F2242.

278 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

F, PLIOSAURIDAE
Kronosaurus queenslandicus Longman, 1924

QM F1609 HOLOTYPE

Kronosaurus queenslandicus Longman, 1924, pp. 24-8,
pl. 4; 1930, pp. 1-7. text figs 1-4; 1932a, p. 98;
1935, p. 237; Molnar, 1982, p. 619.

Loc.: Hughenden, Qld.
Fm.: Unknown. Age: L. Cretaceous.
QM F2137

Kronosaurus queenslandicus : Longman, 1930, pl. 1;
1935, p, 237; Molnar, 1982, p. 619.

Loc.: 3.2 kms S. of Hughenden, Qld.
Fm,: Wallumbilla Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous.
QM F2446

Kronosaurus queenslandicus : Longman, 1935, p. 237;
Molnar, 1982, p. 619; 1982b, p. 186, fig. 9.

Loe,: Telemon Stn, nr Muckadilla, Qld.
Fm.: Toolebuc Fm? Age: L. Cretaceous.

F. RHOMALEOSAURIDAE
? Leptocleidus sp.

QM F3983-4036

Leptocleidus : Bartholomai, |966b, p. 437; Molnar,
1980c, p. 54.

Plesiosaurian : Playford & Cornelius, 1967, pp. 84, 91,

? Leptocleidus ; Molnar, 1982, p. 617; 1984, p. 333.

Loc.! ML. Morgan, Qld,

Fm.: Razorback beds. Age: L. Jurassic.

Remarks: The redating of the Razorback beds

from L. Cretaceous to L. Jurassic suggests that

this specimen is certainly not Leptocleidus. See

Molnar (1982) for further comment.

O. ICHTHYOPTERYGIA
F. STENOPTERYGIIDAE
Platypterygius australis (McCoy 1867)
QM F551

Tehthyosaurus australis > Longman, 1922, pp. 246-56,
figs 1-2, pls 15-6; Howchin, 1928, p. 318, fig. 142.

Platypterygius australis : McGowan, 1972, p. 15; Wade,
1984, p. 99, 104, 105, 106, 109, fig. IC.

Loc,; Galah Ck, nr Hughenden, Qld.

Fm.: Wallumbilla Fm? Age: L. Cretaceous.

QM F1448 HOLoTyPE

Tehthyosaurus marathonensis Etheridge, 1889a, pp.
405-9; Howchin, 1928, p. 318.

Platypterygius australis : Molnar, 1982, p. 621; Wade,
1984, p, 99.

Loc.: Marathon Stn, nr Marathon, Qld.

Fm,: Allaru Fm. Age: L, Cretaceous.

QM F1500
Iehthyosaurus australis : Longman, 1943, p, 104.

Loc.: Western Queensland.
Fm.: Unknown. Age: L. Cretaceous?
QM F2297

Platypiervgius australis ; McGowan, 1972, pp. 15-7, pl.
4E.

Loc.: Marathon Stn, nr Marathon, Qld.

Fm,: Allaru Fm, Age: L, Cretaceous. +

QM F2299

Platypterygius australis ; Wade, 1984, p, 104, fig. 3A-1.

Loc,: Brixton Stn, nr Barcaldine, Qld.
Fm. Allaru Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

QM F2451

Ichthyosaurus australis : Longman, 1943, p, 101.

QM F2453

Ichthyosaurus australis : Longman, 1935, p. 236; 1943,
p, 10), pl, 10,

Platypterygius australis : McGowan, 1972, pp. 15-7, pls
4A-C; Wade, 1984, p. 103, 104, 105, 107, 109, figs
1A, B; 2B.

Loc.: Telemon Sm, nr. Muckadilla, Qld.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: L. Cretaceous.

QM F2573

Platypterygius australis : Wade, 1984, p_ 108, fig. 6.

Loc.; Lydia Downs Stn, nr Nelia, Qld,

F'm.: Unknown, Age: L. Cretaceous.

QM F3348

Myopterygius australis = Hill, Playford & Woods, 1968,
pl. K12(8).

Platypterygius australis : McGowan, 1972, pp. 15-7, pl.
4D; Wade, 1984, p. 103, fig. 2C.

QM F3389

Platypterygius australis : Wade, 1984, p. 109.

Loc.; Stewart Park Stn, nr Richmond, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. or Allaru Mdst. Age: L.

Cretaceous.

QM F10686

Platypterygius australis : Wade, 1984, p. 104, 107, 108,
109, fig. 2A; 4C.

Loc.: Anabranch of the Flinders R., Boree Park

Stn, or Richmond, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

QM F12313
Plutypterygius australis + Wade, 1984, p. 106.

Loc.: Big hole, Flinders R., Boree Park Stn, or
Richmond, Qld.
Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

QM F12314
Platypteryeius australis ; Wade, 1984, p. 103, 106, 108,
109.

Loc.; Kilterry Stn., ar Julia Ck, Qld.
Fm.: Unknown. Age: L. Cretaceous.

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 279

QM F12317
Platypterygius australis : Wade, 1984, p. 106, fig. 4A.

Loc.: Big hole, Flinders R., Boree Park Stn, nr
Richmond, Qld.
Fm.: Toolebue Fm, Age: L, Cretaceous.

O, THECODONTIA
F. PROTEROSUCHIDAE
Kalisuchus rewanensis Thulborn, 1979

QM F8998 HOLOTYPE

Kalisuchus rewanensis Thulborn, 1979, pp. 331-44, pl.
1, pl. 2, fig. A, B; 1980, p. 246; Molnar, 1980c, pp.
48-9; 1982, p. 615; 1982b, p. 195, fig. 14; 1984, p.
332; Warren, 1984, p, 300,

QM F9521-47

Kalisuchus rewanensis : Thulborn, 1979. F9521, p. 333,
figs 1A-B; F9522, p, 333, fig. 1C; F9523, p. 336,
figs 1D-E; F9524 p. 336, figs 1G-H; F9525, fig.
1F; F9526, pp, 333, 335, pl. 2, figs, C-D; F9527,
pp. 333, 335, pl. 3, figs A-C; F9528, pp. 333, 334,
335, pl. 3, figs D-P; F9529, p. 335, pl, 3, fig. G;
F9530, p. 335, pl. 3, fig. H; F9531, p. 333, pl. 3,
fig. 1; F9532, p. 335, pl. 3, fig, J; F9533, p. 335, pl.
3, figs K-M; F9534, p. 335, pl. 3, figs N-O; F9535,
p. 336, pl. 3, fig, P; F9536, p. 336, pl. 3, fig, Q;
F9537, p. 336, pl. 3, fig. R; F9538, p. 336, pl. 4,
figs A-B; F9539, p. 336, pl. 4, figs C-F; F9540, p.
336, pl. 4, fig. G; F9541, p, 336, pl. 4, figs H-K;
F9542, p. 334, pl. 5, figs A-B; F9543, p, 336, pl. 5,
figs C-G; F9544, p. 336, pl. 5, figs H-I; F9545, p.
336, pl. 5, fig. J; F9546, p. 336, pl. 5, figs K-L,
Thulborn, (980, p. 195, fig. 5b; F9547, pl. 4, fig.
L

Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.
Fm.; Arcadia Fm,, Rewan Gp. Age: L_ Triassic.

0, CROCODILOMORPHA

F. CROCODYLIDAE
Crocodylus porosus Schneider, 1801

QM F1150

Pallimnarchus. pollens :
12(?).

Crocedylus porasus : Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p.
6358.

Loc.: Unknown.

Fm.: Unknown, Age: Unknown.

QM F1512

Crocodilus nathani Longman, 1924, pp, 23-5, pl. 3, fig.
1.

Crocodylus nathani : Molnar, 1982a, pp. 663-6, pl. 2E,

De Vis, 1886, pp. 184-6, pl.

F,
Crocadylus porasus : Molnar, 1982, p. 626.

QM FI1513 HOLOTYPE
Cracodilus nathani Longman, 1924, pp, 23-5, pl. 3, fig.
7

“'

Crocodylus nathani :
A-B, fig. 7A & B.
Cracodylus porosus ; Molnar, 1982, p. 626.

Molnar, 1982a, pp. 663-5, pl.

QM FI514

Crocodilus nathani Longman, 1924, pp. 23-5.
Crocodylus naihani : Molnar, 1982a, pp. 663-5, lig. 6.
Loc,: Head of Tara Ck, tributary of Clarke R.,
by Maryvale Ck, Qld.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: Pliocene.

QM F1752

Pallimnarchus pollens : Longman, 1925, pp. 103-8, pls
25-6,

Crocodylus porosus : Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, pp.
661-2, 665, fig. 5.

Loc.; Landsdowne Stn, nr Tambo, Qld.

Fm.: Unknown. Age; Pliocene.

QM F9229

Crocodylus porosus : Molnar, 1979, pp. 357-9, pls 1B,
2B, 3B; 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p. 665.

Loc.: Bluff Downs Stn, nr Charters Towers, Qld.

Fm.: Allingham Fm. Age: Pliocene.

QM F11609

Crocodilus nathani Longman, 1924, pp. 23-5.
Crocodylus nathani : Molnar, 1982a, pp. 663-5.
Crocedylus porosus : Molnar, 1982, p. 626.

Loc.: Tara Ck, tributary of Clarke R., by
Maryvale Ck, Qld.

Fm.: Unknown, Age: Pliocene,

QM F11611

Crocodylus porosus « Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p.
665.

Loc.; Armour Stn, nr Macalister, Qld.

Fm.: Allingham Fm. Age: Pliocene.

QM F11623

Crocodylus porasus + Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p.
665.

Loc.: Bluff Downs Stn, nr Charters Towers, Qld.

Fm.! Allingham Fm. Age: Pliocene.

QM F11626
Crocodylus porosus : Molnar, 1982, p, 626; 1982a, p.
665.

Loc.: Condamine R., nr Warra, Qld.

Fm,; Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene.
Remarks: Molnar, 1982, synonymised C. nathani
with C. porosus. QM F11609 originally was
thought to be part of QM F1512. However, it is
not demonstrably the same as QM F1512 and so
has been renumbered QM F11609. The author
was unable to locate QM F11623 and QM F11626.

280 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

‘Crocodilus’ selaslophensis

QM F9507

cast procelus crocodile : Molnar, 1980, p. 66, 67, fig. 1;
1980a, p. 133, fig. 2.

QM F10240

cast ‘Crocodilus’ selaslophensis : Molnar, 1980, p. 67.

Loc.: Lightning Ridge, N.S.W.

Fm.: Griman Creek Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous,

Albian.

Remarks: The original specimens are held in a

private collection. Two incorrect registration

numbers (QM F9057, QM F8507) are quoted in

Molnar (1980) for specimens QM F9507.

‘Gavialis’ papuensis

QM F406 SYNTYPE

Gavialis papuensis De Vis, 1905, pp. 30-1, pl. 11, figs
A, B, C.

‘Gavialis’ papuensis : Molnar, 1982, pp. 675-85, pl. 1.

QM F340 SYNTYPE

Gavialis papuensis De Vis, 1905, pp. 30-1, pl. 13, figs 3
& 4,

‘Gavialis’ papuensis : Molnar, 1982, pp. 675-85, pl. 2,
figs A, B, C.

QM F341 SYNTYPE

Gavialis papuensis De Vis, 1905, pp. 30-1.

‘Gavialis’ papuensis : Molnar, 1982, pp. 675-85, pl. 2,
figs D, E.

Loc.: Burai, Colemans Ck, Woodlark Is., P.N.G.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: Quaternary (?).

Pallimnarchus pollens De Vis, 1886

QM F1149 LECTOTYPE

Pallimnarchus pollens De Vis, 1886, pp. 181-3, pl. 10,
fig. 1; Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p. 658, fig. 8A,
pl. 1, figs A-B. (Lectotype proposed).

Loc.: Unknown.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: Pliocene or Pleistocene.

QM FII1S51

Pallimnarchus pollens De Vis, 1886, pp. 186-7, pl. 13,
fig. 1; Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, pp. 659-62,
fig. 3.

Loc.: Eastern Downs?, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile

Pleistocene?

QM F1154

Pallimnarchus pollens : Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p.
662.

Loc.: Chinchilla, Qld.

Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

QM F1155

Pallimnarchus pollens De Vis, 1886, pl. 11, fig. 1; Hill,
Playford & Woods, 1970, pl. CZ7(5); Molnar,
1982, p. 626; 1982a, p. 659, pl. 11, fig. 1.

deposit. Age:

Loc.: Eastern Downs?, Qld.
Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile
Pleistocene?

QM F1160

Pallimnarchus pollens De Vis, 1886, pl. 11, fig. 2;
Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, pp. 659-60, 662, pl.
2; fig. J,

Loc.: Eastern Downs?, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed _ fluviatile

Pleistocene?

QM F1165

Pallimnarchus pollens : Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p.
659.

Loc.: Chinchilla, Qld.

Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

QM F1166

Pallimnarchus pollens : Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p.
659, pl. 1, figs G & H.

Loc.: Chinchilla, Qld.

Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: L. Pliocene.

QM F1538

Pallimnarchus pollens : De Vis, 1907, pp. 6-7.

Pallimnarchus pollens : Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p.
659. pl. 2, figs C & D.

Loc.: Floraville Crossing, Leichhardt R, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age:

Pleistocene.

QM F2025

Pallimnarchus pollens : Longman, 1926, pp. 158-9, pl.
18, figs 1, 4; Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, pp. 659,
662, fig. 5.

Loc.: Armour Stn, nr Macalister, Qld.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: Pleistocene?

QM F3303
Pallimnarchus pollens De Vis, 1886, p. 187, pl. 14, fig.
2; Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, pp. 660-1, fig. 2.

QM F11610

Pallimnarchus pollens De Vis, 1886, pl. 10, fig. 2;
Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p. 658, pl. 2, fig. 1.

Loc.: Unknown.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: Pliocene or Pleistocene.

QM F11612

Pallimnarchus pollens : Molnar, 1982, p. 626; 1982a, p.
659, pl. IC & D.

Loc.: Condamine R., Chinchilla, Qld.

Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

Remarks: QM F11610 was originally numbered

QM F1149, however as it is not demonstrably the

same as QM FI1149 it was renumbered. The

author was unable to locate QM F1149.

deposit. Age:

deposit. Age:

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 281

Quinkana sp,

QM F7898

Xiphodont crocodilian : Hecht & Archer, 1977, p. 383,
fig. 1; Tyler, 1979, p. 98.

sebecosuchian ; Archer, 1978, p. 70.

Ouinkana sp. : Molnar, 1981, pp. 809-11, figs 6-9;
1982, p. 627.

Loc.: The Joint, Texas Caves, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed cave breccia. Age: Pleistocene.

Remarks: Hecht & Archer (1977) quote the

number incorrectly as QM F7988,

Unidentified or indeterminate ziphodont
crocodilian material

QM F1152

Pallimnarchus pollens : Dé Vis 1886, pp. 187, 189-91,
pls 14, fig. 1.

ziphodont ; Molnar, 1981, p. 813, figs 11-2; 1982, p.
627.

Loc.; Chinchilla, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed fluviatile deposit. Age: Pliocene.

QM F9220

ziphodont : Molnar, 1981, pp, 811-3; 1982, p. 627.

QM F9226

ziphodont : Molnar, 1981, pp. 811-3; 1982, p. 627.

QM F9225

ziphodont : Molnar, 1981, pp, 811-3; 1982, p. 627.

QM FI0I41

ziphodont : Molnar, 1981, pp. 811-3, fig. 10; 1982, p.
617.

Loc.: Alehvale Stn, nr Croydon, Qld.

Fm.: Pond deposit. Age: Pleistocene (?)

QM F10204

ziphodont : Molnar, 1981, p. 813, fig. 13(1); 1982, p.
627.

QM F10205

ziphodont : Molnar, 1981, p, 813, fig. 13 (2 & 3); 1982,
p. 627,

Loc.: Chinchilla rifle range, Qld.

Fm.: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

QM F10517

ziphodont : Molnar, 1981, p. 813, fig. 13(4); 1982, p.
627.

Loc.: Glen Garland Stn, Qld.

Fm.: Unnamed localized swamp deposit. Age:

Pleistocene.

Remarks: The author was unable to locate QM

F10141.

Unidentified of indeterminate crocodilian
material
QM FI515

Crocodilus nathani+ Hill, Playford & Woods, 1970, pl.
CZ7(1).

unident. or indet. crocodile : Molnar, 1982, p. 627.
Loc.: Head of Tara Ck, tributary of Clarke R.,
by Maryvale Ck, Qld.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: Pliocene.

QM F6563

Pallimnarchus pollens : Hill, Playford & Woods, 1970,
pl. CZ7(6).
unident. or indet, crocodile : Molnar, 1982. p. 627.

Loc.: Chinchilla rifle range, Qld.
Fm,: Chinchilla Sand. Age: Pliocene.

QM F7767
Palimnarchus sp. : Archer & Wade, 1976, p. 384, pl.

54C.
unident or indet crocodile ; Molnar, 1982, p. 627.
Loc.: Bluff Downs Stn,, nr Charters Towers,
Qld.
Fm.: Allingham Fm. Age: Pliocene.
QM F11625
the Murgon crocodile : Molnar, 1982a, pp. 666-7, pl, 2,

fig. G, H.
Loc.: Boat Mt., Murgon, Qid,
Fm.: Oakdale Ss. (?) Age: Mid-Tertiary, Miocene
(2).

O. PTEROSAURIA
F, ORNITHOCHEIRIDAE (sensu lato)
aff. Ornithocheirus sp.

QM F10612-10614

aff. Ornithocheirus sp. : Molnar & Thulborn, 1980, pp.
361-3, fig. 1; Molnar, 1982, p. 621.

pleranodontid prerosaur : Molnar, 1980c, p. 51, fig, 10.

Loc.: Warra Stn, nr Hamilton Hotel, Qld.

Fm,: Toolebuc Fm, Age: L, Cretaceous, Albian,

O, SAURISCHIA
F. ANCHISAURIDAE
Agrosaurus macsillivrayi Seeley, 1891

QM F11614

cast of tibia of type BM(NH)4984. Agrosaurus
macgillivrayi : Seeley, 1891, pp. 164-5.

Thecodontosaurus maceillivrayi + Galton & Cluver,
1976, p. 142-3, figs |LH-J.

Agrosaurus macgillivrayi : Molnar, 1980c, pp. 49-50;
1982, p, 615; 1984, p. 332.

Loc.: NE. Queensland Coast (?), Qld.

Fm.: Unknown, Age: U. Triassic (?).

F. CETIOSAURIDAE ?
Austrosaurus mckillopi Longman, 1933

QM F2316 HoLorype

Austrosaurus mekillopi Longman, 1933, pp. 131-43,
figs 2-3, pl. 15-7; Steel, 1970, pp. 81-2; Molnar,
1980a, p. 132; 1982, p. 622; 1982b, pp. 200-1;
Coombs & Molnar, 1981, p. 358.

282 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Austrosaurus + Bartholomai, 1966a, p. 150; Laseron &
Brunnschweiler, 1969, p. 192; Molnar, 1984, p.
333.

Loc.: Clutha Stn, nr Maxwelton, Qld.

Fm.: Allaru Mdst. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian,

Austrosaurus sp.

QM F3390

Austrosaurus sp. : Molnar, 1980c, p. 54, fig. 12; 1982,
p. 622; Coombs & Molnar, 1981, pp. 351-60, pl.
3D, BE, 1, J; pl. SA, B, G, H; pl. 6L-Q; Glut, 1982,
p. 282.

Loc.! Alni Stn, nr Winton, Qld.

Fm.: Winton Fm. Age: U. Cretaceous,
Albian/Cenomanian.
QM F6737

Austrosaurus sp, : Coombs & Molnar, 1981, pp.
351-60, pl. 1 A'-C', AC’, F-J; pl. 2D, E; pl.
3F-H; Glut, 1982, p. 282; Molnar, 1982, p.
622.

QM F7291

Austrosaurus sp. : Coombs & Molnar, 1981, pp. 360-1,
pl. 2F, G; pl. 5C, D, 1, J; pl. 6D-E; Glut, 1982, p.
283; Molnar, 1982, p. 622.

Loc.: Lovelle Downs Stn, nr Winton, Qld.

Fm,:; Winton Fm. Age: U. Cretaceous,
Albian/Cenomanian.
QM F7292

Austrosaurus sp, : Coombs & Molnar, 1981, pp. 360-1,
pl. 1D, B, K-S, T'-Y', T’-Y*; pl. 2B, C; pl.
3A-C; pl. 4A-E; pl. 6A-C, F-K, R, $8; Glut,
1982, p. 283: Molnar, 1982, p, 622.

QM F7880

Austrosaurus sp. : Coombs & Molnar, 1981, pp. 360-1,
pl, 2A; pl. SE, F; Glut, 1982, p, 282; Molnar, 1982,
p. 622,

Loc.: Elderslie Stn, nr Winton, Qld.

Fm.: Winton Fm, Age: U, Cretaceous,

Albian/Cenomanian.

Remarks; Glut (1982) incorrectly refers to QM

F5737 as QM F637. Additionally the captions to

the figures showing QM P7291 & QM F7880 have

been reversed, in error. Thus QM F7291 is
actually QM F7880 and vice versa.

F. MEGALOSAURIDAE
Rapator ornitholestoides yon Huene, 1932

QM F10935

cast of type BM(NH) 3718. Rapater ornithalestoides
von Huene, 1932, p. 70.

Rapator ornitholestoides :
1980c, p. 54.

Loc.: Lightning Ridge, N.S.W.

Fm.: Griman Creek Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous,

Albian.

Molnar, 1980a, p. 134;

Walgettosuchus woodwardi von Huene, 1932

QM F10934

cast type BM(NH)3717. Walgettosuchus woodwardi
yon Huene,, 1932, p. 69,

Walgettosuchus woodwardi ; Molnar, 1980c, p, 54,

Loc.: Lightning Ridge, N.S.W.

Fm.: Griman Creek Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous,

Albian,

F, UNCERTAIN
Rhaetosaurus browne} Longman, 1926

QM F1659 HOoLoryPe

‘a dinosaurus’ : Jensen, 1926a, p. 49.

Rhoetosaurus brownei Longman, 1926, pp. 183-94, pls
29-33; 1927, pp. 1-18, figs 1-4, pls 1-3; 1929, pp.
249-50, pl. 29 (reconstruction); von Huene, 1932,
pp. 255-6; Rozhdestvenskii, 1964, p. 544; Steel,
1970, p. 66; Coombs & Molnar 1981, p. 358;
Molnar, 1980a, p. 131, 136; 1982, p. 617; 1982b, p.
200; 1984, p. 333.

Rhaetosaurus brawnei : David, 1950, p. 468; Hill,
Playford, & Woods, 1966, pl. JI5(1); Laseron &
Brunnschweiler, 1969, pp. 175-6; Gould, 1974, p.
35.

Rhoetosaurus : de Lapparent & Lavocat, 1954, p. 821;
von Huene 1956, p. 500.

Rhaetosourus > Laseron & Brunnschweiler, 1969, pp.
175-6.

Lov.: nr Eurombah Ck, Taloona Stn, nr Roma,

Qld.

Fm.; probably Injune Ck beds, Age: M. Jurassic,

Bajocian/ Aalenian.

Remarks: Longman (1926) states that this

specimen was collected from Durham Downs Stn.

This property has since been divided into two

stations, Taloona and Durham Downs. Molnar

(1982b, p. 200) numbered R. brawnei as QM

F1695, in error. Also the holotype material has

been numbered QM F175] in error.

PALAEOPOD TRACKS
F. ANCHISAURIDAE
Plectropterna sp.
QM F12220
perhaps flying reptile ; Williams, 1966, p. 15.

Plectropterna sp. : Molnar, 1982, p. 615-6, fig. LA;
1982b, pp. 212-5, fig. 270.

Loc,: Bergin Hill Quarry, Goodna, Qld.
Fm.: Blackstone Fm. Age: U. Triassic.

THEROPOD TRACKS.
Changpeipus bartholomaii Haubold, 1971
QM FS5700 HOLOTYPE
dinosaur footprints : Bartholomai, 1966a, fig. (third p.

149).

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 283

Theropod footprint : Hill, Playford & Woods, 1966, pl.

313(4).
dinosaur foolprinis : Cameron, 1970, p. 9 (in list only),
Changpeipus bartholomaii Haubold, 1971, p. 79;
Molnar, 1982, p. 618; 1982b, pp. 212-5, fig. 27G,
OM F12221
Changpeipus bartholomaii : Molnar, 1982, p. 618.
Loc.: Westvale No, 5 colliery, Rosewood, Qld,
Fm.: Walloon Gp, Age: Jurassic.

Skartopus australis Thulborn & Wade, 1983

QM F10321

Skartopus australis ; Thulborn & Wade, 1983, p. 427.

QM F10322

Skartopus australis > Thulborn & Wade, 1983, p, 427,
pl. 10, figs B, D; pl. 12; pl. 13, figs A, B; pl. 14; pl.
15, fig, Aj pl. 16,

QM F10330 HOLOTYPE

Skartopus australis Thulborn & Wade,
427-31, pl. 7, figs B, C.

Loc.: Lark Quarry, SW of Winton, Qld.

1983, pp.

Fm.; Winton Fm. Age: U. Cretaceous,
Albian/Cenomanian,
QM F12265

Skartopus australis Vhulborn & Wade, 1983, p. 427, pl.
1, figs C, D,

Loc.: Seymour Quarry, SW of Winton, Qld.

Fm.: Winton Fm. Age: U. Cretaceous,

Albian/Cenomanian.

Wintonopus latomorum Thulborn & Wade, 1983

QM F10319 HOLOTYPE

Wintonopus latomorum Thulborn & Wade, 1983, pp.
421~6, pl. 7, fig. A; Molnar, 1984a, p. 159.

QM F10320

Wintonopus latomorum Thulborn & Wade, 1983, p.
421, pl. 11, fig, A.

QM F10322

Wintonopus latomoerum Thulborn & Wade, 1983, p.
421, pls 8-10; pl. 11, figs B, C, D; pl. 13, fig C; pl.
14, fig. A; pl. 16, figs B, C.

QM F12264

Wintonopus latomorum Thulborn & Wade, 1983, p.
421, pl. 1, figs A, B.

Loe,: Lark Quarry, SW of Winton, Qld.

Fm.; Winton Fm. Age: U, Cretaceous,

Albian/Cenomanian,

ef. Tyrannosauropus sp.

QM F10322

ef. Tyrannosauropus : Thulborn & Wade, 1983, p.

419-21.
Loc.: Lark Quarry, S.W, of Winton, Old.
Fm.: Winton Fm. Age: U. Cretaceous,
Albian/Cenomanian.

Unidentified, undetermined or indeterminate
Saurischian material

QML349

sauropod » Molnar, 1980a, p. 132; 1980c, p. 54, fig. 12;
1982, p. 622.

Loc,: Silver Hills Stn, nr Hughenden, Qld.

Fm.; Unknown. Age: L. Cretaceous.

QM F6142

very large sauropod : Bartholomai & Molnar, 1981, p.
319; Molnar, 1982, p. 622.

brachiosaur (?) ; Molnar, 1984, p, 333.

Loc.: Pelican bore, Stewart Ck, Dunraven Stn, nr

Hughenden, Qld.

Fm.: Unknown. Age: L. Cretaceous,

Unidentified or indeterminate theropod tracks

QM F3278

dinosaur footprints : Anon, 1951, p. 583.

dinosaur footprints : Anon, 1952a, p. 107, one fig.

dinosaur footprints ; Anon, 1952b, pp. 949-50, three
figs.

beast of the J/guanodon type
Brunnschweiler, 1969, p. 175.

large theropod : Molnar, 1980a, p. 131; 1982, p, 618;
1982b, Fig. 276.

Loc.: Balgowan Colliery, Balgowan, Qld.

Fm.: Walloon Coal measures. Age: L. Jurassic.

QM F5474

probably large bipedal theropod : Staines & Woods,
1964, p. 55, fig. 1.

theropod footprint ; Hill, Playford & Woods, 1965, pl.
TI3(5).

Rhondda dinosaur : Bartholomai, 1966a, p. 148, fig.
(second),

theropod track ; Molnar, 1982, p. 615.

Loc.: Rhondda colliery, Dinmore, nr Ipswich,

Qld.

Fm.: Blackstone Fm. Age: U. Triassic.

QM F5701

? stegosaurian footprint : Hill, Playford & Woods,
1966, pl. J15(5).

quadrupedal dinosaur :
fig. 27E.

QM F5702

theropod dinosaur : Bartholomai, 1946a, p. 148.

? coelurosaurian footprint : Hill, Playford & Woods,
1966, pl. J15(6).

dinosaur footprint : Brooks, 1970, p. 21, fig. 31.

small therapod = Malnar, 1982, p. 618; 1982b, fig. 27D.

Loc.: Balgowan Colliery, Balzowan, Qld.

Fm.: Walloon Coal measures. Age: L. Jurassic.

OM F12991
‘bitd-like theropod’ ; Molnar, 1984, p. 334.

OM F12992
‘bird-like theropod’ : Molnar, 1984, p. 334.

Loc.: Warra Stn, nr Boulia, Qld.

Laseron &

Molnar, 1982, p, 618; 1982b,

284 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fm.; Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.
Remark: QM F5702, may well be a sauropod as
stegosaurs are not known from _ Jurassic
Gondwanaland but sauropods are.

O. ORNITHISCHIA
F, [GUANODONTIDAE

Muttaburrasaurus langdoni Bartholomai &
Molnar, 1981

QM F6140 HOLoTYPE

bipedal herbivorous dinosaur : Bartholomai, 1966a, p-.
150.

iguanodontid : Hill, Playford & Woods, 1968, pl.
K12(10).

perhaps /guanodon ; Colbert, 1973a, p. 407.

Iguanodon : Colbert, 1973b, p. 182, 184.

large ornithopod : Molnar, 1980a, p. 132.

Muttaburrasaurus langdoni Bartholomai & Molnar,
1981, pp. 319-49, figs 1-13, pls 1-2; Molnar, 1982,
p. 621; 1982b, p. 205, figs 20-5; 1984, p. 333;
1984a, p. 155.

Loc.: Rock Hole, Rosebery Downs Stn, nr

Muttaburra, Qld.

Fm.: Mackunda Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian.

Remarks: This specimen has been numbered QM

F6095 in error.

F. HyPSILOPHODONTIDAE
Fulgurotherium australe Von Huene, 1932

QM F10936

cast of type BM(NH)3719 Fulgurotherium australe yon
Huene, 1932, p. 69.

Fulgurotherium australe : Molnar, 1980a, p. 134, fig. 4;
1982, p, 54.

Loc.; Lightning Ridge, N-S.W.

Fm.: Griman Creek Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous,

Albian.

Hypsilophodont indet.

QM F9505

cast Hypsilophodont indet : Molnar, 1980a, p. 134, 135,
fig. 56,

Loc,; Lightning Ridge, N.5.W,

Fm.: Griman Creek Fm, Age: L. Cretaceous,

Albian,

F. NODOSAURIDAE ?
Minmi paravertebra Molnar, 1980

QM F10329 HOLOTYPE

small ankylosaur : Molnar, 1980a, p. 132.

Minmi paravertebra Molnar, 1980b, pp. 77-87, figs
1-2, pl. 1; 1980c, p. 51, figs 8-9; 1982, p. 621;
1982b, p. 205, fig. 26; 1984, p, 333; 1984a, p. 151.

Loc.: Injune rd, 6 km N. of Roma, Qld.

Fm.: Bungil Fm.,
Cretaceous, Aptian.

Minmi Mem. Age: L.

Unidentified or indeterminate ornithischian

material
QM F10942
Ornithopod : Molnar, 1980a, p. 132; 1982, p. 622;
1984a, p. 154.

Loc.: lona Stn, nr Hughenden.
Fm.: Allaru Mdst. Age; L. Cretaceous.

QM F (unnumbered)

Ankylosaur : Molnar, 1980a, p. 132; 1982, p. 622.
Loc.: Boulia, Qld.

Fm.: Toolebuc Fm. Age: L. Cretaceous, Albian,
Remarks: The original locality for QM F10942
was Redcliffe Stn, however this property has now
been divided into two stations, Tona and
Redcliffe. The ankylosaur specimen is on loan to
the BM(NH).

O. THERAPSIDA
F. KANNEMEYERIIDAE
Indeterminate dicynodont cf. Kannemeyeria

QM F12178

indet. dicynodont cf, Kannemeveria : Thulborn, 1983,
pp. 330-1, fig. la, b.

mammial-like reptile : King, 1983, p. 209.

dicynodont indet. : Thulborn, 1983a, p. 209.

Loc.: The Crater, Rewan Stn, Qld.

Fm.: Arcadia Fm. Age: L. Triassic.

LITERATURE CITED

Anonymous, 1951, Giant dinosaur’s footprints found in
Darling Downs colliery. @d Gov. Mining J. 52:
583,

1952a. Dinosaur’s footprints in Downs colliery. Qd
Gov. Mining J. 53: 107,

1952b, Dinosaur footprints, Od Gov. Mining J. 53:
949-50.

Arcuer, M., 1978, Quaternary vertebrate faunas from
the Texas Caves of southeastern Queensland.
Mem. Qd Mus. 19: 61-100.

ARCHER, M,, and Wane, M., 1976. Results of the Ray
E. Lemley expeditions, part 1, The Allingham
Formation and a new Pliocene vertebrate fauna
from northern Queensland. Mem. Qd Mus, 17:
379-97.

BARDACK, D., 1962. Taxonomic status and geological
Position of the Cretaceous fish J/chthyodectes
marathonensis. Austral. J. Sci, 24: 287-8,

BartHoLomal, A. 1966a. Fossil footprints in
Queensland, Austral, Nat. Hist. 15: 147-30.

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 285

1966b. The discovery of plesiosaurian remains in
freshwater sediments in Queensland. Austral. J.
Sci, 28: 437.

1969. The Lower Cretaceous Elopoid Fish
Pachyrhizodus marathonensis (Etheridge Jnr.). 11
K.S.W. Camppett (Ed.) ‘Stratigraphy and
Palaeontology, Essays in honour of Dorothy Hill’.
(A.N.U. Press : Canberra) pp. 249-63.

1979, New lizard-like reptiles from the early Triassic
of Queensland. A/cheringa 3; 225-34.

BARTHOLOMAL, A, and Howie, A.A. 1970.
Vertebrate fauna from the Lower Trias of
Australia. Nafure 225: 1063.

BarRTHOLOMAL, A. and Mocnar, R-E,, 1981,
Muttaburrasaurus, a new — iguanodontid
(Ornithischia ‘ Omithapoda) dinosaur from the
Lower Cretaceous of Queensland. Mem. Od
Mus, 20: 319-49,

BKerRGoUNIOX, F.M., 1955, Testudinata. Jn J.
Pivereau (Ed.) “Traite de Paleontologie’, T. 5
(Masson et Cie : Paris), pp. 487-544.

Brooks, A.E., 1970. ‘Australia in the Making’,
(Lothian : Melbourne), 90 p.

Cameron, J.B., 1970. The Rosewood-Walloon
coalfield. Geol. Surv. @d Publ. 344: 1-42.
Camron, J.B., Jersey, N,J, d., Swinpon, V.G. and
WILSON, E.G., 1960, The Ipswich basin, J. Geol.

Soc, Austral, 7: 287-96,

CAMPBELL, K.S.W., and PHuoc, LE DUY 1983. A
late Permian Actinopterygian fish from
Australia. Palaeontology 26(1): 33-70,

CHAPMAN, F., 1909. On the occurrence of the
Selachian Genus Corax in the Lower Cretaceous
of Queensland. Proc. R. Soc. Vici. 2t (N.S.);
452-3.

1914. ‘Australasian Fossils. A Student's Manual of
Palaeontology.” (George Robertson & Co.
Melbourne) 1-341,

1934. "The Book of Fossils’. (Shakespeare Head
Press : Sydney), 126 pp.

CLARKE, W.B., 1869, Dinornis an Australian genus.
Geol. Maz. 6; 383-4.

COLBERT, E.H., 1967. A new interpretation of
Austropelor, a supposed Jurassic labyrinthodont
amphibian from Queensland. Mem. Od Mus. 15:
35-42.

19738. Continental drift and the distribution of fossil
reptiles. Jn D.H. TArLING & S.R. RUNCORN (Eds),
‘Implications of Continental Drift to the Barth
Sciences’, vol. 1, (Academic Press » New York),
622 pp.

1973b. ‘Wandering Lands and Animals’. (London :
Hutchinson). 325 pp.

Coomeps, W.P., Jr., and MOLNAR,
Suurgpoda (Reptilia, Saurischin)

R.E,, W981,
from the

Cretaceous of Queensland. Mem, Od Mus, 20:
351-73.

CoscrirF. J.W., and Zawiskre, J.M, 1979, A tiew
species of the Rhytidosteidae from the
Lystrosaurus zone and a review of the
Rhytidosteidae. Palaegont. Afr. 22: 1-27.

CuViER, M. Le. B and VALENCIEWNES, M. 1829. Hist.
Nat. Poiss., iti (E.G. Leurault + Paris), p. 48.
Davin, T.W.E., 1914. Geology of the Commonwealth.
Jn, ‘Federal Handbook of Australia.’ (Government

Printer : Melbourne), pp. 241-325,

Davip, T.W.E. and Brows, W.R., 1950, ‘The Geology
of the Commonwelath of Australia;, vol. |
(Edward Arnold : London), 747 pp.

De Vis, C.W., 1884, Ceratodus forsteri, Post-Pliocene.
Prac, R. Soc. Qd 1: 40-43,

1885. On bones and teeth of a large extinct lizard,
Proc. R. Soe. Qd 2: 25-32.

1886. On remains of an extinct saurian. Prac. R. Soe.
Od 2: 181-91,

1889. On Megalania and its allies. Proc. R. Soc. Od
6: 93-9,

1894. The lesser chelonians of the nototherian drifts.
Proc. R, Soe, Od Ws 123-7.

1897. The extinct fresh-water turtles of Queensland.
Ann, Od Mus. 3: 3-7.

1900. A further trace of an extinct lizard. Ann. Od
Mus. 5: 6. (See Molnar, 1982 for comment).

1905. Fossil vertebrates from New Guinea. Arn. Od
Mus., 6: 26-31.

1907. Fossils from the Gulf watershed. dna. Od
Mus, 7: 1-7,

1911, On some Mesozoic fossils. Ann, Od Mus, 10:
1-11,

ETHERIDGE, R., Jr., 1885. Appendix to R.L. Jack’s
Reports on the Geological Features of parts of the
District to be transyersed by the proposed Trans-
Continental Railway. Od Par/. Papers 1885: 22.

1888. Descriptions of fish remains from the Rolling
Downs Formation of Northern Queensland. Prac,
Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) 3: 156-61.

1889a. On additional evidence of the genus
Ichthvosaurus in the Mesozoic rocks (‘Rolling
Downs Formation’) of northeastern Australia.
Proc, Linn, Soc., N.S, W', 3: 405-9.

1889b. On additional evidence of the occurrence of
Plesiosaurus in the Mesozoic rocks of Queensland.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 3: 410-13.

1905, Description of the mutilated cranium of a large
fish from the Lower Cretaceous of Queensland,
Rec, Aust. Mus, @ 5-8,

ETHERIDGE, R. Jr. and Woopwarp, A.S., 1892. On the
occurrence of the genus Belonostomus in the
Rolling Downs Formation of Central Queensland.
Trons, R, Soe, Vier, 2, 2: t-7,

286 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Feiervary, G.J., 1918. Contributions to a monography
on fossil Varanidaé and on Megalanidae. Ani.
Mus, Nation, Hung, 16: 341-467.

1935. Further contributions to a monograph of the
Megalanidae and fossil Varanidae — with notes on
recent varanians, Ayn. Mus, Nation, Hung,, Pars
Zool. 29; 1-128,

Garrney, E,S., 1976, The history of turtles in Australia,
Abs. 25th Internat. Geol. Congr. i: 325-6.
(Abstract only),

1981, A review of the fossil] turtles of Australia.
Amer. Mus. Noy., 2720,

Gateney, E.S., and BARIHOLOMAL A, 1979. Fossil
trionychids of Australia, J. Paleo. 53: 1354-60.

Gacton, P,M., and CLuvir, M.A., 1976. Anchisaurus
capensis (Broom) and a revision of the
Anchisauridae (Reptila : Saurischia), Ann. 8. AJr.
Mus. 69: 121-59.

GiuT, D.F., 1982. ‘The New Dinosaur Dictionary’.
(Lyle Stuart : Secaucas), 268 pp.

Gouin, R.E. 1974. The fossil flora of the Walloon coal
measures: a survey. Proc. Roy. Sac. Gd 85: 33-41.

Hausotp, H., 1971. Ichnia Amphibiorum — et
Reptiliorum fossilum. Jn ©. KuHn (Ed.)
‘Handbuch der Paldoherpetologie’. T. 18. (Gustav
Fischer Verlag : Stuitgart), 124 pp,

Hecnt, M.K., 1975. The morphology and relationships
of the largest known terrestrial lizard, Mega/ania
prisca Owen, from the Pleistocene of Australia,
Proc. R. Soe. Viet. 87; 239-50.

HEcHT,. M.K. and ArcuHer, M., 1977, Presence of
xiphodont (sic.) crocodilians in the Tertiary and
Pleistocene of Australia. Alcheringa 1: 383-5.

Hitt, D, and DeNMEAD, A.K. 1960, The Geology of
Queensland, J, Geol. Soc, Aust. 7: 1-474,

Hitt, D., Prayrorp, G. and Woops, J.T. 19635.
‘Triassic Fossils of Queensland’. (Qd Palaeontog,
Soc. ; Brisbane), 32 pp.

1966. ‘Surassic Fossils of Queensland’. (Od
Palacontog. Soc. ; Brisbane), 32 pp.

1968. ‘Cretaceous Fossils of Queensland’. (Qd
Palaconlog, Soc. ; Brisbane), 35 pp-

1970. ‘Cainozoic Fossils of Queensland’. (Qd
Palaeontog: Soc. : Brisbane), 36 pp.

Hires, E-S., (934. Tertiary freshwater fishes from
Southern Queensland, Mem. Qd Mus, 10s 157-74.

1943. ‘Tertiary freshwaler lishes and e¢rocodlian
remains trom Gladstone and Duaringa,
Queensland. Ment. Qd Mus. 12: 95-100-

1946. Fossil Murray Cod (Maceulfochella
macquariensis) from diatomaceous earths in New
South Wales, Rec. Aust. Mus, 2it 380-283.

1958. A Brief Review of Australian Fossil
Vertebrates. Jn T.S. Wesvo.t (Ed.) ‘Studies on
Fossil Vertebrates’, (Athlone Press : London) pp.
86-107,

Howcuin, W,, 1925-30. ‘The Building of Australia and
the Succession of Life’. (Goyernment Printer :
Adelaide), 750 pp.

Howig, A., 1971. A brachyopid labyrinthodont from
the Lower Trias of Queensland. Proe. Linn. Soc.
NSM 96; 268-77.

1972. On a Queensland labyrinthadont, Jr K.A.
Joysey & T.S. Kempe (Eds.) ‘Studies in Vertebrate
Evolution’, (Oliver & Boyd : Edinburgh), pp-
50-64.

v. Huene, F., 1906. Ueber dice Dinosaurier der
aussereuvpaeischen Trias, Geol. Pal. Abh. 12, 2:
99-156,

1932, Die fossile Reptil-Ordnung Saurischia, ihre
Entwicklung and Geschichte. Monog. Geol. Pal. 1,
4: 1-361,

1956, ‘Palaontologie und Phylogenie der niederen
Tetrapoden’, (Gusjuv Fischer Verlag ; Jena), 716
pp.

Jacx, R.L., and ErHeripae, R. Jr., 1892. “The Geology
and Paleontology of Queensland and New Guinea’.
(Government Printer : Brisbane), 768 pp.

JENSEN, H\I,, 1926. Geological reconnaissance between
Roma, Springsure, Tambo and Taroom, Py.
Geol, Sury, Qed. 277; 1-215,

Kemp, A., and Maornar. R.E., 1981. Neoceratodus
Jorsteri from the Lower Cretaceous of New South
Wales, Australia, J. Paleonr. 55: 21-17.

KinG. G.M., 1983, First mammial-like reptile from
Australia. Nelure 306; 209,

KonvHukova, E.D., 1964. Podklass Apsicospondyll.
Apsidospondilnie. Jn O.A. Ortoy (Ed.) ‘Osnovi
Paleontologit Zemnovodinie, Presmakaoo-
shchiesa i Pritsi’. (Izdatelstvo ‘Nauka’ : Moscow),
pp. 60-64.

Keeret, G., 1870. Description of a giant amphibian
allied to the genus Lepidosiren from ihe Wide Bay
district, Queensland. Proc. Zool. Sov. London
1870; 221-4,

1874. Ceratodus palmeri. Nature 9: 293.

de. Laprarsnt, A.F., and Lavyocat, R,, 1955.
Dinosauriens. Jn J. Pivetau (Bd.) Trairé de
Paléontologie, T. 5. (Masson et Cie : Paris), pp.
785-962,

Laspron, C.F, and BRUNNSCHWEILER, R.O, 1969,
‘Ancient Australia’, second ed. (Taplinger : New
York), 253pp.

LoNGMaN, H.A., 1915, On a giant turtle from the
Queensland Lower Cretaceous. Mem. Qd Mus. 3:
24-9,

1922. An ichthyosaurian skull from Queensland.
Mem. Od Mus. 7: 246-56.

1924, Some Queensland fossil yerrebrates. Mem. Qa
Mus, 8: 16-28.

1925, Ophidian vertebrae from cave deposits at
Marimor Quarry. Mem. Od Mus. 8: 111-12.

1926. A giant dinosaur from Durham Downs,
Queensland, Mem, Oud Mus, 8; 183-94.

LEES: FOSSIL TYPES 287

1927. The giant dinosaur: Rhoetosaurus browne.
Mem, Qd Mus, 9: 1-18,

1929, Palaeontological notes. Mem. Od Mus. 9%
247-50.

1930. Kronosaurus queenstandicus, a gigantic
Cretaceous pliosaur. Meni. Od Mus. Ws 1-7,

1932, A new Cretaceous fish, Mem, Od Mus. 10:
89-97,

1932a. Restoration of Kronasaurus gueenslandicus.
Mem, Qad Mus. 10: 98,

1933. A new dinosaur from the Queensland
Cretaceous. Men. Od Mus. t0: 131-44.

1935, Palaeontological notes. Mem. Od Mus. 10:
236-9.

1941. A Queensland amphibian. Mert, Gd Mus. 12:
29-32.

1943, Further notes on Australian ichthyosaurs.
Mem. Qd Mus, 12: 101-4.

M'coy. F., 1867. On the occurrence of /chthyosaurus
and Plesiosavrus in Australia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist
(3), 19: 355-6.

McGowan, €,, 1972. The systematics of Cretaceous
ichthyosaurs with particular reference to the
material from North America. Canirib. Geel.
Univ. Wyoming 11: 9-29,

Miiner, A., 1977. Triassic Extinction or Jurassic
vacuum? Nature 265: 402.

Moinar, R.E., 1978. Age of the Chillagoe crocodile.
Search 9: 156-8.

1979. Crocadylus porasus trom the Pliocene
Allingham Formation of nonmh Queensland,
Results of the Ray E. Lemley expeditions, part 5,
Mem, Qd Mus, 19: 357-65,

1980. Procoelus crocodile from Lower Cretaceous of
Lightning Ridge, N.S.W, Mem. Gd Mus, 2 (1);
65-75.

1980a. Australian late Mesozoic terrestrial tetrapods}
some implications. Men. Soc. geal, France, 139:
131-43,

1980b. An ankylosaur (Ornithischia : Reptilia) from
the Lower Cretaceous of southern Queensland.
Mem, Od Mus. 20: 77-87.

1980c, Reflections on the Mesozoic of susiralia,
Mes. Wert. Life 1: 47-60,

1981. Pleistocene ziphodont crocodilians of
Queensland. Ree, Austral, Mus, 33: 803-34,

1982. A Catalogue of fossil amphibians and repliles
in Queensland. Mem. Qd Mus. 20 (3): 613-33.

19824. Pallimnarchus and other Cenozoic cracadiles
in Queensland. Mem. Od Mus, 202 657-73.

1982b. A Jongirostrine croeodilian from Mura
(Woodlark) Solamon Sea. Wem. Od Mus. 2:
675-85.

1982c. Australian Mesozoic Reptiles. In, P. V. Rich &
E.M,. Thompson eds. ‘The Fossil Vertebrate
Record of Australasia’ (Monash University
Clayton, Vicl.) pp. 169-226,

1984. Triassic amphibians and reptiles of Australia in
relation to Gondwanaland, Jn M. ARCHER and G,
CLayTon (Eds) ‘Vertebrate Zoogeography and
Evolution in Australasia’. (Hesperian Press
Carlisle, W.A.) pp, 299-301

1984a. Ornithischian dinosaurs in Australia. /n
W.-E. Reie and F. WesteHat (Eds) “Third
Symposium on Mesozoic Terrestrial Ecosystems,
Short Papers.’ (Attempto Verlag ; Tubingen) pp.
151-6,

MoLinar, R.E. and Tiiuinorn, R.A. 1980.
pterosaur from Australia. Neture 288: 361-3.

OLGERS, F., 1972. Geology of the Drummond Basin,
Queensland. Bul/. Bur. Miner. Resour, Geol.
Geophys, Aust. 132: 1-72.

Owen, R., 1858. Description of some remains of the
viganlic land-lizard (Megalania priscea, Owen),
from Australia. Prove. Roy. Suc. 9: 273 (Abstract
only).

1860, Description of some remains of the gigantic
land-lizatd (Megalania prisca, Owen), from
Australia, Phil, Tratis. Ray. Soe. 149: 43-8.

1882, On an extinet chelonian reptile (Nofechelys
costala, Owen), trom Australia. Quart. J. Geol,
Soe, Londan 38; 178-83.

PERSSON, P.O., 1960. Lower Cretaceous plesiosaurians
(Rept.) from Australia. Lunds Univ, Arsskr., avd.
2, 56, 12: 1-23-

1963. A revision of the classification of the
Plesiosauria with a synopsis af the stratigraphical
and geographical cistribution of the group. Lunds
Univ. Arsskr., avd. 2, 39, 1: 1-60,

1982. Elasmosaurid skull trom the Lower Cretaceous
of Queensland (Reptila ; Sauropterygia), Ment. Od
Mus, 20 (3); 647-55.

PLayrorp, G., and Cornevius, kK.D., 1967.
Palynological and lithostraligraphic features of lhe
Razorback beds, Mount Morgan — distri¢t,
Queensland. Dept. Geol. Univ. Od Papers 6;
§1-94,

RozHpestyensken, A-K., 1964, Podotriad Sauropoda.
Zauropod. Jn O.A. Qrioy (Ed.) ‘Osnovi
Paleontolgii ; Zemnovodnie, Presmkaooshchiesia i
Pritsi'.. (lzdarelstyo ‘Nauka’ Moscow), pp.
543-52,

SetLey, H.G., 1891. On Agrosaurus niacgillivravi, a
saucischian reptile from the NE-coast of Australia.
Quart. J. Geol, Soc. London 47; 164-5.

Staines, H.R.E. and Woops, J.T., 1964, Recent
discovery of Triassic dinosaur footprints in
Queensland. Austral. J. Sei. 27: 55.

STee., R,, 1970. Saunschia. Jn O. Kunw (Ed.)
‘Handbuch der Palaoherpetologic’, T. 14, (Gustav
Fischer Verlag : Stuttgart), 87 pp.

Tatarinoy, L,B,, 1964. Obshchaia chast. Jn O.A. Oniov
(Ed.) ‘Osnovi Paleontoogii :> Zemnovodnie,
Premkaooshchiesia i Ptitsi’. (Izdatelstvo ‘Nauka’ :
Moscow), pp, 25-59,

TAVERNE, L., 1973, Elablissement d’un penre nouveau,
Pharenides, pour Phareodus queenslandicus Hills,
LLS., 1934 (Piseés Ostéoglossiformes) du Tertiare
d’Ausiralie, Bull Soc, Belge Geol, Paléont. Aydrol.
82: 497-9,

1978, Ostéologie, phylogénése el systeématique des
Téléastéens fossiles er actuels du super-ordre des
Osteoglossomorphes. Mémoires de la Classes des

First

288 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Sciences, Acadéntie Royal de Belgique. 2nd Series,
42. (6): 25-32.

THULBORN, R.A., 1979. A proterosuchian thecodont
from the Rewan Formation of Queensland. Mem.
Od Mus, 19: 331-55.

1980. The ankle joints of archosaur’. A/cheringa 4:
241-61.

1983, A mammal-like reptile from Australia. Nature
303: 330-31.

1983a. First mammal-like reptile from Australia.
Nature 306: 209,

THULBORN. R.A., and Wabe, M, 1983. Dinosaur
trackways in the Winton Formation (mid-
Cretaceous) of Queensland, Mem. Od Mus. 21:
413-517.

THULBORN, R.A,, and WARREN, A.A., 1980, Early
Jurassic plesiosaurs from Australia. Nature 285:
224-5.

Turner, S., 1981. Queensland Museum report. Bui/l.
Soc, Vert, Paleo. 122, June: 39-40.

1982a. Sawrichthys (Pisces, Actinopterygii) from the
Early Triassic of Queensland. Mem. Od Mus. 20:
545-51.

1982b. A Catalogue of Fossil Fish in Queensland.
Mem, Od Mus. 20 (3); 599-611.

Tyter, M.J., 1976. Comparitive osteology of the pelvic
girdle of Australian Frogs and description of a new
fossil Genus. Trams. Roy. Soc. §. Aust. 100 (1):
101-3.

1979. Herpetofaunal relationships of South America
with Australia, Monog. Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ.
Kansas 7: 73-106.

1982. Tertiary frogs
Alcheringa 6: 101-3.

Wabe, R.T., 1931. The Fossil Fishes of the Australian
Mesozoic Rocks. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 64:
115-47.

Wabe, M., 1984. Platypterygius australis (M’Coy) an
Australian Cretaceous ichthyosaur. Lethaia 17:
99-113,

Warren, A.A., 1972. Triassic amphibians and repriles
of Australia in relation to Gondwanaland. Austral,
Nat. Hist, 17: 279-83.

1977, Jurassic labryinthodont. Nature 265; 436-7.

1980. Parotosuchus from the early Triassic of
Queensland and Western Australia. A/cheringa 4:
25-36.

1981. A horned member of the labyrinthodont
superfamily Brachyopoidea from the early Triassic
of Queensland. Alcheringa 5: 273-88.

198la. The lower jaw of the labyrinthodont family
Brachyopidae. Mem. Qd Mus. 20: 285-9.

1982. Australian Fossil Amphibians, Jy P,V. Rich &

from South Australia.

E.M. THOMPSON (Eds) ‘The Fossi] Vertebrate
Record of Australasia’. (Monash University :
Clayton, Vict.) pp. 169-226.

1984, Palaeozoic and Mesozoic repules and
amphibians from Australia. Jn M, ARCHER and G.
Cayton, (Eds) ‘Vertebrate Zoogeography and
Evolution in Australasia’. (Hesperian Press :
Carlisle, W.A.) pp. 331-6.

1985. An Australian Plagiosauroid. J. Paleont,
59: 236-41,

1985a. Two long snouted temnospondyls (Amphibia,
Labyrinthodontia) from the Triassic of
Queensland. Alcheringa 9; 293-5,

WARREN, A,A,, and BLAcK, T., 1986, A new
thytidosteid (Amphibia, Labyrinthodontia) from
the Early Triassic Arcadia Formation of
Queensland, Australia, and the relationships of
Triassic Lemnospondyls J. Wert. Paleont. 5 :
303-27.

Warren, A.A., and Hutcuinson, M.N., 1983. The last
labyrinthodont? A new Brachyopoid (Amphibia,
Temnospondyli) from the early Jurassic Evergreen
Formation of Queensland, Australia. Pril. Trans.
R. Soc. B. Land. 303: 1~62.

Watson, D.M,S., 1924, The elasmosaurid shoulder-
girdle and forelimb. Proc. Zool. Sac. London
1924: 885-917.

WELLES, S.P., 1962. A new species of elasmosaur from
the Aptian of Colombia and a review of the
Cretaceous plesiosaurs. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol.
Sei, 44: 1-96,

Ware, E.l., 1925. Two new fossil species of
Epiceratodus from South Australia, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist, 9 (16): 139-46.

WILLIAMS, K-A.W., 1966. Reptiles. Od Nat 18: 9-15.

Woopwarb, A.S. 1888. Note on the extinct reptilian
genera Megalania Qwen, and Melolania, Owen.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)1: 85-9.

1889. ‘Catalogue of Fossil Fishes Pr. l’ (Brit. Mus.
(N.H.) : London).

1890. The Fossil Fishes of the Hawkesbury Series at
Gostord. Mem. Geol. Sury, N.S.W., Palaeont, 4:
1-55.

1891. ‘Catalogue of Fossil Fishes Pt, IL’. (Brit. Mus,
{N.H.) : London).

1894, On some fish-remains of the genera Portheus
and Cladacyelus from the Rolling Downs
Formation (Lower Cretaceous) of Queensland.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (6), 14: 444-47,

ZANGERL, R., 1960, The vertebrate fauna of the Selma
Formation of Alabama. Part V. An advanced
cheloniid sea turtle, Fleldiana ; Geol. Mem. 3:
279-312,

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Qd Mus. 22(2): 289—297, [1986]

SKINKS OF THE CTENOTUS SCHEVILLI SPECIES GROUP

G.V. CZECHURA
Queensland Museum
Fortitude Valley. Q. 4006

ABSTRACT

Clenotus astarte sp. nov, and Cfenofus serotinus sp. nov. are described from specimens
collected in the Diamantina River drainage of southwestern Queensland. These new species are
members of the Crenotus schevilli species group as defined herein. The related species Crenolus
schevilli (Loveridge) is redescribed. Superficially similar species, Ctenofus tanamiensis Storr,
Ctenotus hebetior Storr and members of the Crenotus grandis group, are distinguishable on
details of colouration, in midbody scale counts, or nature of the supracilliary scales.

INTRODUCTION

The Ctenotus fauna of western Queensland is
dominated by members of three species-groups
(sensu Storr, Smith and Johnstone 1981). These
are the C. leonhardii, C. schomburgkii and C.
lesueurii species-groups. With the exception of
some members of the C. Jesueurii group
(inornatus subgroup), all these skinks show well
defined colour patterns, consisting of stripes with
or without spots.

Specimens of a moderately large (adult SVL,
59-81 mm) and a smaller (adult SVL, 50 mm)
Ctenotus recently collected in the eastern
Diamantina drainage system proved of interest as
they exhibited a complex dorsal pattern consisting
of dark blotches with small whitish spots and
dashes, Examination revealed that these
specimens represented undescribed skinks closely
related to C. schevilli (Loveridge) and that

redescription of the latter was required.
Furthermore, these skinks share a number of
morphological characters which enables

recognition of a distinct species group to
accommodate them. This group (C. schevilll
species group) is the subject of the following
contribution.

Abbreviations used in text are as follows:
ANWC — Australian National Wildlife
Collection; NMV — National Museum of
Victoria; QM — Queensland Museum; QNPWS
— Queensland National Parks and Wildlife
Service; SVL — snout to vent length. All
measurements are recorded in millimetres.
Terminology follows Storr, Smith and Johnstone
(1981).

SYSTEMATICS

Ctenotus schevilli species group

Medium (SVL 50 mm) to moderately large
Ctenotus (SVL 60 mm) with a complex dorsal

t
“5 tH

\
i]
\
I
i
i
\
\
(
|
if
'
i]
{
i}
\
1
!
/
~

Fic. 1. Distribution of skinks of the Crenotus schevilli
species group (closed stars - C. schevilli, open stars -
C. astarte, inverted triangle - C. serotinus ),

290 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Pattern consisting of small pale spots or flecks
with blotches of blackish pigment, with or
without a dark vertebral line and lateral pattern
of white spots on light brown ground colour.
Three supraoculars in contact with frontal, the
first two widest (subequal). First three and last
two supraciliaries enlarged, first three largest.
First loreal narrow, second wider and rounded
anteriorly. Presuboculars usually two, sometimes
three. Upper Jabials usually 8. Midbody scale
rows 29-44. Subdigital lamellae narrowly callose.
to obtusely keeled,

Ctenotus schevilli (Loveridge)
(Plate JA,B, Fig. |)
Sphenomorphus schevilli Loveridge, 1933, p. 96. Aeniy
Downs, 55 km N. of Richmond, Queensland.
Holotype QM JSk05.
Sphenomarphus schevilli Mittleman, 1952, p. 30;
Worrell, 1970, p. 35.
Lygosoma (Sphenomorphus ) schevilli Worrell, 1963, p.
58, p. 177.
Ctenotus schevilli Cogger, 1975, p. 275; Storr, 1978, p.
325-6; Cogger, 1979, p. 275.
MATERIAL EXAMINED
OM J5805 (Holotype); AM R62331, 80.1 km Ny of
Muttaburra on Hughenden Road; R62453, 62.4 km N,
of Muttaburra; NMV D14784, 25,7 km SW. of
Muttaburra; D13899-901, 57.9 km NW. of Aramac.

DIAGNOSIS

A moderately large Ctenotus (SVL 62-85 mm)
with 40 or more midbody scale rows; nasals
usually in contact; subdigital lamellae 22-25; ear
lobules subacute; pattern consisting mainly of
white lateral spois and dark mid-dorsal blotches,
forelimbs. more or Jess uniformly pale brown;
temple with numerous white spots but no
dorsolateral streak: upper labials with little or no
pattern.

DESCRIPTION

SVL: (adult) 62.4-85.2 (N = 6, mean 73.1),
(juvenile) 50.0. Length of appendages (SVL);
forelimb 24-33 (N = 7, mean 27.1); hindlimb
37-48 (N = 7, mean 42,5); tail 134-172 (N = 7,
mean 157.2).

Snout rounded, somewhat blunt in profile.
Nasals usually in contact, Nasal groove absent.
Prefrontals moderately large, separate or in
narrow contact. Supraoculars 4, first three in
contact with frontal. Second supraacular largest
or subequal with first. Supraeiliaries 8-LO0(N = 7,
mean 9.0), first three and last two largest.
Palpebrals 12-15 (N = 7, mean 13,8), Second
loreal 0.7-1.4(N = 7, mean 0.90) times as high as

wide, Presuboculars 2, rarely 3. Upper labials 8,
rarely 9. Temporals 2 + 2(N = 3)orl + 2(N =
4). Ear lobules 5-7 (N = 7, mean 6.2); usually
subacute; central Jobules largest. Nuchals 0-6
pairs. Midbady scale rows 40-44 (N = 7, mean
40.8). Paravertebral scales slightly larger than
adjacent series. Lamellae under fourth toe 22-25
(N = 7, mean 23.7), slightly compressed,
moderately callose.

Dorsally pale reddish brown or olive brown,
Median dorsal zone of blackish spots which may
coalesce to form irregular vertebral stripe,
extending to proximal third of tail. Rarely blocks
of dark pigment laterodorsally. Remainder of
dorsum with pale flecks. No indication of pale
dorsolateral lines. Upper labials with litile or no
pattern. A series of short white dashes below eye.
Temples and flanks and base of tail covered with
white dots; dots of upper lateral zone, and
sometimes in paler lower lateral zone, arranged in
more or less vertical series. Forelimbs with no
pattern; hindlimbs with littke or no pattern.
Ventrally white,

HAgitAr
Black soil plains and adjacent habitats.

DISTRIBUTION

Senii-arid central Queensland from the
Richmond district south to the Muttaburra and
Aramac distriets (Fig. 1).

Ctenotus astarte sp. nov.
(Plate 1C-D, Fig. 1)

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Hotoryee QM J26499 Cuddapan — airstrip,
Cuddapan Station, southwestern Queensland. Collected
9-23 September 1976 by J. Covacevich and C. Tanner.

ParaATypes: ANWC RO742 Paton Downs via Boulia:
R3133 Cuddapan Station airstrip: NMV D56609
Davenport Downs Station, juvenile; QM J39580 Durrie
Station via Birdsville (formerly ONPWS N48119);
J40182 Diamantina Lakes (formerly NA8152); J401K3
Diamantina Lakes (formerly N48153), juvenile; 141603
Benditoota Waterhole, Durrie Station (formerly
N18387); 541796 Durric Station (formerly NI8388),

DIAGNOSIS

A moderately large Crenotus (SVL 60-82 mm)
with 33-37 midbody scale rows; nasals usually
separated: 25-27 subdigital lamellae; ear lobules
usually acute; pattern complex consisting of short
dashes and small dots and dark mid-dorsal
blotches: short white loreal streak present and
narrow, dark-edged, pale dorsolateral streak
from above eye to above ear opening present.
Upper labials with pale fawn or white blotches.

CZECHURA: CTENOTUS SKINKS 291

DESCRIPTION

SVL (adult) 59.8-81.2 (N = 7, mean 71.1),
(juvenile) 35.5-45.6 (N = 2, mean 40.6). Length
of appendages (% SVL); forelimb 25-35 (N = 9,
mean 29.8); hindlimb 45-58 (N = 9, mean 50.8);
tail 155-203 (N = 4, mean 184.3).

Snout sloping, slightly pointed in profile.
Nasals separated or just contacting. Nasal groove
absent. Prefrontals, moderately large, separated.
Supraoculars, 4, rarely 5, first three in contact
with frontal. First and second supraoculars
widest, subequal. Supraciliaries 8-9 (mean 8.5)
first three (sometimes four) largest, last two
enlarged. Palpebrals 12-15 (N = 9, mean 13.2).
Second loreal 0.5-0.9 (N = 9, mean 0.70) times as
high as wide. Presuboculars 2, rarely 3. Upper
labials 8 (N = 7) or 9 (N = 2), posterior pair
largest. Temporal 1 + 2(N = 8) or2 + 2(N =
1), upper secondary largest, rather triangular in
shape. Ear opening vertically elliptical, lobules 4
to 6 (N = 9, mean 4.8), acute or subacute.
Nuchals 1 to 6 pairs. MBS 32-37 (N = 9, mean
34.5). Paravertebral scales larger than adjacent
series. Toes compressed. Lamellae under fourth
toe, 25-27 (N = 9, mean 22.6), narrowly callose
or obtusely keeled.

COLOUR

Dorsal and upper lateral surfaces greyish-
brown to buffy brown. Complex dorsal pattern
consisting of irregular, transverse or mid-dorsal
blackish blotches and pale spots and dashes.
Little or no indication of dark vertebral stripe. In
some adults and juveniles dorsal pale dashes may
align to form discontinuous paravertebral line. A
narrow, pale dorsolateral line may be present,
usually outermost white spots simply aligned
dorsolaterally. Pale, dark-edged, dorsolateral
streak always present from above eye to above ear
opening. Upper lateral zone with numerous white
dots which tend to align vertically. A short dark
posterior streak may be associated with some of
these; lower lateral surfaces greyish with some
white spots. Short white, loreal steak present.
Upper labials with pale fawn or whitish blotches
posteriorly. Large whitish spots in temporal
region. Legs pale, buffy brown with paler,
indistinct, longitudinal stripes. Ventral surface
white. The largest specimens (QM J39580,
ANWC R0742) show fading of colour pattern
with age. In these specimens light and dark areas
tend to coalesce, forming indistinct blocks of
dark and light colour,

ETYMOLOGY
Astarte was a Babylonian-Phoenician goddess

and a counterpart of Diana. The name was
arbitrarily chosen.

HABITAT

The holotype was collected from a sand dune-
ashy downs interface. When disturbed the skink
sought shelter in a soil crevice (J. Covacevich
pers. comm.). The specimens from Durrie Station
were collected on gravelly downs while the
Diamantina Lakes specimens were found on
stony downs (G. Porter pers. comm.).

DISTRIBUTION

Arid western Queensland; particularly eastern
Diamantina River drainage between Boulia and
Diamantina Lakes in the north to Durrie and
Cuddapan Stations in the south (Fig. 1).

Ctenotus serotinus sp. nov.
(Plate 2, Fig. 1)

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Ho.LotyPe: QM J43313, 17 km SE. of Spring Valley
homestead, southwestern Queensland. Collected 10-12
May, 1984 by G.V. Czechura, D. Knowles and N.W.
Longmore.

PARATYPE; QM J40185 Diamantina Lakes.

DIAGNOSIS

A medium sized Crenotus (adult SVL 50 mm)
with 29-33 midbody scale rows; nasals in narrow
contact or narrowly separated; prefrontals
narrowly separated; subdigital lamellae 22-27;
ear lobules usually rounded; pattern complex
consisting of pale edged dark vertebral stripe
from nape to base of tail, unbroken, dorsolateral
stripe with commences from first supraciliary and
vertically aligned white upper lateral stripe.
Upper labials white with dark posterior patches.

DESCRIPTION

SVL (adult) 49.6, (juvenile) 35.5. Length of
appendages (% SVL); forelimb 31.4, 30.14;
hindlimb 52.8, 55.8; tail (adult) 173.2.

Snout sloping, slightly rounded in profile.
Nasals narrowly separately or in narrow contact.
Nasal groove absent. Prefrontals moderately
large, narrowly separated. Supraoculars 4, first
three in contact with frontal. Second supraocular
subequal to first. Supraciliaries 8 or 9, first four
largest and last two enlarged. Palpebrals 16.
Second loreal 0.8-0.9 times as high as wide.
Presuboculars 2, rarely 3. Upper labials 8,
posterior three largest. Temporals, 1 + 2, upper
secondary largest, rather triangular in shape. Ear
opening obliquely elliptical, lobules 4 or 5,
subacute to rounded. Nuchals 4 pairs. Midbody

22 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

scale rows 33 (adult), 29 (juvenile). Narrowly to
widely callose subdigital toe lamellae; 27 (adult),
22 (juvenile) below fourth toe. Toes slightly
compressed.

COLOUR

Adult colouration: ground colour of dorsum
olive-brown with ragged edged blackish vertebral
line from nape to base of tail. Vertebral line
narrowly edged by very narrow, pale
paravertebral lines, A few widely scattered small
white spots along outer edge of dorsal zone. Pale
laterodorsal and dorsolateral stripes almost in
contact, giving impression of broad pale band.
Laterodorsal stripe commences above forelimb,
Dorsolateral stripe commences from first
supraciliary. Both stripes form broad diffuse
band behind hindlimb. Upper lateral zone olive-
brown with series of white spots more-or-less
vertically aligned. Short, dark posterior streaks
may be associated with these. Lower lateral
surfaces greyish, merging with while ventral
colour. Some indication of a broad, diffuse mid-
lateral stripe. Temporal region olive, Short white
loreal streak present. Upper labials white with
dark pigment posteriorly (olive with fine black
peppering). Limbs light brown indistinctly striped
with dark brown.

Juvenile colouration: similar to adult but more
sharply patterned. Vertebral line sharply edged
with distinct paravertebral stripes. Dorsolateral
line broad incorporating laterodorsal line.
Midlaleral stripe from midbody to tail, a series of
while spots between ear opening and midlateral
line. Whitish stripe from nostril to ear opening,

ETYMOLOGY

Serotinus is latin for ‘late happening’, thus
serving as an allusion to C. serotinus being the
most recently discovered member of the complex.

HABITAT

The holotype was collected from a gravelly
downs and sand-dune interface. The paratype was
collected on a sandhill.

DISTRIBUTION
Arid western Queensland in the vicinity of
Diamantina Lakes. (Fig 1).

COMMENTS

The only species of Crenofus which may be
confused with C. asfarte, C. serotinus and C.
sehevilli are C. tanamiensis Storr, C. Aebetinr
Storr (both members of the C; leonhardii species-
group) and members of the C, grandis species-
group.

The former species, C. fanamiensis , does not

occur in Queensland (Storr 1970; Storr, Smith
and Johnstone 1981). It is separable from both C.
schevilli and C. astarte by the presence of
vertebral and paravertebral stripes as well as a
lower (28-32) midbody scale count. C.
tanamiensis may be distinguished from C,
serotinus easily by colour pattern, as the vertebral
line extends beyond the base of the tail, regularly
spaced light dorsal spots may be present and the
dorsolateral line is broken. The ground colour of
the former species is brown while the latter is
olive-brown.

Ctenotus hebetior Storr is readily
distinguishable by the presence of five dark
stripes dorsally and reddish rather than olive-
brown or grey-brown colouration (Storr 1978). C.
hebetior occurs in sympatry with C, astarte, C.
serotinus, and possibly C, schevilli in some areas,

Skinks of the C. grandis species group (C. 2.
grandis Storr, C. g. tian Storr and C. hanloni
Storr) are all distinguishable by their dorsal
pattern of five dark stripes and fourth to
penultimate supraciliaries noticeably smaller than
the rest (Storr 1980), These skinks do not occur in
Queensland.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

For their assistance in preparation of the
manuscript | wish to thank Jeanette Covacevich,
Glen Ingram (Queensland Museum) and Glen
Storr (Western Australian Museum), John
Coventry (Nauional Museum of Victoria) and
John Wombey (C.S.I.R.0.) kindly Joaned
specimens in their care, Gary Porter (Queensland
National Parks and Wildlife Service) provided
additional specimens and habitat information
oblained during the course of a fauna survey of
the Diamantina Shire.

LITERATURE CITED

Cocere, H.G., 1977. ‘Reptiles and Amphibians of
Australia’, (First Addition; Reed: Sydney).

1979, “Reptiles and Amphibians of Australia’.
(Second Addition; Reed: Sydney).

Loveripog, A., 1933. New scincid lizards of the genera
Sphenamorphus, Rhadona and Lygosema from
Australia, Oce, Pap, Boston Soc. Nal. Hist, 8:
95-100,

MITILEMAN, M.B,, 1952, A generic synopsis of the
lizards of the subfamily Lygosominae. Smithson,
Mise, Coll, (1107): 1-35,

Srorr, G.M., 1970. The genus Crenorus (Lacertilia,
Selncidae) in the Northern Territory, J, Proe. R.
Sov, West, Aust, 52:°97-108.

1978. Notes on the genus Crenotus (Lacertilia ,

CZECHURA: CTENOTUS SKINKS 293

Scincidae) of Queensland. Rec. West. Aust. Mus. Western Australia and Western Australian
6(3): 319-232. Museum: Perth).
1980. The Ctenotus grandis species group (Lacertilis: | WoRRELL, E. 1963. ‘Reptiles of Australia’. (First
Scincidae). Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 8: 441-7. Edition; Angus and Robertson: Sydney).
Storr, G.M., SMITH, L.A. and JOHNSTONE, R.E., 1981. 1970. ‘Reptiles of Australia’. (Second Edition; Angus

‘Lizards of Western Australia. 1. Skinks’. (Univ. and Robertson: Sydney).

294

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

PLATE |.

Colour variation in member of the Ctenotus schevilli species group.
Scales in millimetres.

A-B Ctenotus schevilli (Loveridge).

A. (AM R62453, 62.4 km N. of Muttaburra). Note indistinct,
dark, transverse bars across vertebral region. B. (AM R62331, 80.1
km N. of Muttaburra). Note concentration of dark pigment along
vertebral line.

C-D Ctenotus astarte sp. nov.

C. (QM J26499, Cuddapan airstrip, Cuddapan Station, Holotype).
Note presence of pale series of dorsolateral spots forming indistinct
stripe. This ‘stripe’ is continuous with dorsolateral streak above
temporal region. The distinct pattern is typical of smaller individuals.
D. (QM J39480, Durrie Station via Birdsville, Paratype). Note
indistinct pattern typical of larger individuals and indication of
dorsolateral streak and series of spots.

CZECHURA: CTENOTUS SKINKS 295

FEN) POOAAVNAPETY MH OSPATA EUV TNYUE ET TANTEPAG AANA TPA AOA TASATPTNAT AAT AAC

HWAUTONGOAVOULALATANOTAOLSOLAAVNULOUUAPORLVLAYASOAAUUULUVAALILGULAUUALIALALdGGALdl¥tdddiduuididautilsiddtisivideiatiilyiysqilyyd) yet

296 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

PLATE 2

Ctenotus serotinus sp. nov. QM J43313 (Holotype), 17 km SE. of
Spring Valley homestead, SW. Queensland. (Photo D. Knowles).

297

CZECHURA: CTENOTUS SKINKS

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Qd Mus. 22(2): 299—307. [1986]

A NEW SPECIES OF TAUDACTYLUS (MYOBATRACHIDAE) FROM
SOUTHEASTERN QUEENSLAND, AUSTRALIA

GREGORY V. CZECHURA
Queensland Museum

ABSTRACT

Taudactylus pleione sp. nov. is described from Kroombit Tops, near Gladstone,
southeastern Queensland. It is most closely related to the cryptic species T. /iemti (from
mideastern Queensland) and 7. rheophilus (from northeastern Queensland),

INTRODUCTION

Myobatrachid frogs of the genus Taudactylus
Straughan and Lee occur in association with
upland and montane rainforests of eastern
Queensland (Liem and Hosmer 1973, Ingram
1980). Two species (7. rheophilus and T,
acutirostris) are found im northeastern
Queensland and two (7. eungellensis and 7. liemi)
in mideastern Queensland. The remaining species,
T. diurnus , is known from the Blackall,
Conondale and D’Aguilar Ranges near Brisbane
(Czechura 1975, 1984, Ingram 1980) in
southeastern Queensland.

During the December
Naturalists Club annual campout held at
Kroombit Tops (24°27, 150°26'), near
Gladstone, frog calls, resembling those of some
species of Tunductylus , were heard in rainforest
at the headwaters of Kroombit Creek, A single
specimen of one of these frogs was later obtained.
Subsequent visits to this area resulted in the
collection of further specimens of this taxon
along with information concerning its natural
history. Examination of these specimens
established that the Kroombit Tops frog
represented a previously undescribed species of
Taudactylus, which is the subject of the following
contnbution.

Measurements are in millimetres and ratios are
expressed as percentages. Abbreviations follow
Liem and Ingram (1977) and Ingram (!980). All
specimens aré held in the Queensland Museum
(QM) herpetological collection,

1983 Queensland

Taudactylus pleione sp. nov.
(Figs 1, 4, Plate 1)
MATERIAL EXAMINED
Hovotyee: 342392, adult

female, headwaters

Kroombit Creek, Kroombit Tops via Calliope (24°27’,
150°26*), coll. G.B. Monteith, 6-10 February, 1984.

Paratyreés: J42137, same locality as holotype, coll.
G.B. Monteith, 1! December, 1983; J42388-91, same
data as holotype (142390, cleared specimen); J42422-3,
same locality as holotype, coll. G.V, Czechura and S.
Wilson, 23 February 1984.

DIAGNOSIS

Distinguishable from 7. diurnus and T.
eungellensis by very small discs on fingers and
toes; from 7. acutirostris by the absence of
dorsolateral skin folds and snout shape in profile
(rounded vs wedge-shaped); from T. rheophilus
by less robust build (HW/SVL 31-34 vs 37-42),
absence of a continuous dark lateral band from
the eye to groin and snout shape in profile
(rounded vs vertical); from 7. /iemi by rounded
rather than acuminate head shape when viewed
from above, relatively deeper and blunter snout
profile vs sloping, somewhat pointed profile of 7,
liemj , grey or bluish grey ground colouration vs
grey-brown or light to dark brown dorsal ground
colour, broad interorbital bar of more-or-less
uniform width in 7. pleione (not triangular-
shaped and widest along midline) and darker,
more intense ventral pigmentation ys cream
ventral surface with variable amounts of light
brown speckling. Ingram (1980) reports that some
T. liemi may possess intense brown speckling
ventrally, however comparison of these
individuals with specimens of T. pleione , reveals
that this speckling, in 7. /iem?is much paler than
even the palest ventral speckling of 7. pleione
specimens.

DESCRIPTION OF HOLOTYPE
SVL 28.5, TL 13.8, TL/SVL 53, HW 9.6,

300 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

HW/SVL 34, ED 3.3, ED/HW 34, EN 2.2, IN
3.3, EN/IN 67.

Dorsal aspect of head rounded; snout profile
blunt, rounded and barely overlapping lower jaw.
Loreal region sloping. Canthus rostral is distinct,
rounded, curved between eye and naris, then
smoothly converging anteriorly to form a
rounded snout. Pupil horizontal, oval,
Tympanum concealed. Tongue hinged in front,
more or less oval in shape, but slightly wider
posteriorly. Vomerine teeth absent. Fingers
cylindrical not webbed, slightly expanded distally,
length from shortest to longest 1-2-4-3. Large
rounded tubercles at base of fingers; outer palmar
tubercle rounded, slightly larger than oval inner
palmar tubercle. Toes not webbed but distinctly
fringed with slight distal expansion; length of toes
from shortest to longest 1-2-5-3-4. Low rounded
tubercles at base of toes with smaller tubercles
distally on third, fourth and fifth toes; a small

oval inner metatarsal tubercle. Skin smooth,
Cloacal opening directed posteriorly at midlevel
of thighs.

Dorsal ground colour grey with small patches
of darker grey, grey-brown and some yellowish
suffusion latero-dorsally. A broad, curved black
interorbital bar of more or less uniform width
directed posteriorly. A blackish ‘X’*-shaped
marking over shoulder region. Paired, irregular,
elongated dark patches over inguinal region
directed somewhat anteriorly towards midline.
Two prominent crossbars and seven to eight
prominent crossbars on front and hindlimbs
respectively, paler less defined greyish crossbars
may be placed between these. Fingers and toes
barred with grey. Lateral surfaces greyish brown;
a dark line from loreal region through eye and
enclosing tympanum then curving downwards
forward of hind limb. Side of face darker grey.
Short dark bar above forelimb which may contact

Fic. t: Taudactylus pleione. A, Dorsal view including ventral aspect of hind foot; B, Lateral view of head; C,

Ventral aspect of hand.

CZECHURA: A NEW TAUDACTYLUS 301

another dark bar which commences in the axillary
region, this latter bar narrows posteriorly and
continues dorsolaterally to the knee. Posterior
surface of thighs dirty yellow, barred and
speckled with brown. Ventral surface dirty cream
extensively mottled and speckled with grey
brown.

DESCRIPTION OF PARATYPES

SVL 24.8-26.4 (N 7, mean 25,9), TL 12.4-13.8
(N 7, mean 13.1), TL/SVL 49-53 (N 7, mean 51),
HW 7.7-8.6 (N 7, mean 8.5), HW/SVL 31-34 (N
7, mean 33), ED 3.0-3.4 (N 7, mean 3.2),
ED/HW 34-4 (N 7, mean 38), EN 1.8-2.1 (N 7,
mean 1.9), IN 2.8-3.4 (N 7, mean 3.1), EN/IN
56-75 (N 7, mean 62).

Dorsal colouration greyish (or even somewhat
bluish-grey) with markings similar to the
holotype. The interorbital bar is prominent in all
specimens, although it may be curved or straight
and is of more or less uniform width. In darker
specimens the shoulder markings may be less
prominent than either the interorbital bar or
inguinal blotches; the shape of the shoulder
marking is variable, forming either two triangles
(apices directed towards midline), an hourglass or
‘X’-shaped marking but is never continuous with
the interorbital bar. The inguinal markings also
variable in size. Lateral markings similar to
holotype, except that the short bar located above
the forelimb may become enclosed by the
posterior marking. The dark marking which
passes through side of face to tympanum is never
continuous with the posterior band commencing
at the forelimb. All specimens with dense brown
or greyish brown mottling and speckling on
ventral surfaces, in some specimens there is
evidence of pale medial stripe in the throat region.

Vocal sacs present in males, Nasal bones
narrow, widely separated not contacting either

maxillary or sphenethmoid; frontoparietal
fontanelle moderately large with posterior
expansion (Fig. 1A), zygomatic rami of

squamosal longer than otic rami; omosternum
present; sternum rounded; terminal phalanges T-
shaped.

HABITAT

Rocky streams and their environs in montane
rainforest or rainforest/wet sclerophyll forest
transition. Usually found around or under rocks
near permanent or semi-permanent pools and
running water. Also may be encountered in leaf-
litter nearby.

DISTRIBUTION
Known only from the headwaters of Kroombit
Creek, Kroombit Tops, SE.Q, (Fig. 4).

FIELD NOTES

During periods of low activity, these frogs
shelter deep within rock crevices, under large
boulders or within rock piles in the vicinity of
permanent pools or running water. Their presence
at these times may only be indicated by occasional
calls.

Activity seems to be initiated by the first heavy
falls of rain during the spring-summer period.
When active these frogs may also be found in
leaf-litter or under stones along the watercourses
where ephemeral pools and soaks form. Males
call during the day and well into the evening and
early night. Calling is most intense during early
evening. The mininum distance between calling
males is about 1.5 metres. There was little activity
noted during the December 1983 visit to the area.
Most activity seems to have occurred in early
February (when the holotype, a gravid female was
collected). By late February, activity seems to
have declined, certainly no females were
encountered although males were still calling. No
basking or obvious diurnal behaviour was
recorded. Synchronosympatric species, Litoria
barringtonensis, Adelotus brevis and Mixophyes
fasciolatus.

CALL

The following description is based on a
recording made at Kroombit Tops on 23 February
1984. To the ear, the call consists of a series of
rapidly repeated metallic ‘tinks’ which are given
at regular intervals. Each series of ‘tinks’ may
consist of 2-14 separate notes (usually 8-10). The
interval between notes slows towards the end of a
series, being most conspicuous when a large series
of ‘tinks’ is given. Each series may last from 2-4
seconds and is repeated at intervals from 3-10
seconds, Captive specimens held in plastic bags
have also been heard making a short ‘click’
resembling a call of Pseudophryne major.
ETYMOLOGY

Named for Pleione, mother of the Pleiades in
Greek mythology. The star Pleione is thought to

be the ‘missing’ bright star of the Pleiades cluster
(Clark 1983).

COMMENTS
Discovery of T. pleione in the northern part of
southeastern Queensland raised questions

concerning the identity of a specimen assigned to
T. acutirostris which was collected at
Mundubbera (25°31, 151°18’). This specimen
(British Museum [Natural History] 1938.7.2.1.)
was first reported by Parker (1940). Although
Liem and Hosmer (1973) did not examine this
specimen, they report that an examination of the

302 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

specimen at the Bristish Museum indicated ‘that
the specimen ties with acutirostris better than with
the other three taxa recognized here’ (Grandison
in Liem and Hosmer 1973, p. 450).

Examination of this specimen was warranted in
view of the proximity of Kroombit Tops to
Mundubbera. BMNH 1938.7.2.1. is badly faded
and in poor condition, however it is clearly not
assignable to 7. pleione. The Mundubbera
Taudactylus is distinguishable by virtue of the
following features; small toes discs, evidence of a
dorsolateral skinfold, presence of dark ventral
markings most prominent below the throat,
presence of an apparently complete dark lateral
band, no indication of a dark interorbital bar or
triangle, blunt snout when yiewed from above
(shape in profile no longer discernable), dark
pigment along posterior surface of thighs and a
high EN/IN ratio (136 vs 62 in T. pleione ),
Consequently, the earlier decision (Liem and
Hosmer 1973) to assign this specimen to T,
acutirostris is upheld.

T. acutirostris is presently only known to oecur
in northeastern Queensland between Mt Hartley
and Tully Falls (Ingram 1980). This species has
not been collected in the rainforests between Tully
Falls and Mundubbera (e.g. Cardwell Range —
Mt Spec, Mt Elliot, Clarke Range — Eungella,
Conway Range). Apart from BMNH 1938,7.2.1,
there have been no other collection of T.
acutirostris trom southern Queensland. Attempts
by Liem and Hosmer to obtain specimens of
Taudactylus in the Mundubbera area proved
unsuccessful (Liem and Hosmer 1973) as have all
subsequent investigations.

All species of Taudactv/us are found in
association with watercourses in upland (above
300 m a.s.|.) rainforest (Liem and Hosmer 1973,
Ingram 1980, herein), In contrast. the
Mundubbera area supports little rainforest
vegetation, apart from some patches of dry

*vinescrub’, and is of low relief, most of ihe area
is less than 200 m a.s.l. The absence of further
collections of 7. acutirostris from Mundubbera
and the unsuitability of habitat here indicate that
the provenance of BMNH 1938.7,2.1. is in error.

RELATIONSHIPS

Ingram (1980) recognized two sister groups
within the genus Taudactyvlus — the T. diurnus
complex (7. diurnus and T. eungellensis ) and the
T. acutirostris complex (7. acutirostris, T.
rheaphilus, T. liemi ). Comparison of T. pletone
with its congeners using the character states
employed by Ingram (op. cif, ) clearly establishes
T. pleione as a member of the T. acutirostris
complex. Recognition of T. pleione as a member
of this species complex necessitates a reappraisal
of intra-group relationships.

In terms of behaviour, the most aberrant
member of the 7. acutirestris complex is T.
acutirostris itself. This species, in common with
members of the 7. diurans complex, engages in
conspicuous diurnal and basking activity. In
contrast T. rheaphilus, T. liemtand T. pleione are
all cryptic and rather crepuscular in their activity.
T. acutirostris also differs from the other three
species in external morphology (wedge-shaped
snout in profile, rather narrow snout and
presence of dorsolateral skin folds) and
osteology, particularly of the skull and pectoral
girdle (Table |). Furthermore, 7. acusirastris is
unique amongst Taudactylus spp. in its
possession of an elongate sternum (Fig. 2D),
presence of cocaygeal tubercles and dorsolateral
skinfolds, In contrast, differences in behaviour
and skeletal features between T. rheophilus, T.
liemi and T. pleione are slight. Comparative data
on the skeletons were obtained from Lynch
(1971), Liem and Hosmer (1973), Ingram (1980)
and inspection of cleared specimens of T. liemi
(QM 332618) and T. pleione (QM J42390).

TABLE 1: COMPARISON OF SKELETAL PEATURES WITHIN THE TAUDACTYLUS ACUTIROSTRIS COMPLEX (SENSU INGRAM
19RQ).

Character

frontoparietal fontanelle

condition of sternum
condition of squamosal
a. zygomatic ramus

b. anterior process of
otic ramus

rheaphilus-liemi-pleione

distinct posterior expansion
(Fig. 2A)
rounded (Fig.

acutirostris

posterior expansion weak
or absent (Fig. 2B)

2C) elongate (Fig. 2D)

posterior broadly expanded
(Fig. 2B)
long, pointed (Fig. 2E}

pasterior narrowly
expanded (Fig. 2F)

shart, pointed (Fig. 2F)

CZECHURA: A NEW T4AUDACTYLUS 303

Fic. 2: Selected skeletal features of Tavdactylus spp.
A-B, dorsal view of frontal region of skull. C-D,
pectoral gridle. E-F, squamosal: (Scale equals one

millimetre abbreviations; ff — frontoparietal
fontanelle, s — sternum, a — anterior process of otic
ramus, p — posterior of zygomatic ramus). See text
for explanation.

In view of these differences, it is suggested that
two complexes should be recognized to
accommodate the four species. The first complex,
the 7. acutirostris complex, is composed of only
T. acutirostris while the second, the 7. rheophilus
complex, is composed of the three cryptic species
(T. rheophilus, T. liemi and T. pleione ). The
intra-generic relationships of Taudactylus spp.
are shown in Fig, 3. The greater closure of the
frontoparietal fontanelle, elongate sternum,
coccygeal tubercles, dorsolateral skinfolds and
diurnal behaviour of the T. aeutirostris complex
indicale that it is the more specialised of the two
new complexes recognized here. The status of the
T. diurnus complex remains unchanged.

Fic. 3: Relationships of the species of Taudactylus. (D
T. diurnus, ET. eugellensis, A T. acutirostris, RT.
rheophilus, LT. emi, PT. pleione ).

BIOGEOGRAPHY

The biogeographical and evolutionary patterns
within Taudactylus have been interpreted using
an allopatric model of speciation (Ingram 1980).
This model was based on alternate expansions
and contractions of rainforest in eastern
Queensland. The current study supports this
scenario with slight modification. The ancestral
Taudactylus stock is assumed to have been similar
to members of the extant 7. rheophilus complex.
Cryptic habits and crepuscular (or even
nocturnal) activity were presumably shared by
both the T. rheophilus complex and the ancestral
stock. The activity pattern of the ancestral stock
probably bore some resemblance to those
exhibited by extant small, cryptic microhylid and
myobatrachid frogs.

Contractions of rainforest presumably
produced five isolates of the ancestral
Taudactylus stock. Three of these isolates Mt
Lewis — Thornton Peak — Mt Bellenden Ker,
Eungella Plateau, Kroombit Tops) retained
crepuscular activity and cryptic habits and
remained restricted to these montane refugia (7.
rheaphilus complex). It seems that members of
the T. rheophilus complex have been unable to
take advantage of subsequent rainforest
expansions to successfully establish themselves
widely.

The remaining isolates (southern southeastern
Queensland and southern Atherton Tableland)
independently evolved diurnal activity and
behaviour (ancestral 7. diurnus complex stock

304 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

and T. acutirostris stock). Subsequent rainforest
expansions led both groups to expand their
ranges. In the south, further rainforest
contractions led to the isolation and
differentiation of 7. diurnus (Blackall —
Conondale — D’Aguilar Ranges) and T,
eungellensis (Eungella Plateau — Clarke Range).
In northeastern Queensland expansions of
rainforest led to a northward dispersal of T.
acutirostris into the area occupied by T.
rheophilus, Later rainforest contractions in
northeastern Queensland have been insufficient
to produce further differentiation within the 7.
acutirostris complex (See Fig, 4),

Fic. 4: Distribution of members of the Taudactylus
rheophilus species group (triangules - T. rheophilus ,
closed circle - T, /iemi, star - T. pleione ) and
Taudactylus acutirostris species group (closed squares
— T. acutirostris ), The northern and southern limits
are used to define the boundaries of the T. rheophilus
and T. acutirostris distributions of NE. Queensland.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I particularly wish to thank Geoff Monteith for
his assistance during this study. Robin Czechura
and Matthew Bliss aided me in the field. Steve
Wilson provided field assistance and
photographs. Geoff Thompson proyided the
illustrations shown in Fig. 1. Jeanette
Covacevich, Allen Greer and Glen Ingram
provided comments on the manuscript. Permits
to traverse the area with kindly supplied by the
Queensland Department of Forestry, Monto
forestry district.

LITERATURE CITED

CLarke, G.O., 1983. Discovering the Pleiades.
Astronomy 11(11): 35-38.

CzecHuRA, G.V,, 1975, Notes on the frog fauna of
Conondale Range, South East Queensland.
Herpetofauuna 7(2); 2-4,

CzecHurRA, G.V,, 1984. The Blackall-Conondale
Ranges: frogs, reptiles and fauna conservation. pp.
384-395. In Werren, G.L. and Kershaw, A.P.
(eds.). ‘Australian National Rainforest Study
Report to the World Wildlife Fund (Australia)
Volume |, Proceedings of a workshop on the past,
present and future of Australian rainforests,
Griffith University, December 1983’. (Geography
Dept., Monash University for the Australian
Conservation Foundation, Melbourne),

INGRAM, G,J,, 1980. A new frog of the genus
Taudactylus (Myobatrachidae) from mideastern
Queensland with notes on the other species of the
genus. Mem, Od Mus. 20: 111-19.

Liem, D.S. and Homer, W., 1973. Frogs of the genus
Taudactylus with descriptions of two new species
(Anura : Leoptodactylidae). Mem. Qd Mus. 16:
435-57. P

Liem, D,S. and INGRAM, G.J., 1977. Two new species of
frogs (Anura ; Myobatrachidae, Pelodryadidae)
from Queensland and New South Wales, Vic. Nat.
94: 255-62.

Lyncn, J.D., 1971. Evolutionary relationships,
osteology and zoogeography of leptodactyloid
frogs. Univ. Kansas. Mus. Nat. Hist., Misc. Publ.
53 : 1-238.

Parker, H.W,, 1940. The Australasian frogs of the
family Leptodactylidae. Novit. Zool. 42 : 1-106.

306 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

PLATE 1

Taudactylus pleione sp. nov. in life. Holotype QM J42392
headwaters of Kroombit Creek, Kroombit Tops via Calliope,
SE.Q.

CZECHURA: A NEW TAUDACTYLUS 307

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Qd Mus. 22(2): 309—311. [1986]

A LIST OF SPECIMENS OF THE ORDER CETACEA IN THE QUEENSLAND
MUSEUM

R.A. PATERSON
P.O. Box 160
Annerley, Queensland, 4103

INTRODUCTION

Three suborders are recognised in the Order
Cetacea. They are the Archaeoceti, which are
extinct and not represented in the Queensland
Museum collection, the Mysticeti and the
Odontoceti. Jaggard (1884) and de Vis (1884) first
reported details of cetacean specimens in the
Queensland Museum. The present review of the
collection has been prepared in the centenary year
of its establishment. The Queensland coastline
lies between latitudes 10°S and 28°S and the
collection is dominated by species which frequent
tropical and temperate coastal waters.

The sequence of classification follows that
suggested by Fraser and Purves (1960) and
adopted by Watson (1981). The family Ziphidae
is presented according to Moore (1968). Common
names currently used in Australia precede those
recommended by Watson (1981). Details of each
specimen are listed as follows: registration
number, date of registration, donor or collector
(if known), collection site, method of discovery,
material present. The abbreviation QM is used for
the Queensland Museum.

Sub-Order MYSTICETI (baleen whales)
Family BALAENOPTERIDAE
Balaenoptera musculus Linnaeus, 1785
Blue whale
J4807, 16.10.1928, W.K. Cleeve, Couti Uti
(22°20’°S, 150°07’E), stranding, baleen.

Balaenoptera acutorostrata Lacépéde, 1804
Minke or Piked whale
J21708, 27.9.1971, QM_ staff, Currimundi
(26°48’S, 153°08’E), stranding, complete
skeleton.

Balaenoptera borealis Lesson, 1828
Sei whale

J21713, 6.10.1971, QM staff, Tin Can Bay

Inlet (25°51’S, 153°02’E), stranding, complete
skeleton.

Balaenoptera edeni Anderson, 1878
Bryde’s or Tropical whale

JM4386, 12.5.1983, QM staff, Great Sandy
Strait (25°38’S, 152°57’E), stranding, complete
skeleton.

Megaptera novaeangliae Borowski, 1781
Humpback whale

J3343, 1.10.1919, T. Welsby, Amity Point
(27°24’S, 153°26’E), stranding, skull; J4135,
23.9.1924, T.W. Murray, Jumpinpin (27°35’S,
153°27’E), stranding, radius; J6201, 1.6.1937,
Hage & Perry, Jumpinpin (27°35’S, 153°27’E),
stranding, auditory bones; J13166, 20.4.1959, C.
Wendt, Tangalooma (27°12’S, 153°22’B),
whaling operations, auditory bone; J13167,
20.4.1959, C. Wendt, Tangalooma (27°12’S,
153°22’E), whaling operations, auditory bone;
JM4398, 25.6.1983, Cooloola (26°12’S,
153°05’E), stranding, pectoral fin bones. The
collection of J3343 was described in detail by
Welsby (1931). The complete skeleton was
deposited in the QM but the skull appears to be
the only surviving material.

Sub-Order ODONTOCETI (toothed whales)
Family ZIPHIDAE

Ziphius cavirostris Cuvier, 1823
Cuvier’s beaked or Goosebeak whale

J3262, 11.2.1919, E. Jensen, Nikenbah
(25°19’S, 152°48’E), stranding, skull and one
intervertebral disc. The specimen was described
by Longman (1919 and 1926).

Indopacetus pacificus Longman, 1926
Longman’s beaked or Indopacific beaked
whale

J2106, 18.1.1915, E.W. Rawson, Mackay
(21°09’S, 149°11’E), stranding, skull. This
specimen is the holotype of the species and was
described by Longman (1926) who named it
Mesoplodon pacificus. Moore (1968) confirmed it
as a separate species, noted that he had seen

310 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

photographs of a similar skull forwarded from
Somalia and renamed it /ndopacetus pacificus.
The latter skull was described by Azzoroli (1968).
This species, known only from these two skulls, is
the world’s rarest living whale.

Mesoplodon densirostris de Blainville, 1817
Blainville’s beaked or Dense beaked whale

J4056, 31.3.1924, E. Beaman, Yeppoon
(23°08’S, 150°44’E), stranding, skull; J5330,
13.5.1932, L.S. Williams, Sarina (21°24’S,

149°19’E), stranding, skull; J13600, 14.4.1966,

H. Hurst, Whitsunday Group (20°10’S,
149°05’E), skull; JM4399, 27.10.1983, L.G.
Nash, Moreton Island (27°12°S, 153°22’E),

stranding, skull.

Mesoplodon layardii Gray, 1865
Straptooth beaked whale

J2105, 18.1.1915, W.N. Jaggard, Emu Park
(23°16’S, 150°50’E), stranding, skull and seven
cervical vertebrae; J3280, 15.4.1919, Southport
(28°00’S, 153°26’E), stranding, vertebrae. J2105
was described by Jaggard (1884) and Longman
(1926). The specimen J3280, discussed by de Vis
(1884), was displayed as a fully mounted skeleton
in the QM for many years. The vertebrae appear
to be the only surviving material.

Family PHYSETERIDAE

Physeter macrocephalus Linnaeus, 1758
Great sperm whale

J4684, 9.11.1927, Daily Mail Ltd., Burleigh
Heads (28°05’S, 153°27’E), stranding, mandible;
J20422, 13.11.1970, D. Barry, Fraser Island
(25°31’S, 153°08’E), stranding, incomplete skull,
remainder of skeleton almost complete; JM4360,
8.2.1983, V. Bushing, Moreton Island (27°09’S,
153°25’E), stranding, incomplete skull; JM4406,
16.12.83, M. Simmons and S.M. Van Dyck, Cape
Capricorn § (23°29’S, 151°14’E), — stranding,
incomplete skull; JM4420, 30.4.1984, R.A.
Paterson and S.M. Van Dyck, Dundowran
(25°18’S, 152°46’E), stranding, incomplete skull,
vertebrae, ribs and pectoral fin bones; JM4421,
30.4.1984, B.J. Kelly, Dundowran (25°18’S,
152°46’E), incomplete mandible. The immature
skeletal elements of specimens J20422, JM4360
and JM4406 together with measurements and
photographs held in the QM indicate that the
- whales were juveniles and it is possible that they
were recently born. Specimens JM4420 and
JM4421 are from the only recorded mass
stranding of sperm whales in Queensland, that of

ten whales which stranded at Dundowran on
16.10.1969. The collection also includes some
Great sperm whale teeth (J3406, J3837, J6407)
said to have originated from the south-west
Pacific region. J6407 is an example of scrimshaw.

Kogia breviceps de Blainville, 1838
Pygmy sperm whale

J5288, 26.2.1932, W.C. Thompson, Caloundra
(26°48’S, 153°08’E), stranding, mandible; J5463,
2.6.1933, Brighton (27°20’S, 153°04’B),
stranding, complete skeleton; JM4387 12.5.1983,
Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service,
Woodgate (25°07'S, 152°34'E), stranding, skull.

Family STENIDAE

Sousa chinensis Osbeck, 1757
Indopacific humpback dolphin

J7443, 31.10.1949, M. Cross, Moreton Bay
(27°26’S, 153°14’E), stranding, skull; J21718,
14.10.1971, T. Baird, North Stradbroke Island
(27°35’S, 153°27°E), stranding, skull; JM1337,
15.4.1976, Gold Coast (28°00’S, 153°26’E), ‘Sea
World’ dolphinarium, skull; JM2149, 24.2.1977,
M.M. Bryden, Gold Coast (28°00’S, 153°26’E),
shark net, complete skeleton; JM4377, 19.4.1983,
V. Bushing, Moreton Island (27°12’S, 153°22’E),
stranding, complete skeleton. There is an
unregistered specimen of Sousa chinensis in the
collection comprising a skull and upper cervical
vertebrae.

Family GLOBICEPHALIDAE

Globicephala melaena Traill, 1809
Longfin pilot whale

J4480, 25.6.1926, T. Welsby, Point Lookout
(27°26’S, 153°33’E), stranding, skull.

Globicephala macrorhynchus Gray, 1846
Shortfin pilot whale

J2104, 18.1.1915, Queensland coast (precise
location not recorded), skull; J3820, 7.6.1923,
N.D. Allom, Fraser Island (25°22’S, 153°07’E),
stranding, skull and four vertebrae. Longman
(1926) described both J2104 and J3820 as
Globicephalus melas Traill. There are another
two unregistered specimens of Globicephala
macrorhynchus in the collection with no details as
to their origin. One is a complete skeleton and the
other a skull.

PATERSON: CETACEA IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 31

Pseudorca crassidens Owen, 1846
False killer whale

J937, 21.3.1913, J.H. Stevens, Townsville
(19°16'S, 146°49°E), stranding, skull; 16614,
15,8.1939, J.L. Schuster, Tallebudgera (28° 10'S,
153°23’E), stranding, skull; J14210, 18.2.1966,
QM staff, Boural (25°17'S, 152°54'E), stranding.
complete skeleton.

Feresa attenuata Gray, 1875
Pygmy killer whale

JM&25, 6.11.1975, J. Evans and M.M. Bryden,
Kingscliff (28°1S'S, 153°36°E), stranding,
complete skeleton. The specimen was described
by Bryden (1976).

Peponocephale electra Nishiwaki & Norris, 1966
Melonhead whale

JM762, ?.5.1975, R. Lanham and M.M.
Bryden, Tugun (28°09'S, 153°30'E), stranding,
complete skeleton (skull registered JM1338,
15.4.1976); JM2032, 25.1.1977, QM staff,
Moreton Island (27°11°S, 153°24°E), stranding,
complete skeleton; JM2144, 24.2,1977, QM stalt,
Moreton Island (27°11'S, 183°24’E), stranding,
skull; JM2145, 24.2.1977, QM staff, Moreton
Island (27°11°S, 153°24’E), stranding, skull;
JM2146, 24.2,1977, QM staff, Moreton Island
(27°L1'S, 153°24"E), stranding, skull; JM2147.
24.2.1977, QM staff, Moreton Island. (27°1 1S,
153°24’E), stranding, complete skeleton;
JM2148, 24.2.1977, QM staff, Moreton Island
(27°11S, 153°24°E), stranding, complete
skeleton. JM762 was described by Bryden,
Dawbin and Heinsohn (1977) together with two
other specimens of Peponocephala electra
recovered from the north Queensland and New
South Wales coasts. Shortly after those three
specimens were described a mass stranding of
fiflythree Melonhead whales occurred on
Moreton Island and the measurements of one of
them (JM2147) were deseribed by Bryden,
Harrison and Lear (1977).

Family DELPHINIDAE

Lugenodelphis hosei Fraser, 1956

Fraser’s or Shortsnout dolphin

JM2749, 5.11.1979, M,M. Bryden and D.H.
Barry, Fraser Island (25°22'S, 153°07'E),
stranding, skull. The specimen was described by
Bryden and Barry (1980)

Grampus griseus Cuvier, 1812
Risso’s or Grey dolphin

16317, 23.12.1937, V.M. Rooke, Cape
Capricorn (23°29°S, 151°14°B), stranding, skull,
sternum and flipper bones; JM3858, 25.11.1982,
V. Bushing, Moreton Island (27°02’S, 153°28'B),
stranding, skull.

Orcaella brevirastris Gray, 1866
Irrawaddy or Snubfin dolphin

314263, 12.7.1966, R.K. Bryson, Townsville

(19°16'S, 149°49°E), shark net, complete
skeleton; JMS511, 27.9.1974, S. Adams, Mackay
(21°09°S, 49°11), shark net, complete
skeleton.

Stenella coeruleoalba Meyen, 1833
Striped dolphin

JM3859, 25.11.1982, V, Bushing, Moreton
Island (27°09"S, 153°25°B), stranding, skull.

Delphinus delphis Linnaeus, 1758
Common dolphin

J2776, 23.6.1916, J,H. Stevens, Moreton Bay
(27°25'S, 153°20°E), stranding, skull; JM2033,
25.1.1977, M,M. Bryden, Gold Coast (28°00'S,
1$3°26'E), shark net, complete skeleton;
JM2094, 17.23.1977, skull and flipper bones.
12776 was briefly described by Longman (1926),

Tursiops truncatus Montagu, 1821
Bottlenose dolphin

J2412, 9.7.1915, J.H. Stevens, Bustard Head
(24°01'S, 151°46’B), stranding, mandible; J2647,
21.12.1915, Moreton Bay (27°25'S, 153°20'B),
stranding, skull; J3849, 17.7.1923, J. Cowan,
Burleigh Heads (28°05’S, 153°27°E), stranding,
skull; 14155, 24.10.1924, J. Peiniger, Townsville
(19°16'S, 146°49°E), stranding, skull; 35653,
27.6.1934, E.V. Stevens, Bribie Island (27°03’S,
153°10°E), stranding, skull; 16421, 25.7.1938, kK.
Jackson, Point Lookout (27°26°S, 153°33°B),
stranding, skull; J6678, 3.6.1940, F. Eager,
Mooloolaba (26°39°S, 153°06'B), stranding.
head; I7015, 24.5.1944, R. Wright and E.R.
Gericke, Bundaberg (24746'S, 152°24’E),
stranding, skull; JM1230, 6.2.1976, R. Dallas.
Moreton Bay (27°25'S, 153°20’E), meshed during
trawling, complete skeleton.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Thanks are due to Ms J. Covacevich,, Dr R-E.
Molnar and Mr §.M. Van Dyck of the
Queensland Museum who, at all times, were most
helptul. Dr M.M. Bryden provided additional
information concerning those specimens which he
donated to the collection.

312 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

LITERATURE CITED

AzZzArOLt!, M.L., 1968. Second specimen of the rarest
living beaked whale. Monitore Zool. Ital. (Sup.) 3:
67-79,

BrYDEN, M.M., 1976. Observations on a pygmy killer
whale, Feresa attenuata, stranded on the east coast
of Australia. Aust. Wildl. Res. 3: 21-8.

BRYDEN, M.M. and Barry, D.H., 1980. First record of
Fraser’s dolphin, Lagenodelphis hosei (Cetacea :
Delphinidae) in Queensland. Proc. R. Soc. Qd 91:
104,

BryDEN, M.M., DAwsin, W.H., HEINSOHN, G.E. and
Brown, D.H., 1977. Melonhead whale,
Peponocephala electra, on the east coast of
Australia. J. Mamm, 58(2): 180-7.

Brypen, M.M., Harrison, R.J. and LEAR, R.J., 1977.
Some aspects of the biology of Peponocephala
electra (Cetacea : Delphinidae) I. General and
reproductive biology. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater
Res, 28: 703-15.

DE Vis, C.W., 1884. A whale (Ziphius layardi Flower)
recently stranded near Southport. Proc. R. Soc. Od
1; 174 (and Plate XIX).

FRASER, F.C. and Purves, P.E., 1960. Hearing in
cetaceans : evolution of the accessory air sacs and
the structure of the outer and middle ear in recent
cetaceans. Bull. Br. Mus, Nat. Hist., Zool. 7:
1-140.

JAGGARD, W.N., 1884. Mesoplodon layardii. Proc. R.
Soc. Qd, 1: 58-9,

Lonoman, H.A., 1919. Ziphius cavirostris on the
Queensland coast. Proc. R. Soc. Od. 31: 90-3.

1926. New records of cetacea. Mem. Qd Mus, 8:

266-278.

Moore, J.C., 1968. Relationships among the living
genera of beaked whales. Fieldiana : Zool. 53:
209-98.

Watson, L., 1981. Sea guide to whales of the world.
(Hutchinson & Co. : London),

WELsBY, T., 1931. Sport and pastime in Moreton
Bay. (Simpson Halligan & Co. : Brisbane).

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem. Od Mus, 22(2); F12—318. [1986]

ANNALS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM: BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF
NEW TANA,

G.J. INGRAM
Queensland Museum

INTRODUCTION

The Annals of the Queensland Museum were
published by the Queensland Museum during the
years 1891 to 1911. Copies are rare in baok
collections and it is little known today. To
taxonomists, however, this organ is still of great
moment, Hundreds of new species of Australian
Fauna — particularly vertebrates, insects, and
fossils — were described within its pages.

The publication of the Annals was not without
travail, On 19 November, 1889, the Under
Secretary of the Department of Public Instruction
gave approval for the first part of the Annals to
be printed by the Government Printer, Seventeen
days later, on 6 December, the approval was
withdrawn. This change of mind was affected by
direct intervention of the Colonial Secretary. He
had been lobbied by the Master Printers
Association. The Association was concerned that
work for its members was being lost by unfair use
of the Government Printer. They argued that the
Annals was a non-government publication. They
succeeded in convincing the Colonial Secretary
and a fiat was issued declaring that ‘in future all
work of a non- or semi-official character should
be placed in the hands of private firms .,.,.’
Needless to say, the Board of Trustees could not
afford to go ahead with the printing, and it was
delayed for two years.

Difficulty was experienced in obtaining any
information about the early days of the Annals,
The journal was rarely mentioned in the archives
of the Museum except for acknowledgments of its
receipt! from learned societies and other
institutions. The publication of the first issue of
the Anma/s in 1891 was a significant event in the
history of natural science in Queensland, Very
few learned journals were printed in the Colony at
(hat time. Most natural history papers were
submitted to the Royal Society of Queensland for
publication in its Proceedings or to the weekly
newspaper, the Queenslander. Newspapers did
not have scientific respectability, and the
Proceedings could pot accommodate all the

papers written. The Annals gave the promise of
valuable and respectable printed space.

The journal did not live up to this promise
because of the vicissitudes of the depression of
that decade and the early pan of this century.
Whether an issue was printed depended on
whether the Department of Public Instruction, on
submission, voted the monies to meet the cost.
Often there was no money. Few authors could
chance a long delay, These circumstances placed
the Curator (later the Director), C.W. de Vis, in
the best position to exploit the Annals as a
publication outlet. Of the forty papers which
appeared, twenty-five were his.

The Annals were superceded by the Memoirs of
the Queensland Museum in 1912. This change of
litle ended the embarassment of not publishing an
annals annually. During the twenty-one years of
its existence, it appeared only ten times,

The dates of publication of the ten issues were:-

No. J, Jul, 1891 (before 22nd)
No.2. May, 1892 (before 6th)
No. 3. Jul, 1897 (before 19th)
No. 4, Jan, 1898 (before 31st)
No. 5. Jan, 1901 (before 26th)
No. 6 Sep, 1905 (before 30th)
No. 7, 7 Jun, 1907

No. 8 23 Mar, 1908

No, % 14 Oct, 1908

No. 10. | Noy, 1911

The dates for Numbers 7 to 10 were printed on
the frontispiece of each issue. Number 6 had
‘Sept., 1905° hand-written on all the issues I saw,
This date was confirmed in the minutes of the
Board of Trustees of 30th September, 1905.
Numbers | to 5 have only the year of publication
printed on the frontispicce. The more precise
dates for these issues were elucidated from
archival material. The dates for Numbers 2 and 4
were taken from the minutes of the Board of 6
May, 1892 and 26 January, 1901 respectively. The
dates for Numbers 1, 3, and 4 were assumed from
the earliest acknowledgement of receipt from
outside organizations. These should be accurate

314 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

because most organizations
acknowledged donations.

The dates given here for Numbers 4 and 5 are
different years to those printed on their
frontispieces (1897 and 1900 respectively). For the
purposes of priority for taxonomic nomenclature,
however, the differences are of little import.
Where only the year of publication is known, the
‘International Code of Zoological Nomenclature’
stipulates the last day of [that year as the
publication date.

The bibliography is an alphabetical list by
author of all papers which appeared in the
Annals. The index is divided into two categories.
‘Fossil Taxa’ and ‘Recent Taxa’. Within these
categories all new genera, species and subspecies
are listed under major group headings. No new
families were designated:

1 made no decisions about the validity of
names. Names are listed even if they were normina
sp.. The new names in the two papers of Volume
2 are included although they were predated by the
nearly identical papers in the Annual Report on
British New Guinea 1890-1891.

The authors of the names can be accessed
simply if needed. De Vis authored all the fossils
and recent birds, mammals and reptiles. He also
described one fish (Enoplosus serolinus) and one
spider (Nephila maculata piscatorum). Lamb
authored all the amphibia and spider names
except for the one spider by de Vis. Ogilby
authored all the fish except for the one species by
de Vis. The Coleoptera were all descnibed by
Carter, the Hemiptera by Tryon, and the one
cestode by Johnston. The Lepidoptera were
authored by Turner except for those from
Volume | which were by Miskin.

quickly

BIBLIOGRAPHY

B
BANCROFT, T.L,, 1908. List of the mosquitoes of
Queensland with the original descriptions and
notes on the life-history of a number. 8: 1-64.

Cc

CARTER, H.J., 1911. Revision of the
nyctozoilides — genera and species (Fam.
Tenebrionidae). 10: 137-66.

D
DE Vis, C.W., 1892. Zoology of British New
Guinea, Part .—Vertebrata. 2; 3-12.
1897, The extinct fresh-water turtles of
Queensland, 3; 3-7, pls. 1-8,
1901. A Papuan kite.5: 3-5, pls. 1-2.

1901. A further trace of an extinct lizard. 5: 6.
pl. 3.

1901. Bones and dict of TAylacoleo, 5, 7-11,
pls. 4-7.

1901, Description of a Charmosinopsis. 5:
12-13, pl. 8.

1901. A new species of hairy-nosed wombat. 5:
14-16, pls, 9-10.

1905. A contribution to the knowledge of the
extinct avifauna of Australia. 6: 3-25, pls.
1-9,

1905, Fossil vertebrates trom New Guinea. 6:
26-31, pls. 10-13.

1905, Papuan charms. 6: 32-5, pl. 14.

1905, Bats, 6: 36-40.

1905. Ornithologival. 6: 41-5

1905, Reptilia, 6: 46-52, pl. 15.

1907. Fossils from the gulf watershed. 7: 3-7.

1907. An eccentric rat. 7; 8-9,

1907, A New Guinea tree rat, 7: 10-11.

1907. A Papuan relic. 7: 12-13, pl. 1,

1911, On some Mesozoic fossils. 10: 1-11, pl.
2, fig. 1-2, pl. 3, fig. 1, pl. 4.

1911, Annelid trails. 1; 12-14, pl. 3, fig. 2.

1911. Palaeolestes zorei, n.s. an extinct bird,
10: 15-17, pl, 2, figs, 4-6.

1911, Cestraciontidae. 10: 18, pl. 2, fig. 3.

1911. A wild dog from British New Guinea, 10:
19-20, pl. 1.

1911. Description of snakes apparently new.
10; 21-25,

1911. A second species of Enoplosus (‘old wife’
fish). 10: 29.

191], A fisherman's spider. 10: 167-8.

H

HAMLYN-HaARRIS, R., 1911, The Skertchly loan
Collection. (Anthropological). 10; 183-5.

J
JOHNSTON, T.H., I9L1. Profeocephalus gallardi.

A new cestode from the black snake. 10:
175-82, pl. 7.

L

LAMB, J., 1911. Description of three new
batrachians from southern Queensland. 10:
26-8.

1911. Descriptions of some new Queensland
Araneidae. 10: 169-74.
M

MISKIN, W.H., 1891. Synonymical catalogue of
the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera (butterflies) of
Australia, with full bibliographical reference;
including descriptions of some new species. 1:
XX, 1-92, Addenda, 1X.

INGRAM: QUEENSLAND MUSEUM ANNALS 315

O

OaILBY, J.D., 1908. New or little known fishes in
the Queensland Museum. 9: 3-41.
1908. Revision of the Batrachoididae of

Queensland. 9: 43-57.

1911. On the genus ‘‘Gonorrynchus’’

(Gronovius). 10: 30-35.

1911. Descriptions of new or insufficiently
described fishes from Queensland waters. 10:

36-58, pl. 5-6.

1911. Cheilio inermis (Forskal). 10: 182.

FOSSIL TAXA
AVES

Archaeocyncus 6: 11
Asturaetus 6: 6

conditus, Ibis 6 : 10

effodiata, Nyroca 6 : 15
eyrensis, Nettapus 6 : 16
furcillatus, Asturaetus 6 : 6
gorei, Palaeolestes 10 : 15
gracilipes, Anas 6: 14

gracilis, Baza 6: 7

grandiceps, Pelecanus 6 : 16
gregorii, Phalacrocorax 6 : 18
lacertosus, Taphaetus 6 : 4
lacustris, Archaeocycnus 6 : 11
laticeps, Plotus 6 : 17

minor, Xenorhynchopsis 6 : 10
nanus, Chenopis 6 : 13
Ocyplanus 6 : 8

proeses, Ocyplanus 6 : 8
proevisa, Leucosarcia 6 : 8
strenua, Anas (Nettium) 6: 15
tibialis, Xenorhynchopsis 6 : 10
vetustus, Phalacrocorax 6 : 22
Xenorhynchopsis 6 : 9

MAMMALIA
brevirostris, Halicore 6 : 30
Simoprosopus 7 : 4

PISCES
incussidens, Hybodus 10 : 18

PLANTAE
mucronatum, Pterophyllum 10 : 2

REPTILIA

ampla, Pelocomastes 3 : 6
antiqua, Chelymys 3: 4

T
TRYON, H., 1892. Zoology of British New
Guinea. Part IIl.—Hemiptera. 2: 13-24.
TURNER, A.J., 1898. The Xyloryctidae of
Queensland. 4: 1-32, Index.

1911. Studies in Australian Lepidoptera. 10:
59-135.

INDEX

arata, Chelymys 3: 5
insculpta, Chelodina 3 : 5
murua, Chelone 6 : 30
papuensis, Gavialis 6 : 31
Pelocomastes 3: 6
uberrima, Chelymys 3 : 3

TRACE FOSSIL
berneyi, Nereites 10 : 12

RECENT TAXA
AMPHIBIA

marmoratus, Limnodynastes 10 : 28
sudelli, Heleioporus 10 : 26
vinosa, Hyla 10 : 27

ARANEAE

bituberculata, Dolophones 10 : 172
octospinata, Macedonia 10 : 169
piscatorum, Nephila maculata 10 : 167
quadrispina, Gasteracantha 10: 171
trux, Dolomedes 10 : 173

AVES

Amalocichla 2 : 5

bella, Charmosynopsis 5 : pl. 8
insperata, Gerygone 2: 4
katherina, Ancathiza 6 : 43
maculata, Melipotes 2 : 5
mestoni, Pachycephala 6 : 44
modesta, Acanthiza 6 : 43
montium, Paramythia 2: 6
moretoni, Malurus 2:9
Paramythia 2: 6

sclateriana, Amalocichla 2 : 5
sudestensis, Eopsaltria 2 : 8
tyrannula, Sericornis 6 : 42
vicaria, Paecilodryas 2 : 4

316 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

CESTODA
gallardi, Proteocephalus 10 <= 175

COLEOPTERA

acuticollis, Onosterrhus 10 : 148
bos, Onosterrhus 10 : 151
carbonarius, Nyctozoilus 10 : 157
deanei, Onosterrhus 10: 155
duboulayi, Onosterrhus 10 : 153
gebieni, Aglypta 10 : 163
goudiei, Onosterrhus 10 : 149
hardcastlei, Nyctozoilus 10 : 158.
lateralis, Onotrichus 10 : 165
Onotrichus 10 ; 164

parvus, Onosterrhus 10 : 147
ritficornis, Nyctozoilus 10 : 162
socius, Onosterrhus 10 ; 156
squamosus, Onsterrhus 10 : 150
vermiculatus, Nyctozoilus 10 ; 160

HEMIPTERA

glaucolimbata, Asopus 2: 15
maculifer, Lyramorpha 2: 19
maculifer, Pentatoma 2: 17
megaspiloides, Eysarcoris 2: \7
novaeguinensis, Sastrapada 2 : 23
prasina, Arma 2:15

prasina, Pentatoma 2 ; 17
pulcher, Cermatulus 2: 15
pusilla, Brachyplatys 2 : 13
simplex, Brachyplatys 2 : 13
submarginalis, Pentatoma 2 : 16
variabilis, Spudaeus 2 : 18

LEPIDOPTERA

Acachmena 10 : 75

acedesta, Crexa 10 : 94

Acicys 10: 126

acompsa, Procometis 4 : 30
acrocapna, Microtalis 10 : 116
acroleuca, Cryptophaga 4 : 8
actinopis, Chionobosca 10 : 114
aenictodes, Hypolamprus W : 102
agasta, Hypolophota 10 : 109
aglaopis, Chilo 10 : 112
Aglaopus 10 ; 98

alba, Cryptophaga nubila 4; \1
albosericea, Holachila 1 : 65
alypeta, Heteromicta 10 : 109
Amphitorna 10 : 95

Analcina 10 ; 125

apheles, Neodrepta 4 : 24
Apoblepta 10 : 125

apollo, Hypochrysops 1 : 85

aresca, Chloridea 10 : 60
Arescoptera 10 : 124
argyropasta, Diadexia 10: 115
Arignota 4: 21

asholodes, Euplexia 10 : 66
Aspiducha 10 : 94

Axiocleta 10 : 133

Balantiucha 10 : 76

borealis, Uzucha 4: 28
callisema, Lichenaula 4 + 19
celaenica, Ariathisa 10 ; 68
Chionobosca 10 : 114
chionodes, Cryptophaga 4 : 9
chytriodes, Herculia 10 : 128
cladaropa, Acicys 10 ; 127
codonoptera, Phloeophorba 4 : 23
coelestis, Danis 1 : 50
coelocrossa, Curicta 10 : 119
crocota, Digglesia 10 : 86
crossosticha, Rhodoneura 10 : 106
crypsilitha, Rhodoneura 10 : 105
crypsimetalla, Nephalia 10 : 114
Cyclophragma 10 : 94
daphoena, Trophoessa 10 : 99
dentosa, Chabuata 10 : 62
dianipha, Crexa 10 : 92
Digglesia 10 : 86

discobola, Agriophara 4 + 32
dissimilis, Lichenaula 4 : 18
doddi, Eupterote 10 : 132
Dysaethria 10 ; 80

ebenodes, Ariathisa 10 : 67
epicharis, Apoblepta 10 : 125
epicharita, Cruria 10 : 59
epimetalla, Microtalis 10 ; 116
euarmosta, Euplexia 10 : 65
eucrines, Lichenaula 4 : 20
eumorpha, Cryptophaga 4:9
euthysticha, Acachmena 10 : 75
Jerruginosa, Canthylidia 10 : 61
fumata, Lichenaula 4:17
goniodes, Lichenaula 4 ; 17
Gonioma 4 ; 27

Gyroprora 10 : 64

haplochroa, Lichenaula 4 : 18
haplorus, Crambus 10 : 110
hemicneca, Tanyethira 10 : 123
hetaerica, Ubida 10 : 112
HAylypnes 4: 15

idiotypa, Arescoptera 10 ; 124
ignota, Lichenaula 4:21
Iilidgea 4 : 26

inscripta, Lichenaula 4 : 2\
iochyta, Scenidiopis 10 : 122
lactea, Phloeophorba 4 : 23

INGRAM: QUEENSLAND MUSEUM ANNALS

lechriodes, Rhathymodes 10 ; 89
leucanthes, Agriophara 4 : 31
leucophasma, Alucita 10 ; 129
leucosema, Epiplema 10 : 82
leucosticha, Callyna 10 : 69
macroptila, Crexa 10 : 92
melaleucae, Xylorycta 4; 14
melanchroa, Endotricha 10 : 121
melanoleuca, Lichenaula 4 : 19
melanosema, Lichenaula 4 ; 20
melanthes, Procometis 4: 29
methychroa, Xyleutes 10 : 131
micradelpha, Lichenaula 4 : 20
Microtalis 10: 116

microthyris, Balantiucha 10 : 76
mitocera, Oncoptera 10 : 132
molyhdina, Xylorycta 4 + 13
Mylocera 4: 27

Neodrepta 4: 24

neomorpha, Xylorycta 4: 13
Nephalia 10 ; 113

nephrosema, Cryptophaga 4 : 7
nigricincta, Cryptophaga 4: 9
niphocosma, Aglaopus 10 : 98
ochrias, Gyroprara 10 : 64
ochropepla, Ariathisa 10 : 68
onychodes, Lichenaula 4 : 19
ophiosema, Ariathisa 10 : 66
palaeomorpha, Phylomictus 4 : 30
pallida, Xylorycta flavicosta 4 : 13
Paralecta 4; 25

pasteopa, Dysaethria 10 ; 80
pentamita, Donacaula 10 : 119
penthica, Analcina 10 : 126
perisema, Axiocleta 10 ; 134
Phaeochorda, Platytes 10: 111
phaeocosma, Xyleutes 0 : 130
phloeochraa, Lichenaula 4 ; 18
phloeodes, Pracometis 4 : 29
Phloeomima, Hypolophoia 10 ; 108
Phloeophorba 4 : 23

plagiosema, Agriapheara 4 ; 32
pogonias, Diptychophora 10 : 113
Pogonoptera 10 : 118

poliochyta, Trichophysetis 0 : 128
polioleuca, Pogonoptera 10 : 118
poliopepla, Agriophara 4 : 31
polyploca, Xyleutes 10 : 130
porphyrodes, Cirphis 10 : 63
pyrgodes, Plectophila 4 : 24
pyrrhocosma, Endatricha 10 : 121
rhaphiducha, Rhodoneura 10 : 106
Rhathymades 10 : 89

rhodopolia, Canthylidia 10 : 61
rhodopsara, Cirphis 10 ; 6?
Rhombophylla 10 ; 79

et
~_

schematica, Epiplema 1 : 83
sciodes, Hypolamprus 10 : 102
senta, Hesperilla 1: 85
serapis, Danis 1 : 49
stenoptila, Xyleutes 10; 13)
symphonodes, Addaea 10 : 107
Tanyethira 10 ; 122

tapeina, Xylorycta 4: 13
tenebrifera, Mylocera 4: 27
tenella, Lycaena 1 : 63
thiocosma, Epiplema 10 ; 82
trissomochla, Talis 10 : 117
Trophoessa 10 : 99

wildet, Arhopala 1 : 71
xanthopsis, Gonioma 4 :28
xanthosticha, Cirphis 10: 64

MAMMALIA

aroaensis, Dendrosminthus 7: 11
banfieldi, Uromys 7 : 8
Dendrosminthus 7:11

Jumosus, Taphozous 6 : 37
gillespiei, Phascolomys 5 : 16
nudicluniatus, Taphozous 6 : 39
pannietensis, Cephalotes 6 : 36

PISCES

aleocki, Mugil 9 + §

angustifrons, Holocentrus 9 ; 32
Anyperisteus 9 : 11

Apistops 10 : 54

arenarius, Carcharias 10 : 37
Batrachomoeus 9 : 46

berthae, Amia 10 : 47
broadbenti, Batrachomoeus 9 + 49
broadbenti, Tachysurus 9 : 8
Coryzichthys 9 ; 50

dahli, Hippocampus 9 : 17
Sorsteri, Gonorrynchus 10 : 34
Halobatrachus 9 : 46

hamlyni, Myliobatis 10 : 40
Jenynsella 9 : 15

lenis, Hippocampus 9 : 18
limiceps, Callionymus 9 : 35
longipinnis, Dampieria 9 : 34
macdonaldi, Callionymus 10 : 56
mediobarbis, Neosilurus 9 ; 12
minor, Batrachomoeus 9 : 47
Nemapteryx 9 : 10

nigripes, Amia 10 : 49

nortoni, Mugil 9 : 22

Paratrigla 10 ; 56

parvimanus, Gonorrynchus 10 : 34
perugiae, Anyperistius 9 ; 5
robustus, Neosilurus 9 = 13

318 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

serotinus, Enoplosus 10 : 29
spinicaudatus, Corythoichthys 9 : 16
spiniceps, Ostichthys 9 : 31
Squalomugil 9 : 28

stevensi, Carcharias 10 : 38
stevensi, Mugil 9 : 19
tadopsis, Mugil 9 : 27

waitii, Sphyraena 9 : 29
weatherilli, Jenynsella 9 : 15
weberi, Choerodon 10 : 52
wildii, Pseudochromis 9 : 34

REPTILIA

angulata, Denisonia 6: 51
bancrofti, Denisonia 10 : 23
bancrofti, Pseudelaps 10 : 25
caeruleocauda, Mocoa 2 : 12
Calyptoprymnus 6 : 46

crucifer, Micropechis 6 : 52
dunensis, Trophidechis 10 : 21
fenestrata, Denisonia 6 : 50
frontalis, Platurus 6 : 48

guttata, Pseudechis 6 : 49
latizonatus, Rhynchelaps 6 : 49
lineata, Vanapina 6 : 49
louisiadensis, Gymnodactylus 2 : 11
mortonensis, Pseudechis 10 : 24
nasalis, Distira 6 : 48

nigra, Denisonia 6 : 50

propinqua, Denisonia frontalis 6 : 51
revelata, Denisonia 10 : 22

robusta, Furina 6: 51

rostralis, Denisonia 10 : 23
Vanapina 6 : 48

verecundus, Calyptoprymnus 6 : 46
wilesmithii, Pseudechis 10 : 24

CONTENTS

HEATWOLE, H. & Simpson, R. D.

Faunal survey of New England. I. Introduction and general description of the area. ..........cccsseresseecsenes 107
Smpson, R. D. & Stanisic, J.

Faunal survey of New England. LI. The distribution of gastropod molluscs. ..........0scsscecesceecteceucecseess 11s
ROZEFELDS, A. C.

Type, figured and mentioned fossil plants in Queensland MUSEUM ..........cs.ecscecseecronceeasennetensesasesens 141

FieLperR, D. R, & GREENWOOD, J. G,
Zoeal larvae of Macrophthalmus setosus H. Milne-Edwards, 1852 and M. punctulatus Miers, 1884

(Econ need MOCYDOAIAAGy cons, rtsebeicy sas pecia te reese Resmi eh nkeds sh raeastet eral eerbe Unter hee ea Piessusey 155
Byers, G. W.
A new Australian genus of Bittacidae (Mecoptera) ...........ceeccesnsccenarccecccceensccesedcetsransegessaesesuvens 165
NAUMANN, I. D.
A revision of the Indo-Australian Smicromorphinae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidae) .,........:....cccscserenceeeeees 169
WOODWARD, T. E.
A new flightless montane species of Lacnophoroides Distant (Heteroptera: Lygaeidae)............00eeeeseeeene 189

Storey, R. I.
A hew flightless species of Au/acopris White from north Queensland (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
SGP AGI EN ete its Pee ic wtneles fea chai IV teks ey oende Poth edusleg wa tels umnebinorsat an ier ty Seba t Boece net geass 197
DEELEMAN-REINHOLD, C, L.
Studies on tropical Pholcidae II: Redescription of Micromerys gracilis Bradley and Calapnita vermiformis

Simon (Araneae, Pholcidae) and description of some related new species .........cscseseccsceevectecsenenss 205
DAviges, V.T. & GALLON, J.A.
Type specimens of spiders (Araneae) in the Queensland Museum............--.++ peimrad reek Touts +4 coste det aialede 225

DAvIEs, V. T.
New Australian species of Otira Forster & Wilton, 1973 and Storenosoma Hogg, 1900

(Araneae: Amaurobiidae) ...,........cccseeneecrereseesesteccesevcenses fiteotesatiasaadhat wake ten ay Saad eheekad ety y 237
COHEN, D. M. & Rosins, C. R. P
A review of the ophidiid fish genus Sirembo with a species from Australia ............::0cccencenceceeeseescuses 253
Legs, T.
Catalogue of type, figured and mentioned fossil fish, amphibians and reptiles held by the
Queensland Museum.......... Shar RA Mid biDe teMeFELS Lata ae Leh TREE TT nsw ehOOe Shaders oe haa oF bp retin baile eas 265
CZECHURA, G, V.
Skinks of the Crenotus schevilli specieS-grOUP........0..secceceseceaccscusveveecse Rae dec Ge FM Abit ee GATE th mening 289
CZECHURA, G. V. ~
A new species of Taudactylus (Myobatrachidae) from southeastern Queensland, Australia.............cceeseee 299
PATERSON, R. A.
A list of specimens of the order Cetacea in the Queensland Museum .............0ccccsceceneeeseccecceunserences 309
INGRAM, G. J.

Annals of the Queensland Museum: bibliography and index of new taxa ...........c.ccecescenceeecareoesueeeeoer 313